930d0767ad
and force-fix errors using pocheck Change-Id: I47e8da2f3c05fe79e9d5f79b5e1be051f479d567 (cherry picked from commit 624987b5ec5daaf270b065048dcf11f487edfd4d)
17154 lines
742 KiB
Plaintext
17154 lines
742 KiB
Plaintext
#. extracted from helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
|
||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
|
||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-06 15:59+0100\n"
|
||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-12-07 19:34+0000\n"
|
||
"Last-Translator: Anonymous Pootle User\n"
|
||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||
"Language: nl\n"
|
||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
|
||
"X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
|
||
"X-Generator: Pootle 2.8\n"
|
||
"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1512675258.000000\n"
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Positioning Objects"
|
||
msgstr "Objecten positioneren"
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3147828\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>objects;anchoring options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>positioning;objects (guide)</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>anchors;options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames;anchoring options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures;anchoring options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>centering;images on HTML pages</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>objecten;verankeringsopties</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>positioneren;objecten (hulplijnen)</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>verankeringsopties</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames;verankeringsopties</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>afbeeldingen;verankeringsopties</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>centreren;afbeeldingen op HTML-pagina's</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147828\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"anchor_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp\" name=\"Positioning Objects\">Positioning Objects</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"anchor_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp\" name=\"Objecten positioneren\">Objecten positioneren</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147251\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can use anchors to position an object, graphic, or frame in a document. An anchored item remains in place, or moves when you modify the document. The following anchoring options are available:"
|
||
msgstr "U kunt ankers gebruiken om een object, afbeelding of frame in een document te positioneren. Een verankerd item behoudt zijn plaats of verandert van plaats wanneer u het document wijzigt. De volgende verankeringsopties zijn beschikbaar:"
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145599\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Anchoring"
|
||
msgstr "Verankering"
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145622\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Effect"
|
||
msgstr "Effect"
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145650\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "As character"
|
||
msgstr "Als teken"
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151181\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased."
|
||
msgstr "Verankert het geselecteerde item als teken in de huidige tekst. Als de hoogte van het geselecteerde item groter is dan de hoogte van het huidige lettertype, wordt de hoogte van de regel waarop het item staat, vergroot."
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10674\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To center an image on an HTML page, insert the image, anchor it \"as character\", then center the paragraph."
|
||
msgstr "Wilt u een afbeelding op een HTML-pagina centreren, dan voegt u de afbeelding in, verankert u deze 'als teken' en centreert u vervolgens de alinea."
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151212\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To character"
|
||
msgstr "Aan teken"
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151235\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Anchors the selected item to a character."
|
||
msgstr "Verankert het geselecteerde item aan een teken."
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155071\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To paragraph"
|
||
msgstr "Aan alinea"
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155094\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Anchors the selected item to the current paragraph."
|
||
msgstr "Verankert het geselecteerde item aan de huidige alinea."
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155122\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To page"
|
||
msgstr "Aan pagina"
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155144\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Anchors the selected item to the current page."
|
||
msgstr "Verankert het geselecteerde item aan de huidige pagina."
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145674\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To frame"
|
||
msgstr "Aan frame"
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145697\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Anchors the selected item to the surrounding frame."
|
||
msgstr "Verankert het geselecteerde item aan het omringende frame."
|
||
|
||
#: anchor_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145715\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you insert an object, graphic, or frame, an anchor icon appears where the item is anchored. You can position an anchored item by dragging the item to another location. To change the anchoring options of an item, right-click the item, and then choose an option from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Anchor</item> submenu."
|
||
msgstr "Wanneer u een object, afbeelding of frame invoegt, verschijnt er een pictogram van een anker op de plaats waar het item verankerd is. U kunt een verankerd item positioneren door het naar een andere locatie te slepen. Wilt u de verankeringsopties van een item wijzigen, dan klikt u met de rechtermuisknop op het item en kiest u een optie uit het submenu <item type=\"menuitem\">Verankering</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator"
|
||
msgstr "Een document opnieuw schikken met behulp van de Navigator"
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149973\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>headings;rearranging</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rearranging headings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>moving;headings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>demoting heading levels</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>promoting heading levels</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Navigator;heading levels and chapters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>arranging;headings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>outlines;arranging chapters</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>koppen;opnieuw schikken</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>opnieuw schikken van koppen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>verplaatsen;koppen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>omlaag verplaatsen van kopniveaus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>omhoog verplaatsen van kopniveaus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Navigator;kopniveaus en hoofdstukken</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>schikken;koppen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>overzichten;hoofdstukken schikken</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149973\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"arrange_chapters\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp\" name=\"Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator\">Arranging Chapters in the Navigator</link> </variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"arrange_chapters\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp\" name=\"Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator\">Een document opnieuw schikken met behulp van de Navigator</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147795\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can move headings and subordinate text up and down in a document text by using the Navigator. You can also promote and demote heading levels. To use this feature, format the headings in your document with one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. To use a custom paragraph style for a heading, choose <emph>Tools - Chapter Numbering</emph>, select the style in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box, and then double-click a number in the <emph>Levels</emph> list."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt met behulp van de Navigator koppen en ondergeschikte tekst omhoog en omlaag verplaatsen in een documenttekst. U kunt kopniveaus ook omhoog en omlaag verplaatsen. Maak de koppen in uw document op met een van de vooraf gedefinieerde alinea-opmaakprofielen voor koppen om deze functie te gebruiken. Wilt u een aangepast alinea-opmaakprofiel voor een kop maken, dan kiest u <emph>Extra - Hoofdstuknummering</emph>, selecteert u het opmaakprofiel in het vak <emph>Alinea-opmaakprofiel</emph>, en dubbelklikt u op een getal in de lijst <emph>Niveau</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145652\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To quickly move the text cursor to a heading in the document, double-click the heading in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list."
|
||
msgstr "Als u de tekstcursor snel naar een kop in het document wilt verplaatsen, dubbelklikt u op de kop in de <emph>Navigator</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155461\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To dock the <emph>Navigator</emph>, drag the title bar to the edge of the workspace. To undock the <emph>Navigator</emph>, double-click its frame while holding the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key."
|
||
msgstr "Om de <emph>Navigator</emph> vast te zetten, sleept u de titelbalk naar het uiteinde van de werkruimte. Om de <emph>Navigator</emph> te laten zweven, dubbelklikt u in het kader terwijl u de <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>CTRL</defaultinline></switchinline>-toets ingedrukt houdt."
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3151184\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Move a Heading Up or Down in the Document"
|
||
msgstr "Zo verplaatst u een kop omhoog of omlaag in het document"
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id0915200809400790\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Ensure that all heading levels are shown in the Navigator. By default all levels are shown. See steps below how to change the heading levels that are shown."
|
||
msgstr "Zorg er voor dat alle kopniveau's worden weergegeven in de Navigator. Standaard worden alle niveau's weergegeven. Zie de stappen hieronder om de weergegeven kopniveau's te wijzigen."
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151206\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <emph>Standard Bar</emph>, click the <emph>Navigator</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id5211883\" src=\"cmd/sc_navigator.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id5211883\">Icon</alt></image> to open the <emph>Navigator</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Op de werkbalk <emph>Standaard</emph> klikt u op het pictogram <emph>Navigator</emph> <image id=\"img_id5211883\" src=\"cmd/sc_navigator.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id5211883\">Pictogram</alt></image> om de <emph>Navigator</emph> te openen."
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151238\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <emph>Navigator</emph>, click the <emph>Content View</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id3156338\" src=\"sw/res/sc20244.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156338\">Icon</alt></image>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik, in de <emph>Navigator</emph>, op het pictogram <emph>Inhoud weergeven</emph><image id=\"img_id3156338\" src=\"sw/res/sc20244.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156338\">Pictogram</alt></image>."
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155089\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "U kunt het volgende doen:"
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155114\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Drag a heading to a new location in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list."
|
||
msgstr "Sleep een kop naar een nieuwe locatie in de lijst van de <emph>Navigator</emph>. "
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155139\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click a heading in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list, and then click the <emph>Promote Chapter</emph> <image id=\"img_id4217546\" src=\"sw/res/sc20174.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id4217546\">Icon</alt></image> or <emph>Demote Chapter</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id6505788\" src=\"sw/res/sc20171.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id6505788\">Icon</alt></image>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op een kop in de lijst <emph>Navigator</emph> en dan op het pictogram <emph>Hoofdstuk hoger</emph><image id=\"img_id4217546\" src=\"sw/res/sc20174.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id4217546\">Pictogram</alt></image> of <emph>Hoofdstuk lager</emph>pictogram <image id=\"img_id6505788\" src=\"sw/res/sc20171.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id6505788\">Pictogram</alt></image>."
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145758\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To move the heading without the subordinate text, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you drag or click the <emph>Promote Chapter</emph> or <emph>Demote Chapter</emph> icons."
|
||
msgstr "Om de kop zonder de onderliggende tekst te verplaatsen, houdt u de toets <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>CTRL</defaultinline></switchinline> ingedrukt terwijl u op de pictogrammen <emph>Hoofdstuk hoger</emph> of <emph>Hoofdstuk lager</emph> klikt."
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155402\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Promote or Demote the Level of a Heading"
|
||
msgstr "Zo verhoogt of verlaagt u een kopniveau"
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155424\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the heading in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de kop in de lijst van de <emph>Navigator</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1081C\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Promote Level</emph> <image id=\"img_id5564488\" src=\"sw/res/sc20172.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id5564488\">Icon</alt></image> or <emph>Demote Level</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id3159363\" src=\"sw/res/sc20173.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id3159363\">Icon</alt></image>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op het pictogram <emph>Hoger niveau</emph><image id=\"img_id5564488\" src=\"sw/res/sc20172.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id5564488\"></alt></image> of <emph>Lager niveau</emph>pictogram <image id=\"img_id3159363\" src=\"sw/res/sc20173.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id3159363\">Pictogram</alt></image>."
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155525\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Change the Number of Heading Levels That Are Displayed"
|
||
msgstr "Zo wijzigt u het aantal kopniveaus dat wordt weergegeven"
|
||
|
||
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151352\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Heading Levels Shown</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id3151310\" src=\"sw/res/sc20236.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151310\">Icon</alt></image>, and then select a number from the list."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op het pictogram <emph>Weergegeven kopregelniveaus</emph> <image id=\"img_id3151310\" src=\"sw/res/sc20236.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151310\">Pictogram</alt></image> en selecteer vervolgens een getal in de lijst."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type"
|
||
msgstr "Lijsten met nummering of opsommingstekens maken terwijl u typt"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3147407\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; lists, while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bullet lists;creating while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lists;automatic numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbers;lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic bullets/numbers; AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bullets; using automatically</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs; automatic numbering</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>nummering; lijsten, tijdens typen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lijsten met opsommingstekens;maken tijdens typen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lijsten;automatische nummering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>getallen;lijsten</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatische nummering; functie AutoCorrectie</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>opsomingstekens; automatisch gebruiken</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatische opsommingstekens</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>alinea's; automatische nummering</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147407\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"auto_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type\">Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"auto_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Genummerde lijsten of lijsten met opsommingstekens maken terwijl u typt\">Genummerde lijsten of lijsten met opsommingstekens maken terwijl u typt</link> </variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155525\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "$[officename] can automatically apply numbering or bullets as you type."
|
||
msgstr "$[officename] kan automatisch nummering of opsommingstekens toepassen terwijl u typt."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154243\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Enable Automatic Numbering and Bulleting"
|
||
msgstr "Zo schakelt u automatische nummering en opsommingstekens in:"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152830\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab, and then select “Bulleted and numbered lists”."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Extra - AutoCorrectie - Opties voor AutoCorrectie</item>, klik op het tabblad <item type=\"menuitem\">Opties</item>, en selecteer dan “Lijst met nummers en opsommingstekens”."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152867\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect</emph>, and ensure that <emph>While Typing</emph> is selected."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Opmaak - AutoCorrectie</emph> en selecteer <emph>Tijdens invoer</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2357860\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The automatic numbering option is only applied to paragraphs that are formatted with the \"Default\", \"Text body\", or \"Text body indent\" paragraph style."
|
||
msgstr "De optie voor automatische nummering wordt alleen toegepast op alinea's die met het alinea-opmaakprofiel Standaard, Tekstblok of Tekstblok inspringen zijn opgemaakt."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3152897\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Create a Numbered or Bulleted List While You Type"
|
||
msgstr "Zo maakt u een lijst met nummers of opsommingstekens terwijl u typt:"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147773\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type 1., i., or I. to start a numbered list. Type * or - to start a bulleted list. You can also type a right parenthesis after the number instead of a period , for example, 1) or i)."
|
||
msgstr "Typ 1., i. of I. om een genummerde lijst te beginnen. Typ * of - om een lijst met opsommingstekens te beginnen. U kunt na het getal ook een haakje sluiten typen in plaats van een punt, bijvoorbeeld 1) of i)."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147794\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter a space, type your text, and then press Enter. The new paragraph automatically receives the next number or bullet."
|
||
msgstr "Voer een spatie in, typ uw tekst, en druk dan op Enter. De nieuwe alinea krijgt automatisch het volgende nummer of opsommingsteken."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147814\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press Enter again to finish the list."
|
||
msgstr "Druk nogmaals op Enter om de lijst te voltooien."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147287\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can start a numbered list with any number."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt een genummerde lijst met een willekeurig getal beginnen."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154083\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Numbering/Bullets\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp\" name=\"Opmaak - Nummering/opsommingstekens\">Opmaak - Nummering/opsommingstekens</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Turning Off AutoCorrect"
|
||
msgstr "AutoCorrectie uitschakelen"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3154250\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text;turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>uppercase;changing to lowercase</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small letters after periods</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>quotation marks;changing automatically</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>words;automatic replacement on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines;automatic drawing on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>underlining;quick</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders; automatic drawing on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic changes on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changes;automatic</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;turning off</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>uitschakelen van automatische correctie</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst;automatische correctie uitschakelen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hoofdletters;in kleine letters omzetten</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hoofdletters;in kleine letters omzetten na punten</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>aanhalingstekens;automatisch wijzigen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>woorden;automatische vervanging aan/uit</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lijnen;automatisch tekenen aan/uit</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>onderstrepen;snel</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>randen; automatisch tekenen aan/uit</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatische wijzigingen aan/uit</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>wijzigingen;automatisch</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoCorrectie (functie);uitschakelen</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147812\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"auto_off\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp\" name=\"Turning Off AutoFormat and AutoCorrect\">Turning Off AutoCorrect</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"auto_off\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp\" name=\"Turning Off AutoFormat and AutoCorrect\">AutoCorrectie uitschakelen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147833\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "By default, $[officename] automatically corrects many common typing errors and applies formatting while you type."
|
||
msgstr "Standaard corrigeert $[officename] automatisch vaak gemaakte typfouten en past opmaak toe terwijl u typt."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1081B\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To quickly undo an automatic correction or completion, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z."
|
||
msgstr "Als u een automatische correctie of aanvulling snel ongedaan wilt maken, drukt u op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10846\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To turn off most AutoCorrect features, remove the check mark from the menu <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - While Typing</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt de meeste functies voor AutoCorrectie uitschakelen door het vinkje in het menu <emph>Opmaak - AutoCorrectie - Tijdens invoer</emph> weg te halen."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147251\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Remove a Word from the AutoCorrect List"
|
||
msgstr "Zo verwijdert u een woord uit de lijst van AutoCorrectie"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147274\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Extra - AutoCorrectie - Opties voor AutoCorrectie</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145596\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Replace</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de tab <emph>Vervangen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145620\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> list, select the word pair that you want to remove."
|
||
msgstr "In de <emph>AutoCorrectie</emph>-lijst selecteert u het woordpaar dat u wilt verwijderen."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145645\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Delete</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>Verwijderen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145668\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Stop Replacing Quotation Marks"
|
||
msgstr "Zo voorkomt u dat aanhalingstekens vervangen worden"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151196\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Extra - AutoCorrectie- Opties voor AutoCorrectie</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151220\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Localized Options</emph> tab"
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de tab <emph>Gelokaliseerde opties</emph> tab"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151245\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Clear the \"Replace\" check box(es)."
|
||
msgstr "Maak keuzevak(ken) \"Vervangen\" leeg."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155076\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Stop Capitalizing the First Letter of a Sentence"
|
||
msgstr "Zo voorkomt u dat de eerste letter van een zin automatisch een hoofdletter wordt"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155099\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools – AutoCorrect Options</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Extra – Opties voor AutoCorrectie</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155123\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de tab <emph>Opties</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155148\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Clear the \"Capitalize first letter of every sentence\" check box."
|
||
msgstr "Maak het keuzevak \"Elke zin met een hoofdletter beginnen\" leeg."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155401\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Stop Drawing a Line When You Type Three Identical Characters"
|
||
msgstr "Zo voorkomt u dat er een lijn getekend wordt wanneer u drie identieke tekens typt"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155415\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "$[officename] automatically draws a line when you type three of the following characters and press Enter: - _ = * ~ #"
|
||
msgstr "$[officename] tekent automatisch een lijn wanneer u drie van de volgende tekens typt en op Enter drukt: - _ = * ~ #"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155439\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Extra - AutoCorrectie - Opties voor AutoCorrectie</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155463\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de tab <emph>Opties</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_off.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_off.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155488\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Clear the \"Apply border\" check box."
|
||
msgstr "Maak het keuzevak \"Rand toepassen\" leeg."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Automatically Check Spelling"
|
||
msgstr "Spelling automatisch controleren"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3154265\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>spellcheck;Automatic Spell Checking on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic spellcheck</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>checking spelling;while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>words;disabling spellcheck</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>spellingcontrol;spellingscontrolle aan/uit</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatische spellingscontrolle </bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>spelling conroleren;tijdens typen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>woorden;spellingscontrolle uitschakelen</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154265\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"auto_spellcheck\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp\" name=\"Automatically Check Spelling\">Automatically Check Spelling</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"auto_spellcheck\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp\" name=\"Spelling automatisch controleren\">Spelling automatisch controleren</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154664\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can have $[officename] automatically check spelling while you type and underline possible misspelt words with a red wavy line."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt $[officename] automatisch spelling laten controleren terwijl u typt, en verkeerd gespelde woorden met een rode golvende lijn laten onderstrepen."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154678\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Check Spelling Automatically While You Type"
|
||
msgstr "Zo controleert u de spelling automatisch terwijl u typt:"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155531\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Automatic Spell Checking</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Sluit <emph>Extra - Spelling en grammatica</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155569\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click a word with a red wavy underline, and then choose a suggested replacement word from the list, or from the <emph>AutoCorrect </emph>submenu."
|
||
msgstr "Klik met de rechtermuisknop op een woord met een rode golvende onderstreping, en kies dan een voorgesteld vervangend woord uit de lijst of uit het submenu <emph>AutoCorrectie</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147759\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you choose a word from the <item type=\"menuitem\">AutoCorrect</item> submenu, the underlined word and the replacement word are automatically added to the AutoCorrect list for the current language. To view the AutoCorrect list, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Replace</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Als u een woord uit het submenu <item type=\"menuitem\">AutoCorrectie</item> kiest, worden het onderstreepte woord en het vervangende woord automatisch aan de lijst voor AutoCorrectie voor de huidige taal toegevoegd. Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Extra – AutoCorrectie - Opties voor AutoCorrectie</item> om de lijst voor AutoCorrectie te bekijken en klik dan op de tab <item type=\"menuitem\">Vervangen</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147819\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also add the underlined word to your custom dictionary by choosing <emph>Add</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt het onderstreepte woord ook aan uw aangepaste woordenlijst toevoegen door <emph>Toevoegen</emph> te kiezen."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147220\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Exclude Words From the Spellcheck"
|
||
msgstr "Zo voorkomt u dat de spelling van woorden gecontroleerd wordt:"
|
||
|
||
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147263\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the words that you want to exclude."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de woorden die u wilt uitsluiten."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147282\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the Language control on the Status bar to open a menu."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op het besturingselement Taal op de statusbalk om een menu te openen."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145602\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose \"None (Do not check spelling)\"."
|
||
msgstr "Kies “Geen (geen spellingcontrole toepassen)”."
|
||
|
||
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145648\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp\" name=\"Creating a new dictionary.\">Creating a new dictionary.</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp\" name=\"Een nieuwe woordenlijst maken\">Een nieuwe woordenlijst maken</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: autocorr_except.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List"
|
||
msgstr "Uitzonderingen aan de AutoCorrectie-lijst toevoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: autocorr_except.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3152887\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; adding exceptions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>exceptions; AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>abbreviations</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>capital letters;avoiding after specific abbreviations</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>functie AutoCorrectie; uitzonderingen toevoegen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>uitzonderingen; functie AutoCorrectie</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afkortingen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hoofdletters;vermijden na opgegeven afkortingen</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: autocorr_except.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3152887\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"autocorr_except\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp\" name=\"Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List\">Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"autocorr_except\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp\" name=\"Uitzonderingen aan de AutoCorrectie-lijst toevoegen\">Uitzonderingen aan de AutoCorrectie-lijst toevoegen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: autocorr_except.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154254\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can prevent AutoCorrect from correcting specific abbreviations or words that have mixed capital letters and lowercase letters."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt voorkomen dat AutoCorrectie specifieke afkortingen of woorden corrigeert die uit een mengeling van hoofdletters en kleine letters bestaan."
|
||
|
||
#: autocorr_except.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155576\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Exceptions</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Extra - AutoCorrectie - Opties voor AutoCorrectie</item> en klik dan op het tabblad <item type=\"menuitem\">Uitzonderingen</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: autocorr_except.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147762\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "U kunt het volgende doen:"
|
||
|
||
#: autocorr_except.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147786\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type the abbreviation followed by a period in the <emph>Abbreviations (no subsequent capital) </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Typ de afkorting gevolgd door een punt in het vak <emph>Afkortingen waarop geen hoofdletter volgt</emph> en klik op <emph>Nieuw</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: autocorr_except.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147812\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type the word in the <emph>Words with TWo INitial CApitals </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Typ het woord in het vak <emph>Woorden die met TWee hoofdletters beginnen</emph> en klik op <emph>Nieuw</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: autocorr_except.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3144875\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To quickly undo an AutoCorrect replacement, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z. This also adds the word or abbreviation that you typed to the AutoCorrect exceptions list."
|
||
msgstr "Als u een AutoCorrectie-vervanging snel ongedaan wilt maken, drukt u op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z. Hiermee wordt het woord of de afkorting die u hebt getypt, ook aan de AutoCorrectie-lijst met uitzonderingen toegevoegd."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Using AutoText"
|
||
msgstr "AutoTekst gebruiken"
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155521\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>AutoText</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>networks and AutoText directories</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lists;AutoText shortcuts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing;AutoText shortcuts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;text blocks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text blocks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>blocks of text</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>AutoTekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>netwerken en AutoTekst-mappen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lijsten;AutoTekst-snelkoppelingen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>afdrukken;AutoTekst-snelkoppelingen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>invoegen;tekstblokken</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekstblokken</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>blokken tekst</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155521\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"autotext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp\" name=\"Using AutoText\">Using AutoText</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"autotext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp\" name=\"AutoTekst gebruiken\">AutoTekst gebruiken</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150534\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In $[officename] Writer, you can store text - also containing graphics, tables, and fields - as AutoText, so that you can quickly insert the text later on. If you want, you can also store formatted text."
|
||
msgstr "In $[officename] Writer kunt u tekst - die ook afbeeldingen, tabellen en velden kan bevatten - als AutoTekst opslaan, zodat u de tekst later snel kunt invoegen. U kunt desgewenst ook opgemaakte tekst opslaan."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155539\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Create an AutoText Entry"
|
||
msgstr "Een item voor AutoTekst maken"
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155560\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text, text with graphics, table, or field that you want to save as an AutoText entry. A graphic can only be stored if it is anchored as a character and is preceded and followed by at least one text character."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de tekst, tekst met afbeeldingen, tabellen of velden die u als AutoTekst-item wilt opslaan. Een afbeelding kan alleen opgeslagen worden als deze als teken verankerd is en door ten minste één tekstteken voorafgegaan en gevolgd wordt."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155581\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoText</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Extra - Autotekst</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147761\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the category where you want to store the AutoText."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de categorie waarin u de AutoTekst wilt opslaan."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147779\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type a name that is longer than four characters. This allows you to use the <emph>Display remainder of name as suggestion while typing</emph> AutoText option. If you want, you can modify the proposed shortcut."
|
||
msgstr "Typ een naam die meer dan vier tekens bevat. U kunt dan de AutoTekst-optie <emph>Rest van de naam bij invoer als tip weergeven</emph> gebruiken. U kunt de voorgestelde snelkoppeling desgewenst wijzigen."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147807\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>AutoText</emph> button, and then choose <emph>New</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de knop <emph>AutoTekst</emph> en kies dan <emph>Nieuw</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10732\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Close</emph> button."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de knop <emph>Sluiten</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147282\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert an AutoText Entry"
|
||
msgstr "Een item voor AutoTekst invoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145597\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert an AutoText entry."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in uw document op de plaats waar u een AutoTekst-item wilt invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145615\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoText\"><emph>Tools - AutoText</emph></link>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoText\"><emph>Extra - AutoTekst</emph></link>."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145644\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the AutoText that you want to insert, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de AutoTekst die u wilt invoegen en klik dan op <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145668\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also type the shortcut for an AutoText entry, and then press F3, or click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">AutoText</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> bar, and then choose an AutoText entry."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt ook de snelkoppeling voor een AutoTekst-item typen en dan op F3 drukken, of op de pijl naast het pictogram <item type=\"menuitem\">AutoTekst</item> op de werkbalk <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen</item> klikken en dan een AutoTekst-item kiezen."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155090\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To quickly enter a %PRODUCTNAME Math formula, type <item type=\"literal\">fn</item>, and then press F3. If you insert more than one formula, the formulae are sequentially numbered. To insert dummy text, type <item type=\"literal\">dt</item>, and then press F3."
|
||
msgstr "Wilt u snel een formule voor %PRODUCTNAME Math invoeren, dan typt u 'FN' en drukt u op F3. Als u meerdere formules invoegt, worden de formules opeenvolgend genummerd. Typ <item type=\"literal\">BT</item> en druk dan op F3 om proeftekst in te voegen."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155115\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Print a List of AutoText Entries"
|
||
msgstr "Een lijst met AutoTekst-items afdrukken"
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155136\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Extra - Macro's - Macro's beheren - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155160\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Macro from</emph> tree control, select %PRODUCTNAME Macros - Gimmicks - AutoText."
|
||
msgstr "In de boomstructuur <emph>Macro uit</emph> , selecteer %PRODUCTNAME-macro's - Gimmicks - AutoTekst."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151277\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select \"Main\" in the <emph>Existing macros in: AutoText</emph> list and then click <emph>Run</emph>. A list of the current AutoText entries is generated in a separate text document."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer \"Main\" in het vak <emph>Bestaande macro's in: AutoTekst</emph> en klik vervolgens op <emph>Uitvoeren</emph>. Een overzicht van de huidige AutoTekst-fragmenten wordt gegenereerd in een apart tekstdocument."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151304\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Bestand - Afdrukken</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3151327\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Using AutoText in Network Installations"
|
||
msgstr "AutoTekst in netwerken gebruiken"
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151355\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can store AutoText entries in different directories on a network."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt AutoTekst-items in verschillende mappen op een netwerk opslaan."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151370\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "For example, you can store \"read-only\" AutoText entries for your company on a central server, and user-defined AutoText entries in a local directory."
|
||
msgstr "Zo kunt u alleen-lezen AutoTekst-items voor uw bedrijf op een centrale server opslaan, en gebruikergedefinieerde AutoTekst-items in een lokale map."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151390\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The paths for the AutoText directories can be edited in the configuration."
|
||
msgstr "De paden voor de AutoTekst-mappen kunnen worden bewerkt in de configuratie."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154960\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Two directories are listed here. The first entry is on the server installation and the second entry is in the user directory. If there are two AutoText entries with the same name in both directories, the entry from the user directory is used."
|
||
msgstr "Er staan hier twee mappen. Het eerste item staat op de serverinstallatie en het tweede item in de gebruikersmap. Als er twee AutoTekst-items met dezelfde naam in beide mappen staan, wordt het item uit de gebruikersmap gebruikt."
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154995\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoText\">Tools - AutoText</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoText\">Extra - AutoTekst</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: autotext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"autotext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155012\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\" name=\"Word Completion\">Word Completion</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\" name=\"Word Completion\">Woordinvulling</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics"
|
||
msgstr "Achtergrondkleuren of -afbeeldingen definiëren"
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149346\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>backgrounds;text objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>words;backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text;backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>backgrounds;selecting</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>achtergronden;tekstobjecten</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>woorden;achtergronden</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>alinea's; achtergronden</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst; achtergronden</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellen; achtergronden</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cellen; achtergronden</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>achtergronden;selecteren</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149346\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"background\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/background.xhp\" name=\"Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics\">Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"background\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/background.xhp\" name=\"Achtergrondkleuren of achtergrondafbeeldingen definiëren\">Achtergrondkleuren of achtergrondafbeeldingen definiëren</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7355265\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can define a background color or use a graphic as a background for various objects in $[officename] Writer."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt een achtergrondkleur definiëren of een afbeelding als achtergrond gebruiken voor verschillende objecten in $[officename] Writer."
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147653\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Apply a Background To Text Characters"
|
||
msgstr "Een achtergrond toepassen op teksttekens"
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150669\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the characters."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de tekens."
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155390\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Opmaak - Teken</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153665\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Background</emph> tab, select the background color."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de tab <emph>Achtergrond</emph> en selecteer de achtergrondkleur."
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153541\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Apply a Background To a Paragraph"
|
||
msgstr "Een achtergrond toepassen op een alinea"
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145119\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor in the paragraph or select several paragraphs."
|
||
msgstr "Plaats de cursor in de alinea of selecteer meerdere alinea's."
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3158430\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Opmaak - Alinea</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151245\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de achtergrondkleur of een achtergrondafbeelding op de tabpagina <emph>Achtergrond</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id0104201010554939\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To select an object in the background, hold down the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key and click the object. Alternatively, use the Navigator to select the object."
|
||
msgstr "Houd de <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>-toets ingedrukt en klik op het object om een object op de achtergrond te selecteren. Gebruik, als alternatief, de Navigator om het object te selecteren."
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149294\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Apply a Background To All or Part of a Table"
|
||
msgstr "Een achtergrond toepassen op een gehele of gedeeltelijke teksttabel"
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154346\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor in the table in your text document."
|
||
msgstr "Plaats de cursor in de tabel in uw tekstdocument."
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148664\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Properties</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Tabel - Eigenschappen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154938\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de achtergrondkleur of een achtergrondafbeelding op de tabpagina <emph>Achtergrond</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156280\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>For</emph> box, choose whether the color or graphic should apply to the current cell, the current row or the whole table. If you select several cells or rows before opening the dialog, the change applies to the selection."
|
||
msgstr "Kies, in het vak <emph>Voor</emph>, of de kleur of afbeelding voor de gehele cel moet gelden, voor de huidige rij of de gehele tabel. Als u meerdere cellen of rijen selecteert vóór het openen van het dialoogvenster zijn de wijzigingen van toepassing op de selectie."
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3151041\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You may also use an icon to apply a background to table parts."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt ook een pictogram gebruiken om een achtergrond op delen van een tabel toe te passen."
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150767\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To apply a background color to cells, select the cells and click the color on the <emph>Background Color</emph> toolbar."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de cellen en klik dan op de kleur op de werkbalk <emph>Achtergrondkleur</emph> om een achtergrondkleur op cellen toe te passen."
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147084\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To apply a background color to a text paragraph within a cell, place the cursor into the text paragraph, then click the color on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Background Color</item> toolbar."
|
||
msgstr "Plaats de cursor in de tekstalinea en klik dan op de kleur op de werkbalk <item type=\"menuitem\">Achtergrondkleur</item> om een achtergrondkleur op een tekstalinea in een cel toe te passen."
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10A56\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/02/02160000.xhp\">Highlight Color icon</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/02/02160000.xhp\">pictogram Accentueer kleur</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156180\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030600.xhp\" name=\"Background tab page\">Background tab page</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030600.xhp\" name=\"tabpagina Achtergrond\">tabpagina Achtergrond</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4922025\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/background.xhp\">Watermarks</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/background.xhp\">Watermerken</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: background.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"background.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id478530\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">Page Backgrounds as Page Styles</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">Pagina-achtergronden als pagina-opmaakprofielen</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Defining Borders for Characters"
|
||
msgstr "Randen voor tekens definiëren"
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3156136\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>characters;defining borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders; for characters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; around characters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;character borders</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekens;randen definiëren</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>randen; voor tekens</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames; rond tekens</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>definiëren;randen van tekens</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3116136\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"border_character\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Characters\">Defining Borders for Characters</link> </variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"border_character\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Characters\">Randen definiëren voor tekens</link> </variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148413\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If two adjacent text ranges' all border properties are identical (same style, width, color, padding and shadow), then those two ranges will be considered to be part of the same border group and rendered within the same border in the document."
|
||
msgstr "Als van twee aangrenzende tekstgebieden alle randeigenschappen identiek zijn (dezelfde opmaakprofiel, breedte, kleur, vulling en schaduw), dan zullen die twee reeksen worden beschouwd als onderdeel van dezelfde randengroep en worden samengevoegd in dezelfde omranding."
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3110503\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Set a Predefined Border Style"
|
||
msgstr "Een vooraf gedefinieerde randstijl instellen"
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3118661\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the range of characters around which you want to add a border."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer het bereik van de tekens waarrond u een rand wilt toevoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3118473\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character - Borders</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Opmaak - Teken - Randen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3110171\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select one of the default border styles in the <emph>Default</emph> area."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer één van de standaard randen in het vak <emph>Standaard</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151046\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer een lijnopmaakprofiel, breedte en kleur voor de geselecteerde Lijnschikking in het gebied <emph>Lijn</emph>. Deze instellingen gelden voor alle randen die zijn opgenomen in de geselecteerde Lijnschikking."
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152172\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the selected characters in the <emph>Padding</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de afstand tussen de randen en de geselecteerde tekens in het gebied <emph>Afstand tot inhoud</emph>. U kunt alleen de afstanden wijzigen als er een rand gedefinieerd is."
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3111023\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph> om de wijzigingen toe te passen."
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3142068\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Set a Customized Border Style"
|
||
msgstr "Een aangepaste randstijl instellen"
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3118613\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the range of characters around which you want to add a border."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer het bereik van de tekens waarrond u een rand wilt toevoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3111663\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character - Borders</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Opmaak - Teken - Randen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3110541\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer in het gebied <emph>Gebruikergedefinieerd</emph> de rand(en) die u in een algemene lay-out wilt laten verschijnen. Klik in het voorbeeldvenster op een rand om de selectie van een rand te wijzigen."
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3119149\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer een lijnopmaakprofiel, breedte en kleur voor de geselecteerde Lijnschikking in het gebied <emph>Lijn</emph>. Deze instellingen gelden voor alle randen die zijn opgenomen in de geselecteerde Lijnschikking."
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3116282\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Repeat the last two steps for every border edge."
|
||
msgstr "Herhaal de laatste twee stappen voor elke rand."
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3111041\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the selected characters in the <emph>Padding</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de afstand tussen de randen en de geselecteerde tekens in het gebied <emph>Afstand tot inhoud</emph>. U kunt alleen de afstanden wijzigen als er een rand gedefinieerd is."
|
||
|
||
#: border_character.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_character.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3141606\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph> om de wijzigingen toe te passen."
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Defining Borders for Objects"
|
||
msgstr "Randen voor objecten definiëren"
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3146957\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>objects; defining borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders; for objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; around objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>charts;borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures;borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>OLE objects;borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;object borders</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>objecten; randen definiëren</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>randen; voor objecten</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames; rond objecten</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>diagrammen;randen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afbeeldingen;randen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>OLE-objecten;randen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>definiëren;objectranden</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3146957\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"border_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Objects\">Defining Borders for Objects</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"border_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp\" name=\"Randen voor objecten definiëren\">Randen voor objecten definiëren</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3146797\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In Writer, you can define borders around OLE objects, plug-ins, diagrams/charts, graphics and frames. The name of the menu to be used depends on the object selected."
|
||
msgstr "In Writer kunt u randen rond OLE-objecten, invoegtoepassingen, diagrammen/grafieken, afbeeldingen en frames definiëren. De naam van het menu dat gebruikt moet worden, is afhankelijk van het geselecteerde object."
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145673\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Set a Predefined Border Style"
|
||
msgstr "Een vooraf gedefinieerde randstijl instellen"
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155388\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the object for which you want to define a border."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer het object waarvoor u een rand wilt definiëren."
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149578\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon on the <emph>OLE-Object</emph> toolbar or <emph>Frame</emph> toolbar to open the <emph>Borders</emph> window."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de werkbalk <emph>OLE-object</emph> of de werkbalk <emph>Frame</emph> het pictogram <emph>Randen</emph> aan om het venster <emph>Randen</emph> te openen."
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3159176\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click one of the predefined border styles. This replaces the current border style of the object with the selected style."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op een van de vooraf gedefinieerde randstijlen. Zo wordt de huidige randstijl van het object door de geselecteerde stijl vervangen."
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3152474\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Set a Customized Border Style"
|
||
msgstr "Een aangepaste randstijl instellen"
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153896\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the table cells that you want to modify."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de tabelcellen die u wilt wijzigen."
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156344\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - (object name) – Borders</item>.<br/>Replace (object name) with the actual name of the object type you selected."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaak - (objectnaam) – Randen</item>.<br/>Vervang (objectnaam) door de echte naam van het objecttype dat u selecteerde."
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148797\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer in het gebied <emph>Gebruikergedefinieerd</emph> de rand(en) die u in een algemene lay-out wilt laten verschijnen. Klik in het voorbeeldvenster op een rand om de selectie van een rand te wijzigen."
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152933\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer een lijnstijl en kleur voor de geselecteerde randstijl in het gebied <emph>Lijn</emph>. Deze instellingen zijn van toepassing op alle randlijnen die in de geselecteerde randstijl zijn opgenomen."
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3125865\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Repeat the last two steps for every border edge."
|
||
msgstr "Herhaal de laatste twee stappen voor elke rand."
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150447\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Padding</emph> area."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de afstand tussen de randlijnen en de pagina-inhoud in het gebied <emph>Afstand tot inhoud</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: border_object.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_object.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154908\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph> om de wijzigingen toe te passen."
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Defining Borders for Pages"
|
||
msgstr "Randen voor pagina's definiëren"
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3156136\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>pages;defining borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders; for pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; around pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;page borders</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>pagina's; randen definiëren</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>randen; voor pagina's</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames; rond pagina's</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>definiëren;paginaranden</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3156136\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"border_page\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Pages\">Defining Borders for Pages</link> </variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"border_page\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp\" name=\"Randen voor pagina's definiëren\">Randen voor pagina's definiëren</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148473\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In Writer, you define borders for <emph>page styles</emph>, not individual pages. All changes made to borders apply to all pages that use the same page style. Note that page style changes cannot be undone by the Undo function in $[officename]."
|
||
msgstr "In Writer definieert u randen voor <emph>paginaopmaakprofielen</emph>, niet voor individuele pagina's. Alle wijzigingen die aan randen worden aangebracht, zijn van toepassing op alle pagina's die hetzelfde paginaopmaakprofiel gebruiken. Let er op dat wijzigingen in paginaopmaakprofielen niet via de functie Ongedaan maken in $[officename] kunnen worden opgeheven."
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3150503\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Set a Predefined Border Style"
|
||
msgstr "Een vooraf gedefinieerde randstijl instellen"
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148491\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Opmaak - Pagina - Randen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150771\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select one of the default border styles in the <emph>Default</emph> area."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer een van de standaardrandstijlen in het gebied <emph>Standaard</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154046\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer een lijnopmaakprofiel, breedte en kleur voor de geselecteerde Lijnschikking in het gebied <emph>Lijn</emph>. Deze instellingen gelden voor alle randen die zijn opgenomen in de geselecteerde Lijnschikking."
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152472\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Padding</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de afstand tussen de randen en de pagina inhoud in het gebied <emph>Afstand tot inhoud</emph>. U kunt alleen de afstanden wijzigen als er een rand gedefinieerd is."
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156023\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph> om de wijzigingen toe te passen."
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145068\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Set a Customized Border Style"
|
||
msgstr "Een aangepaste randstijl instellen"
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148663\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Opmaak - Pagina - Randen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150541\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer in het gebied <emph>Gebruikergedefinieerd</emph> de rand(en) die u in een algemene lay-out wilt laten verschijnen. Klik in het voorbeeldvenster op een rand om de selectie van een rand te wijzigen."
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3159149\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer een lijnopmaakprofiel, breedte en kleur voor de geselecteerde Lijnschikking in het gebied <emph>Lijn</emph>. Deze instellingen gelden voor alle randen die zijn opgenomen in de geselecteerde Lijnschikking."
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156282\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Repeat the last two steps for every border edge."
|
||
msgstr "Herhaal de laatste twee stappen voor elke rand."
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151041\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Padding</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de afstand tussen de randen en de pagina inhoud in het gebied <emph>Afstand tot inhoud</emph>. U kunt alleen de afstanden wijzigen als er een rand gedefinieerd is."
|
||
|
||
#: border_page.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"border_page.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145606\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph> om de wijzigingen toe te passen."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "User Defined Borders in Text Documents"
|
||
msgstr "Gebruikergedefinieerde randen in tekstdocumenten"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id6737876\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>borders;for text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cells;borders in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;table borders in Writer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames;around text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;defining borders</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>randen; voor teksttabellen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cellen;randen in teksttabellen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>definiëren;tabelranden in Writer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames;om teksttabellen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellen;randen definiëren</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3614917\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"borders\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp\">User Defined Borders in Text Documents</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"borders\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp\">Gebruikergedefinieerde randen in tekstdocumenten</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1069368\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can apply a variety of different cell borders to selected cells in a Writer table and to the whole table. Other objects in text documents can have user defined borders, too. For example, you can assign borders to page styles, to frames, and to inserted pictures or charts."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt verschillende celranden op geselecteerde cellen in een Writer-tabel en op de hele tabel toepassen. Andere objecten in tekstdocumenten kunnen ook gebruikergedefinieerde randen hebben. Zo kunt u randen toewijzen aan pagina-opmaakprofielen, frames en ingevoegde afbeeldingen of diagrammen."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6527298\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the cell or a block of cells in a Writer table."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de cel of een blok cellen in een Writer-tabel."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6129947\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Properties</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Tabel - Eigenschappen</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id8141117\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the dialog, click the <emph>Borders</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de tab <emph>Randen</emph> in het dialoogvenster."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6016418\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose the border options you want to apply and click OK."
|
||
msgstr "Kies de randopties die u wilt toepassen en klik op OK."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5282448\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The options in the <emph>Line arrangement</emph> area can be used to apply multiple border styles."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt de opties in het gebied <emph>Lijnschikking</emph> gebruiken om meerdere randstijlen toe te passen."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3547166\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Selection of cells"
|
||
msgstr "Selectie van cellen"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1108432\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Depending on the selection of cells, the area looks different."
|
||
msgstr "De weergave van het gebied kan verschillen, afhankelijk van de celselectie."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2422559\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Selection"
|
||
msgstr "Selecteren"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1053498\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Line arrangement area"
|
||
msgstr "Gebied voor lijnschikking"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1076998\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "One cell selected in a table that has more than one cells, or cursor inside a table with no cell selected"
|
||
msgstr "Eén cel geselecteerd in een tabel met meer dan één cel, of cursor in een tabel zonder dat er een cel geselecteerd is"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4240241\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id1058992\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_1.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id1058992\">one cell border</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id1058992\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_1.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id1058992\">één celrand</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id162053\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A one cell table, the cell is selected"
|
||
msgstr "Een tabel met één cel, de cel is geselecteerd"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5021820\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id7366557\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_2.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id7366557\">one selected cell border</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id7366557\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_2.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id7366557\">één geselecteerde celrand</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3549607\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Cells in a column selected"
|
||
msgstr "Cellen in een kolom geselecteerd"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2544328\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id2298654\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_3.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id2298654\">column selected border</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id2298654\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_3.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id2298654\">kolom geselecteerde rand</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1636402\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Cells in a row selected"
|
||
msgstr "Cellen in een rij geselecteerd"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7450483\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id9033783\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_4.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id9033783\">row selected border</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id9033783\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_4.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id9033783\">rij geselecteerde rand</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5741752\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A whole table of 2x2 or more cells selected"
|
||
msgstr "Een hele tabel van 2x2 of meer cellen geselecteerd"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id570085\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id4776757\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_5.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id4776757\">block selected border</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id4776757\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_5.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id4776757\">blok geselecteerde rand</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id5044099\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Default settings"
|
||
msgstr "Standaardinstellingen"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id626544\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click one of the <emph>Default</emph> icons to set or reset multiple borders."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op een van de <emph>Standaard</emph>-pictogrammen om meerdere randen in te stellen of opnieuw in te stellen."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id292062\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The thin gray lines inside an icon show the borders that will be reset or cleared."
|
||
msgstr "De dunne grijze lijntjes in een pictogram geven aan welke randen opnieuw worden ingesteld of worden gewist."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1361735\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The dark lines inside an icon show the lines that will be set using the selected line style and color."
|
||
msgstr "De donkere lijntjes in een pictogram tonen de lijnen die ingesteld worden met de geselecteerde lijnstijl en -kleur."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id82399\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The thick gray lines inside an icon show the lines that will not be changed."
|
||
msgstr "De dikke grijze lijnen in een pictogram tonen de lijnen die niet zullen veranderen."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id7144993\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Examples"
|
||
msgstr "Voorbeelden"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5528427\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select a block of about 8x8 cells, then choose <emph>Format - Cells - Borders</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer een blok van 8x8 cellen en kies dan <emph>Opmaak - Cellen - Randen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4194158\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id8221076\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_ca_5.png\" width=\"1.2209in\" height=\"0.2445in\"><alt id=\"alt_id8221076\">default icons for borders</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id8221076\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_ca_5.png\" width=\"1.2209in\" height=\"0.2445in\"><alt id=\"alt_id8221076\">standaard pictogrammen voor randen</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7253028\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the left icon to clear all lines. This removes all outer borders and all inner lines."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op het linkerpictogram om alle lijnen te wissen. Hiermee worden alle buitenranden en alle binnenste lijnen verwijderd."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id9441206\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the second icon from the left to set an outer border and to remove all other lines."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op het tweede pictogram van links om een buitenrand in te stellen en alle andere lijnen te verwijderen."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7276833\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the rightmost icon to set an outer border. The inner lines are not changed."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op het meest rechtse pictogram om een buitenrand in te stellen. De binnenste lijnen worden niet gewijzigd."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5273293\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Now you can continue to see which lines the other icons will set or remove."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt nu verder gaan om te zien welke lijnen met de andere pictogrammen ingesteld of verwijderd worden."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id5110019\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "User defined settings"
|
||
msgstr "Gebruikergedefinieerde instellingen"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1820734\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>User defined</emph> area, you can click to set or remove individual lines. The preview shows lines in three different states."
|
||
msgstr "In het gebied <emph>Gebruikergedefinieerd</emph> kunt u klikken om individuele lijnen in te stellen of te verwijderen. In het voorbeeld zijn lijnen in drie verschillende statussen te zien."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7093111\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Repeatedly click an edge or a corner to switch through the three different states."
|
||
msgstr "Klik herhaaldelijk op een rand of een hoek om tussen de drie verschillende statussen te schakelen."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3673818\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Line types"
|
||
msgstr "Lijntypen"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2593768\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Image"
|
||
msgstr "Afbeelding"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2055421\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Meaning"
|
||
msgstr "Betekenis"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id9836115\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A black line"
|
||
msgstr "Een zwarte lijn"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6485793\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id1237525\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id1237525\">solid line for border</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id1237525\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id1237525\">ononderbroken lijn voor rand</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1454512\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A black line sets the corresponding line of the selected cells. The line is shown as a dotted line when you choose the 0.05 pt line style. Double lines are shown when you select a double line style."
|
||
msgstr "Een zwarte lijn stelt de overeenkomstige lijn van de geselecteerde cellen in. De lijn wordt als een stippellijn weergegeven wanneer u de lijnstijl 0,05 pt kiest. Wanneer u een dubbele lijnstijl selecteert, worden er dubbele lijnen weergegeven."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4618671\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A gray line"
|
||
msgstr "Een grijze lijn"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1239356\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id2688680\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_7.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id2688680\">gray line for border</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id2688680\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_7.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id2688680\">grijze lijn voor rand</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id9474166\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A gray line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will not be changed. No line will be set or removed at this position."
|
||
msgstr "Er wordt een grijze lijn weergegeven wanneer de overeenkomstige lijn van de geselecteerde cellen niet veranderd zal worden. Er wordt bij deze positie geen lijn ingesteld of verwijderd."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1545457\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A white line"
|
||
msgstr "Een witte lijn"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1681875\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id7340617\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_8.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id7340617\">white line for border</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id7340617\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_8.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id7340617\">witte lijn voor rand</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2316660\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A white line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will be removed."
|
||
msgstr "Er wordt een witte lijn weergegeven wanneer de overeenkomstige lijn van de geselecteerde cellen verwijderd zal worden."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id5908688\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Examples"
|
||
msgstr "Voorbeelden"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5118564\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select a single cell in a Writer table, then choose <emph>Table - Properties - Borders</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer één cel in een Writer-tabel en kies dan <emph>Tabel - Tabeleigenschappen - Randen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id244758\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select a thick line style."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer een dikke lijnstijl."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7741325\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To set a lower border, click the lower edge repeatedly until you see a thick line."
|
||
msgstr "Als u een onderrand wilt instellen, klikt u herhaaldelijk op de onderrand tot u een dikke lijn ziet."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id542313\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id4273506\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id4273506\">setting thick lower border</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id4273506\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id4273506\">dikke onderrand instellen</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2210760\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "All cells in a Writer table have at least a left and a lower line by default. Most cells on the table perimeter have more lines applied by default."
|
||
msgstr "Alle cellen in een Writer-tabel hebben standaard ten minste een linker- en een onderrand. Op de meeste cellen aan de buitenrand van de tabel worden standaard meer lijnen toegepast."
|
||
|
||
#: borders.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"borders.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5400860\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "All lines that are shown in white in the preview will be removed from the cell."
|
||
msgstr "Alle lijnen die wit in het voorbeeld worden weergegeven, worden uit de cel verwijderd."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Calculating in Text Documents"
|
||
msgstr "In tekstdocumenten berekenen"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149909\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating; in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formulas; calculating in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>references;in Writer tables</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>berekenen; in tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formules; in tekst berekenen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>verwijzingen;in Writer-tabellen</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149909\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp\" name=\"Calculating in Text Documents\">Calculating in Text Documents</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp\" name=\"Berekenen in tekstdocumenten\">Berekenen in tekstdocumenten</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149949\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can insert a calculation directly into a text document or into a text table."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt een berekening rechtstreeks in een tekstdocument of een teksttabel invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149972\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the calculation, and then press F2. If you are in a table cell, type an equals sign =."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in het document op de plaats waar u de berekening wilt invoegen, en druk dan op F2. Als u in een tabelcel staat, typt u een gelijkteken (=) in."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155547\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type the calculation that you want to insert, for example, <item type=\"literal\">=10000/12</item>, and then press Enter."
|
||
msgstr "Typ de berekening die u wilt invoegen, bijvoorbeeld <item type=\"literal\">=10000/12</item>, en druk dan op Enter."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155565\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item>, and then choose a function for your formula."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt ook op het pictogram <item type=\"menuitem\">Formule</item> op de <item type=\"menuitem\">Formulebalk</item> klikken, en dan een functie voor uw formule kiezen."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id8316904\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To reference cells in a Writer text table, enclose the cell address or the cell range in angle brackets. For example, to reference cell A1 from another cell, enter =<A1> into the cell."
|
||
msgstr "Als u naar cellen in een Writer-teksttabel wilt verwijzen, zet u het celadres of celbereik tussen punthaakjes. Als u bijvoorbeeld vanuit een andere cel naar cel A1 wilt verwijzen, voert u '=<A1>' in de cel in."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document"
|
||
msgstr "Het resultaat van een formule berekenen en in een tekstdocument plakken"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3147692\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>pasting;results of formulas</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>clipboard;calculating in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formulas;pasting results in text documents</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>plakken;resultaten van formules</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>klembord;berekenen in tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formules;resultaten in tekstdocumenten plakken</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147692\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_clipboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp\" name=\" Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document\"> Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_clipboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp\" name=\" Het resultaat van een formule berekenen en in een tekstdocument plakken\"> Het resultaat van een formule berekenen en in een tekstdocument plakken</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156366\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If your text already contains a formula, for example \"12+24*2\", $[officename] can calculate, and then paste the result of the formula in your document, without using the <emph>Formula Bar</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Als uw tekst al een formule bevat, bijvoorbeeld '12+24*2', kan $[officename] het resultaat van de formule berekenen en in uw document plakken, zonder de <emph>Formulebalk</emph> te gebruiken."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154250\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the formula in the text. The formula can only contain numbers and operators and cannot contain spaces."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de formule in de tekst. De formule mag alleen getallen en operatoren bevatten, geen spaties."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155496\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Calculate</emph>, or press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Plus Sign (+)."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Extra - Berekenen</emph> of druk op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+plusteken (+)."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5172582\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor where you want to insert the result of the formula, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit - Paste</item>, or press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V.<br/>The selected formula is replaced by the result."
|
||
msgstr "Zet de cursor op de plaats waar u het resultaat van de formule wilt invoegen, en kies dan <item type=\"menuitem\">Bewerken - Plakken</item>, of druk op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V.<br/>De geselecteerde formule wordt vervangen door het resultaat."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Calculating Cell Totals in Tables"
|
||
msgstr "Celtotalen in tabellen berekenen"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3147400\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating;sums in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>totals in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;calculating sums</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>table cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sums of table cell series</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>berekenen;sommen in teksttabellen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>totalen in teksttabellen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellen;sommen berekenen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cellen;sommen berekenen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabelcellen;sommen berekenen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sommen van reeks tabelcellen</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147400\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_intable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Cell Totals in Tables\">Calculating the Sum of a Series of Table Cells</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_intable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp\" name=\"Celtotalen in tabellen berekenen\">De som van een reeks tabelcellen berekenen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154243\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table</emph>, and insert a table with one column and more than one row into a text document."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Tabel</emph>, en voeg in een tekstdocument een tabel in met één kolom en meerdere rijen."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154203\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type a number in each cell of the column, but leave the last cell in the column empty."
|
||
msgstr "Typ een getal in elke cel van de kolom, maar laat de laatste cel in de kolom leeg."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154222\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor in the last cell of the column, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Sum</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table Bar</item>.<br/>The <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item> appears with the entry \"=sum\"."
|
||
msgstr "Plaats de cursor in de laatste cel van de kolom, en klik dan op het pictogram <item type=\"menuitem\">Som</item> van de balk <item type=\"menuitem\">Tabel</item>.<br/>De <item type=\"menuitem\">Formulebalk</item> verschijnt met het item '=som'."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147775\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the first cell of the series you want to sum up, drag to the final cell, and then release.<br/>$[officename] inserts a formula for calculating the sum of the values in the current column."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in de eerste cel van de reeks die u wilt optellen, sleep de cursor naar de laatste cel, en laat de muisknop dan los.<br/>$[officename] voegt een formule in waarmee de som van de waarden in de huidige kolom berekend kan worden."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150507\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press Enter, or click <emph>Apply</emph> in the Formula bar. <br/>The sum of the values in the current column is entered in the cell."
|
||
msgstr "Druk op Enter of klik op <emph>Toepassen</emph> in de Formulebalk. <br/>De som van de waarden in de huidige kolom wordt in de cel ingevoerd."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150533\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you enter a different number anywhere in the column, the sum is updated as soon as you click in the last column cell."
|
||
msgstr "Als u ergens in de kolom een ander getal invoert, wordt de som bijgewerkt zodra u in de laatste kolomcel klikt."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155533\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Similarly, you can also quickly calculate the sum of a row of numbers."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt op dezelfde manier ook snel de som van een rij getallen berekenen."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents"
|
||
msgstr "Complexe formules in tekstdocumenten berekenen"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3147406\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>formulas; complex formulas in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>calculating;formulas/mean values</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>formules; complexe formules in tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>berekenen;formules/gemiddelde waarden</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147406\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_intext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents\">Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_intext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp\" name=\"Complexe formules in tekstdocumenten berekenen\">Complexe formules in tekstdocumenten berekenen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145245\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can use predefined functions in a formula, and then insert the result of the calculation into a text document."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt vooraf gedefinieerde functies in een formule gebruiken, en het resultaat van de berekening dan in een tekstdocument invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152901\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "For example, to calculate the mean value of three numbers, do the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Wilt u bijvoorbeeld de gemiddelde waarde van drie getallen berekenen, dan gaat u als volgt te werk:"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145078\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the formula, and then press F2."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in het document op de plaats waar u de formule wilt invoegen, en druk dan op F2."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156382\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula</item> icon, and choose \"Mean\" from the Statistical Functions list."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op het pictogram <item type=\"menuitem\">Formule</item> en kies 'Gemiddelde' uit de lijst Statistische functies."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149692\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type the three numbers, separated by vertical slashes (|)."
|
||
msgstr "Voer de drie getallen in, gescheiden door verticale slashes (|)."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149481\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press <emph>Enter</emph>. The result is inserted as a field into the document."
|
||
msgstr "Druk op <emph>Enter</emph>. Het resultaat wordt als een veld in het document ingevoegd."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149823\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To edit the formula, double-click the field in the document."
|
||
msgstr "Als u de formule wilt bewerken, dubbelklikt u op het veld in het document."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table"
|
||
msgstr "Het resultaat van een tabelberekening in een andere tabel weergeven"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3153899\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating;in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; performing calculations in</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>berekeningen;in teksttabellen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellen; berekeningen uitvoeren in</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153899\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_intext2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp\" name=\"Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table\">Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_intext2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp\" name=\"Het resultaat van een tabelberekening in een andere tabel weergeven\">Het resultaat van een tabelberekening in een andere tabel weergeven</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154250\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can perform a calculation on cells in one table and display the result in a different table."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt in de ene tabel een berekening op cellen uitvoeren en in een andere tabel het resultaat weergeven."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150508\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Open a text document, insert a table with multiple columns and rows, and then insert another table consisting of one cell."
|
||
msgstr "Open een tekstdocument, voeg een tabel met meerdere kolommen en rijen in, en voeg dan nog een tabel in die uit één cel bestaat."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150528\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter numbers into some of the cells of the large table."
|
||
msgstr "Typ getallen in een aantal cellen van de grote tabel."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155532\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor in the table with the single cell, and then press F2."
|
||
msgstr "Plaats de cursor in de tabel met één cel, en druk dan op F2."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155551\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type=\"literal\">=SUM</item>."
|
||
msgstr "In de <item type=\"menuitem\">Formulebalk</item> voert u de functie in die u wilt uitvoeren, bijvoorbeeld <item type=\"literal\">=SOM</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155577\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in a cell in the larger table that contains a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in de grotere tabel in een cel met een getal, klik op het plusteken (+) en klik dan in een andere cel met een getal."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155598\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press <emph>Enter</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Druk op <emph>Enter</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147776\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want, you can format the table to behave as normal text. Insert the table into a frame, and then anchor the frame as a character. The frame remains anchored to the adjacent text when you insert or delete text."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt de tabel desgewenst opmaken zodat deze zich als normale tekst gedraagt. Voeg de tabel in een frame in, en veranker het frame vervolgens als een teken. Het frame blijft aan de aangrenzende tekst verankerd wanneer u tekst invoegt of verwijdert."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_multitable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Calculating Across Tables"
|
||
msgstr "Over meerdere tabellen berekenen"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_multitable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3154248\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating; across multiple text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;calculating across</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>berekenen; over meerdere teksttabellen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellen;berekenen over</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_multitable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154248\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_multitable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Across Tables\">Calculating Across Tables</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_multitable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp\" name=\"Over meerdere tabellen berekenen\">Over meerdere tabellen berekenen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_multitable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147773\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can perform calculations that span across more than one table in a text document."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt berekeningen uitvoeren die meerdere tabellen in een tekstdocument omvatten."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_multitable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147795\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Open a text document, insert two tables, and type numbers in a few cells in both tables."
|
||
msgstr "Open een tekstdocument, voeg twee tabellen in en typ getallen in een paar cellen van beide tabellen."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_multitable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147815\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place your cursor in an empty cell in one of the tables."
|
||
msgstr "Plaats uw cursor in een lege cel in een van de tabellen."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_multitable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147833\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press F2."
|
||
msgstr "Druk op F2."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_multitable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147228\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type=\"literal\">=SUM</item>."
|
||
msgstr "In de <item type=\"menuitem\">Formulebalk</item> voert u de functie in die u wilt uitvoeren, bijvoorbeeld <item type=\"literal\">=SOM</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_multitable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147254\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in a cell containing a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in een cel met een getal, klik op het plusteken (+) en klik dan in een andere cel met een getal."
|
||
|
||
#: calculate_multitable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147274\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press <emph>Enter</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Druk op <emph>Enter</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: captions.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Using Captions"
|
||
msgstr "Bijschriften gebruiken"
|
||
|
||
#: captions.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3147691\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting; captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>captions; inserting and editing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects; captioning</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>charts; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text frames; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>draw objects; inserting captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>legends, see also captions</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>invoegen; bijschriften</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bijschriften; invoegen en bewerken</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bewerken;bijschriften</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objecten; bijschriften toevoegen aan</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tabellen; labels toevoegen aan</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; labels toevoegen aan</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>diagrammen; labels toevoegen aan</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekstframes; labels toevoegen aan</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekenobjecten; bijschriften invoegen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>legenda's, zie bijschriften</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: captions.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3150537\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"captions\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Using Captions\">Using Captions</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"captions\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Bijschriften gebruiken\">Bijschriften gebruiken</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: captions.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153156\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In text documents, you can add continuously numbered captions to graphics, tables, frames, and drawing objects."
|
||
msgstr "In tekstdocumenten kunt u opeenvolgend genummerde bijschriften aan afbeeldingen, tabellen, frames en tekenobjecten toevoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: captions.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153172\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can edit the text and the number ranges for different types of captions."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt de tekst en nummerreeksen voor verschillende typen bijschriften bewerken."
|
||
|
||
#: captions.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153186\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you add a caption to a picture or to an object, the object and the caption text are placed together in a new frame. When you add a caption to a table, the caption text is inserted as a paragraph next to the table. When you add a caption to a frame, the caption text is added to the text inside the frame, either before or after the existing text."
|
||
msgstr "Wanneer u een bijschrift aan een afbeelding of object toevoegt, worden het object en de bijschrifttekst samen in een nieuw frame geplaatst. Wanneer u een bijschrift aan een tabel toevoegt, wordt de bijschrifttekst als een alinea naast de tabel ingevoegd. Wanneer u een bijschrift aan een frame toevoegt, wordt de bijschrifttekst aan de tekst binnen het frame toegevoegd, vóór of achter de bestaande tekst."
|
||
|
||
#: captions.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10713\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To move both the object and the caption, drag the frame that contains these items. To update the caption numbering after you move the frame, press F9."
|
||
msgstr "Wilt u zowel het object als het bijschrift verplaatsen, dan versleept u het frame dat deze items bevat. Als u de bijschriftnummering wilt bijwerken nadat u het frame hebt verplaatst, drukt u op F9."
|
||
|
||
#: captions.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155541\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To define a caption proceed as follows:"
|
||
msgstr "Ga als volgt te werk om een bijschrift te definiëren:"
|
||
|
||
#: captions.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155567\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the item that you want to add a caption to."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer het item waaraan u een bijschrift wilt toevoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: captions.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155586\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Bijschrift</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: captions.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147765\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the options that you want, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>. If you want, you can also enter different text in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Category</item> box, for example <item type=\"literal\">Figure</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de gewenste opties en klik dan op <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>. U kunt desgewenst ook andere tekst in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Categorie</item> invoeren, bijvoorbeeld <item type=\"menuitem\">Figuur</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: captions.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147254\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can edit caption text directly in the document."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt bijschrifttekst rechtstreeks in het document bewerken."
|
||
|
||
#: captions.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147271\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A caption is formatted with the paragraph style that matches the name of the caption category. For example, if you insert a \"Table\" caption, the \"Table\" paragraph style is applied to the caption text."
|
||
msgstr "Een bijschrift wordt opgemaakt met het alinea-opmaakprofiel dat overeenkomt met de naam van de categorie van het bijschrift. Als u bijvoorbeeld het bijschrift \"Tabe\"l invoegt, wordt het alinea-opmaakprofiel \"Tabel\" op de tekst van het bijschrift toegepast."
|
||
|
||
#: captions.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145671\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, frame, or table. Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "$[officename] kan automatisch een bijschrift toevoegen wanneer u een object, afbeelding, frame of tabel invoegt. Kies <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Voorkeuren</caseinline><defaultinline>Extra - Opties</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Automatische bijschriften</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: captions_numbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions"
|
||
msgstr "Hoofdstuknummers aan bijschriften toevoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: captions_numbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3147684\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>captions; adding chapter numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects; captioning automatically</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbering; captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic numbering;of objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>chapter numbers in captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;chapter numbers in captions</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>bijschriften; hoofdstuknummers toevoegen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objecten; automatische bijschriften</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>nummering; bijschriften</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatische nummering;van objecten</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hoofdstuknummers in bijschriften</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>invoegen;hoofdstuknummers in bijschriften</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: captions_numbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147684\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"captions_numbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp\" name=\"Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions\">Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions</link> </variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"captions_numbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp\" name=\"Hoofdstuknummers aan bijschriften toevoegen\">Hoofdstuknummers aan bijschriften toevoegen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: captions_numbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147395\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can include chapter numbers in captions."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt hoofdstuknummers in bijschriften opnemen."
|
||
|
||
#: captions_numbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147408\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Ensure that the text in your document is organized by chapters, and that the chapter titles and, if you want, the section titles, use one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. You must also assign a numbering option to the heading paragraph styles."
|
||
msgstr "Zorg ervoor dat de tekst in uw document op hoofdstuk gesorteerd is, en dat de hoofdstuktitels (en desgewenst de sectietitels) een van de vooraf gedefinieerde alinea-opmaakprofielen voor koppen gebruiken. U moet ook een nummeringsoptie aan de alinea-opmaakprofielen voor koppen toevoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: captions_numbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154249\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the item that you want to add a caption to."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer het item waaraan u een bijschrift wilt toevoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: captions_numbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150503\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Bijschrift</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: captions_numbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150527\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select a caption title from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Category</item> box, and select a numbering style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> box. <br/>You also can enter a caption text in this dialog. If you want, enter text in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Caption</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer een bijschrifttitel in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Categorie</item>, en selecteer een opmaakprofiel voor nummering in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummering</item>. <br/>U kunt in dit dialoogvenster ook een tekst voor het bijschrift invoeren. U kunt desgewenst ook tekst in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Bijschrift</item> invoeren."
|
||
|
||
#: captions_numbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153166\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Options</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>Opties</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: captions_numbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153190\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item> box, select the number of heading levels to include in the chapter number."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Niveau</item> het aantal kopniveaus dat in het hoofdstuknummer moet worden opgenomen."
|
||
|
||
#: captions_numbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155553\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type the character that you want to separate the chapter number(s) from the caption number in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Separator</item> box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Typ in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Scheidingsteken</item> het teken waarmee u het hoofdstuknummer(s) van het bijschriftnummer wilt scheiden en klik dan op <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: captions_numbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155586\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Caption</emph> dialog, click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "In het dialoogvenster <emph>Bijschrift</emph> klikt u op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: captions_numbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147226\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, or table. Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "$[officename] kan automatisch een bijschrift toevoegen wanneer u een object, afbeelding of tabel invoegt. Kies <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Voorkeuren</caseinline><defaultinline>Extra - Opties</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Automatische bijschriften</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: captions_numbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145567\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp\" name=\"Caption dialog\">AutoCaption dialog</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp\" name=\"Dialoogvenster Bijschrift\">Dialoogvenster Automatische bijschriften</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: captions_numbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145574\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Chapter numbering\">Chapter numbering</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Hoofdstuknummering\">Hoofdstuknummering</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: change_header.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"change_header.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page"
|
||
msgstr "Een pagina-opmaakprofiel maken op basis van de huidige pagina"
|
||
|
||
#: change_header.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"change_header.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3146875\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>headers; inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers; inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page styles; changing from selection</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>new page styles from selection</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>kopteksten; invoegen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>voetteksten; invoegen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paginaopmaakprofielen; wijzigen vanuit selectie</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>nieuwe paginaopmaakprofielen uit selectie</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: change_header.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"change_header.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3146875\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"change_header\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page\">Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"change_header\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp\" name=\"Een pagina-opmaakprofiel maken op basis van de huidige pagina\">Een pagina-opmaakprofiel maken op basis van de huidige pagina</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: change_header.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"change_header.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153584\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can design a page layout and then create a page style based on it."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt een pagina-layout ontwerpen en dan op basis daarvan een pagina-opmaakprofiel maken."
|
||
|
||
#: change_header.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"change_header.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154245\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "For example, you can create a page style that displays a particular header, and another page style that displays a different header."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt bijvoorbeeld een pagina-opmaakprofiel maken dat een bepaalde koptekst weergeeft, en een ander pagina-opmaakprofiel dat een andere koptekst weergeeft."
|
||
|
||
#: change_header.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"change_header.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150503\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Open a new text document, choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>, and then click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Open een nieuw tekstdocument, kies <emph>Beeld - Stijlen en opmaak</emph> en klik dan op het pictogram <emph>Pagina-opmaakprofielen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: change_header.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"change_header.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150532\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and select <emph>New Styles from Selection</emph> from the submenu."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op het pictogram <emph>Nieuw opmaakprofiel uit selectie</emph> en selecteer <emph>Nieuw opmaakprofiel uit selectie</emph> in het submenu."
|
||
|
||
#: change_header.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"change_header.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153153\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type a name for the page in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style name</item> box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Typ een naam voor de pagina in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Naam opmaakprofiel</item> en klik dan op <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: change_header.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"change_header.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153184\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Double-click the name in the list to apply the style to the current page."
|
||
msgstr "Dubbelklik op de naam in de lijst om het opmaakprofiel op de huidige pagina toe te passen."
|
||
|
||
#: change_header.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"change_header.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155541\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Header</emph>, and choose the new page style from the list."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer <emph>Invoegen - Koptekst en voettekst - Koptekst</emph> en kies het nieuwe pagina-opmaakprofiel uit de lijst."
|
||
|
||
#: change_header.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"change_header.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155572\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type the text that you want in the header. Position the cursor into the main text area outside of the header."
|
||
msgstr "Typ de tekst die u in de koptekst wilt hebben. Plaats de cursor in het hoofdtekstgebied buiten de koptekst."
|
||
|
||
#: change_header.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"change_header.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155592\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Handmatig einde</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: change_header.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"change_header.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147771\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Page break</item> and then select “Default” from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer, in het gebied <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>, <item type=\"menuitem\">Paginaeinde</item> en selecteer dan “Standaard” uit het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaakprofiel</item> ."
|
||
|
||
#: change_header.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"change_header.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147810\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Repeat steps 2-6 to create a second custom page style with a different header."
|
||
msgstr "Herhaal stap 2 t/m 6 om een tweede aangepast pagina-opmaakprofiel met een andere koptekst te maken."
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Chapter Numbering"
|
||
msgstr "Hoofdstuknummering"
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3147682\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>outlines;numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>chapters;numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;heading numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>chapter numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headings; numbering/paragraph styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbering;headings</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>overzicht;nummering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hoofdstukken;nummering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>verwijderen;hoofdstuknummers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hoofdstuknummeringrofielen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>koppen nummering/alinea-opmaakprofielen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>nummering;koppen</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147682\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"chapter_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Chapter Numbering\">Chapter Numbering</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"chapter_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Hoofdstuknummering\">Hoofdstuknummering</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155605\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can modify the heading hierarchy or assign a level in the hierarchy to a custom paragraph style. You can also add chapter and section numbering to heading paragraph styles. By default, the \"Heading 1\" paragraph style is at the top of the chapter hierarchy."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt de hiërarchie van koppen wijzigen of een niveau in de hiërarchie aan een aangepast alinea-opmaakprofiel toewijzen. U kunt ook hoofdstuk- en sectienummering toevoegen aan alinea-opmaakprofielen voor koppen. Standaard staat het opmaakprofiel \"Kop 1\" bovenaan in de overzichtsstructuur."
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155626\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Add Automatic Numbering to a Heading Style"
|
||
msgstr "Zo voegt u automatische nummering aan een opmaakprofiel voor een kop toe:"
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154255\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Chapter Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Extra - Hoofdstuknummering</item> en klik dan op de tab <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummering</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155891\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paragraph Style</item> box, select the heading style that you want to add chapter numbers to."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Alinea-opmaakprofiel</item>het opmaakprofiel voor de kop waaraan u hoofdstuknummers wilt toevoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150513\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbers</item> box, select the numbering style that you want to use, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Getallen</item> het opmaakprofiel voor nummering dat u wilt gebruiken, en klik dan op <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN107CE\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Remove Automatic Chapter Numbering From a Heading Paragraph"
|
||
msgstr "Zo verwijdert u automatische hoofdstuknummering uit een kop van een alinea"
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN107D5\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click at the beginning of the text in the heading paragraph, after the number."
|
||
msgstr "Klik aan het begin van de tekst in de kopalinea, na het nummer."
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN107D9\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press the Backspace key to delete the number."
|
||
msgstr "Druk op Backspace om een nummer te verwijderen."
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155552\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Use a Custom Paragraph Style as a Heading"
|
||
msgstr "Zo gebruikt u een aangepast alinea-opmaakprofiel als kop:"
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155571\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Chapter Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Extra - Hoofdstuknummering</item> en klik dan op de tab <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummering</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147758\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the custom style in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer het aangepaste opmaakprofiel in het vak <emph>Alinea-opmaakprofiel</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147782\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the heading level that you want to assign to the custom paragraph style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item> list."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in de lijst <item type=\"menuitem\">Niveau</item> op het kopniveau dat u aan het aangepaste alinea-opmaakprofiel wilt toewijzen."
|
||
|
||
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147808\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Conditional Text"
|
||
msgstr "Voorwaardelijke tekst"
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155619\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>matching conditional text in fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>if-then queries as fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>conditional text; setting up</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; conditional text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;conditions</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>bijbehorende voorwaardelijke tekst in velden</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>\"als/dan\"-query's als velden</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>voorwaardelijke tekst; instellen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekst; voorwaardelijke tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>definiëren;voorwaarden</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155619\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"conditional_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text\">Conditional Text</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"conditional_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp\" name=\"Voorwaardelijke tekst\">Voorwaardelijke tekst</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155879\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can set up fields in your document that display text when a condition that you define is met. For example, you can define the conditional text that is displayed in a series of reminder letters."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt velden in uw document instellen die tekst weergeven wanneer er aan een door u gedefinieerde voorwaarde wordt voldaan. U kunt bijvoorbeeld de voorwaardelijke tekst definiëren die wordt weergegeven in een reeks herinneringsbrieven."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155895\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Setting up conditional text in this example is a two-part process. First you create a variable, and then you create the condition."
|
||
msgstr "Het instellen van voorwaardelijke tekst is in dit voorbeeld een tweeledig proces. Eerst maakt u een variabele, en dan maakt u de voorwaarde."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153175\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Define a Conditional Variable"
|
||
msgstr "Zo definieert u een voorwaardelijke variabele:"
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153185\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The first part of the example is to define a variable for the condition statement."
|
||
msgstr "In het eerste deel van het voorbeeld wordt een variabele voor de voorwaarde-instructie gedefinieerd."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155566\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Variables</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen - Velden - Meer velden</item> en klik dan op de tabpagina <item type=\"menuitem\">Variabelen</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147759\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click \"Set variable\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op \"Variabele instellen\" in de lijst <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147784\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type a name for the variable in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box, for example <item type=\"literal\">Reminder</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Typ een naam voor de variabele in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Naam</item>, bijvoorbeeld <item type=\"literal\">Herinnering</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147810\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click \"Text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> list."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op \"Tekst\" in de lijst <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaak</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7748344\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter <item type=\"literal\">1</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Value</item> box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>.<br/>The Format list now displays a \"General\" format."
|
||
msgstr "Voer <item type=\"literal\">1</item> in, in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Waarde</item>, en klik dan op <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen</item>.<br/>De lijst Notatie geeft nu een indeling \"Algemeen\" weer."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145645\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Define a Condition and the Conditional Text"
|
||
msgstr "Zo definieert u een voorwaarde en de voorwaardelijke tekst:"
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145659\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The second part of the example is to define the condition that must be met, and to insert a placeholder for displaying the conditional text in your document."
|
||
msgstr "In het tweede deel van het voorbeeld wordt de voorwaarde gedefinieerd waaraan voldaan moet worden, en wordt een tijdelijke aanduiding ingevoegd om de voorwaardelijke tekst in uw document weer te geven."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151193\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor where you want to insert the conditional text in your text."
|
||
msgstr "Plaats de cursor op de positie waar u de voorwaardelijke tekst in uw tekst wilt invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151212\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen - Velden - Meer velden</item> en klik dan op de tabpagina <item type=\"menuitem\">Functies</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151250\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click \"Conditional text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op \"Voorwaardelijke tekst\" in de lijst <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155936\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Reminder EQ \"3\"</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. In other words, the conditional text will be displayed when the variable in the field that you defined in the first part of this example is equal to three."
|
||
msgstr "Typ <item type=\"literal\">Herinnering EQ \"3\"</item> in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Voorwaarde</item>. Met andere woorden: de voorwaardelijke tekst wordt weergegeven wanneer de variabele in het veld dat u in het eerste deel van dit voorbeeld gedefinieerd hebt, gelijk is aan drie."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155969\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The quotation marks enclosing the \"3\" indicate that the variable that you defined in the first part of this example is a text string."
|
||
msgstr "De aanhalingstekens die de \"3\" omsluiten, geven aan dat de variabele die u in het eerste deel van dit voorbeeld gedefinieerd hebt, een tekenreeks is."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150446\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type the text that you want to display when the condition is met in the <emph>Then</emph> box. There is almost no limit to the length of the text that you can enter. You can paste a paragraph into this box."
|
||
msgstr "Typ in het vak <emph>Dan</emph> de tekst die weergegeven moet worden wanneer er aan de voorwaarde voldaan wordt. Er is vrijwel geen beperking voor de lengte van de tekst die u kunt invoeren. U kunt in dit vak een alinea plakken."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150473\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>Invoegen</emph> en vervolgens op <emph>Sluiten</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155073\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Display the Conditional Text"
|
||
msgstr "Zo geeft u de voorwaardelijke tekst weer:"
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155086\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In this example, the conditional text is displayed when the value of the conditional variable is equal to 3."
|
||
msgstr "In dit voorbeeld wordt de voorwaardelijke tekst weergegeven wanneer de waarde van de voorwaardelijke variabele gelijk is aan 3."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155110\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place your cursor in front of the field that you defined in the first part of this example, and then choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Plaats uw cursor vóór het veld dat u in het eerste deel van dit voorbeeld gedefinieerd hebt, en kies dan <emph>Bewerken - Velden</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155136\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Replace the number in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Value</item> box with 3, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Vervang het getal in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Waarde</item> door 3, en klik dan op <item type=\"menuitem\">Sluiten</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155168\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If the field does not automatically update, press F9."
|
||
msgstr "Als het veld niet automatisch wordt bijgewerkt, drukt u op F9."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145714\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of conditional operators\">List of conditional operators</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"Lijst met voorwaardelijke operatoren\">Lijst met voorwaardelijke operatoren</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Conditional Text for Page Counts"
|
||
msgstr "Voorwaardelijke tekst voor paginatellingen"
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3153108\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>page counts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>conditional text;page counts</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>paginatellingen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>voorwaardelijke tekst;paginatellingen</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153108\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"conditional_text2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text for Page Counts\">Conditional Text for Page Counts</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"conditional_text2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp\" name=\"Voorwaardelijke tekst voor paginatellingen\">Voorwaardelijke tekst voor paginatellingen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156228\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can create a conditional text field that displays the word \"pages\" instead of \"page\" in conjunction with a page count field if your document contains more than one page."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt een veld voor voorwaardelijke tekst maken waarin het woord 'pagina's' in plaats van 'pagina' weergegeven wordt, samen met een paginatellingsveld als uw document meer dan een pagina bevat."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156257\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the page count."
|
||
msgstr "Plaats de cursor op de positie in uw document waar u de paginatelling wilt invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150513\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - Page Count</item>, and then enter a space."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen - Velden - Aantal pagina's</item> en voer dan een spatie in."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150537\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen - Velden - Meer velden</item> en klik dan op het tabblad <item type=\"menuitem\">Functies</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153166\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click \"Conditional text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op \"Voorwaardelijke tekst\" in de lijst <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145256\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Page > 1</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Typ <item type=\"literal\">Pagina > 1</item> in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Voorwaarde</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145280\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Pages</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Then</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Typ <item type=\"literal\">Pagina's</item> in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Dan</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145305\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Page</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Else</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Typ <item type=\"literal\">Pagina</item> in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Anders</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: conditional_text2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155535\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>Invoegen</emph> en vervolgens op <emph>Sluiten</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: delete_from_dict.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary"
|
||
msgstr "Woorden uit een gebruikerswoordenlijst verwijderen"
|
||
|
||
#: delete_from_dict.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3147688\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>user-defined dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>custom dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;words in user-defined dictionaries</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>gebruikerswoordenlijsten; woorden verwijderen uit</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>aangepaste woordenlijsten; woorden verwijderen uit</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>verwijderen;woorden uit gebruikerswoordenlijsten</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: delete_from_dict.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147688\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"delete_from_dict\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp\" name=\"Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary\">Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"delete_from_dict\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp\" name=\"Woorden uit een gebruikerswoordenlijst verwijderen\">Woorden uit een gebruikerswoordenlijst verwijderen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: delete_from_dict.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153417\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Voorkeuren</caseinline><defaultinline>Extra - Opties</defaultinline></switchinline> - Taalinstellingen - Linguïstiek</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: delete_from_dict.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151391\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit in the <item type=\"menuitem\">User-defined</item> list, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer in de lijst <item type=\"menuitem\">Gebruikergedefinieerd</item> de gebruikerswoordenlijst die u wilt wijzigen en klik dan op <item type=\"menuitem\">Bewerken</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: delete_from_dict.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154233\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the word that you want to delete in the <emph>Word</emph> list, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer in de lijst <emph>Woord</emph> het woord dat u wilt verwijderen en klik dan op <emph>Verwijderen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: dragdroptext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Moving and Copying Text in Documents"
|
||
msgstr "Tekstbereiken in Documenten Verplaatsen"
|
||
|
||
#: dragdroptext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155919\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections;moving and copying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>moving; text sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying; text sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pasting;cut/copied text sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>mouse;moving and copying text</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>secties; verplaatsen en kopiëren</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>verplaatsen; tekstsecties</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kopiëren; tekstsecties</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>plakken;geknipte/gekopieerde tekstsecties</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>muis;tekst verplaatsen en kopiëren</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: dragdroptext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155919\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"dragdroptext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp\" name=\"Moving and Copying Text in Documents\">Moving and Copying Text in Documents</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"dragdroptext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp\" name=\"Tekst in documenten verplaatsen en kopiëren\">Tekst in documenten verplaatsen en kopiëren</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: dragdroptext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152994\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text that you want to move or copy."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de tekst die u wilt verplaatsen."
|
||
|
||
#: dragdroptext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155606\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "U kunt het volgende doen:"
|
||
|
||
#: dragdroptext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154236\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To move the selected text, drag the text to a different location in the document and release. While you drag, the mouse pointer changes to include a gray box.<br/><image id=\"img_id3153148\" src=\"media/helpimg/movedata.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" height=\"0.3335in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153148\">Mouse cursor moving data</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "Sleep de tekst naar een andere locatie in het document en laat de muisknop los, om de geselecteerde tekst te verplaatsen. Tijdens het slepen verandert de muisaanwijzer en verschijnt er onder de pijl een rechthoekje.<br/><image id=\"img_id3153148\" src=\"media/helpimg/movedata.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" height=\"0.3335in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153148\">Muiscursor bij verplaatsen gegevens</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: dragdroptext.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154257\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To copy the selected text, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you drag. The mouse pointer changes to include a plus sign (+).<br/><image id=\"img_id3152868\" src=\"media/helpimg/copydata.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" height=\"0.3335in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3152868\">Mouse cursor copying data</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "Als u de geselecteerde tekst wilt kopiëren, houdt u <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> ingedrukt terwijl u sleept. De muisaanwijzer krijgt een plusteken (+).<br/><image id=\"img_id3152868\" src=\"media/helpimg/copydata.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" height=\"0.3335in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3152868\">Muiscursor bij kopiëren van gegevens</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages"
|
||
msgstr "Verschillende pagina-opmaakprofielen voor even en oneven pagina's"
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3153407\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles; left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>blank pages with alternating page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>empty page with alternating page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages; left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting; even/odd pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>title pages; page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>First Page page style</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Left Page page style</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>even/odd pages;formatting</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>paginaopmaakprofielen; linker- en rechterpagina's</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>blanco pagina's met wisselende paginaopmaakprofielen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lege pagina's met wisselende paginaopmaakprofielen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pagina's; linker- en rechterpagina's</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>opmaak; even/oneven pagina's</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>titelpagina's; paginaopmaakprofielen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Eerste pagina - paginaopmaakprofiel</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Linkerpagina - paginaopmaakprofiel</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rechterpagina's</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>even/oneven pagina's;opmaak</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153407\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"even_odd_sdw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp\" name=\"Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages\">Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"even_odd_sdw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp\" name=\"Verschillende pagina-opmaakprofielen voor even en oneven pagina's\">Verschillende pagina-opmaakprofielen voor even en oneven pagina's</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154265\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3155876\" src=\"cmd/sc_designerdialog.png\" width=\"0.473cm\" height=\"0.473cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155876\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3155876\" src=\"cmd/sc_designerdialog.png\" width=\"0.473cm\" height=\"0.473cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155876\">Pictogram</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147126\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "$[officename] can automatically apply alternating page styles on even (left) and odd pages (right) in your document. For example, you can use page styles to display different headers and footers on even and odd pages. The current page style is displayed in the <emph>Status Bar</emph> at the bottom of the workplace."
|
||
msgstr "$[officename] kan automatisch verschillende pagina-opmaakprofielen voor even (linker) en oneven (rechter) pagina's toepassen in uw document. U kunt bijvoorbeeld pagina-opmaakprofielen gebruiken om verschillende kop- en voetteksten weer te geven op even en oneven pagina's. Het huidige pagina-opmaakprofiel wordt weergegeven in de <emph>Statusbalk</emph> aan de onderkant van het werkvenster."
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id8194219\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Set Up Alternating Page Styles"
|
||
msgstr "Zo stelt u wisselende paginaopmaakprofielen in:"
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150526\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Beeld - Stijlen en opmaak</item> en klik dan op het pictogram <item type=\"menuitem\">Pagina-opmaakprofielen</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153153\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click \"Left Page\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Rechtsklik op 'Linkerpagina' in de lijst met pagina-opmaakprofielen en kies <emph>Wijzigen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153179\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op het tabblad <emph>Beheren</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145267\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select \"Right Page\" in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer 'Rechterpagina' in het vak <emph>Volgend opmaakprofiel</emph> en klik dan op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145299\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click \"Right Page\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Rechtsklik op 'Rechterpagina' in de lijst met pagina-opmaakprofielen en kies <emph>Wijzigen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155529\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select \"Left Page\" in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer 'Linkerpagina' in het vak <emph>Volgend opmaakprofiel</emph> en klik dan op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155561\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Go to the first page in your document, and double-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles in the Styles window."
|
||
msgstr "Ga naar de eerste pagina in uw document en dubbelklik op 'Rechterpagina' in de lijst met pagina-opmaakprofielen in het venster Stijlen en opmaak."
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155588\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To add a header to one of the page styles, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header and Footer - Header</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the header to. In the header frame, type the text that you want to use as the header."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen - Koptekst en voettekst - Koptekst</item> en kies het pagina-opmaakprofiel waaraan u de koptekst wilt toevoegen om een koptekst aan één van de pagina-opmaakprofielen toe te voegen. In het frame van de koptekst typt u de tekst die u als koptekst wilt gebruiken."
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147772\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To add a footer to one of the page styles, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the footer to. In the footer frame, type the text that you want to use as a footer."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen - Koptekst en voettekst - Voettekst</item> en kies het pagina-opmaakprofiel waaraan u de voettekst wilt toevoegen om een voettekst aan één van de pagina-opmaakprofielen toe te voegen. In het frame van de voettekst typt u de tekst die u als voettekst wilt gebruiken."
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147254\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you do not want to have a header or a footer on the title page of your document, apply the \"First Page\" style to the title page."
|
||
msgstr "Pas het opmaakprofiel Eerste pagina toe, als u niet wilt dat er een koptekst of voettekst op de titelpagina van uw document verschijnt."
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id888698\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Suppress the Printout of Empty Pages"
|
||
msgstr "Zo onderdrukt u het afdrukken van lege pagina's:"
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3394573\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If two even or two odd pages directly follow each other in your document, Writer will insert an empty page by default. You can suppress those automatically generated empty pages from printing and from exporting to PDF."
|
||
msgstr "Als er twee even of oneven pagina's direct na elkaar in uw document verschijnen, voegt Writer standaard een lege pagina in. U kunt voorkomen dat deze automatisch gegenereerde lege pagina's afgedrukt en naar een PDF geëxporteerd worden."
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7594225\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Voorkeuren</caseinline><defaultinline>Extra - Opties</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Afdrukken</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id8147221\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Remove the check mark from <emph>Print automatically inserted blank pages</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Haal het vinkje weg bij <emph>Lege pagina's automatisch ingevoegd bij afdrukken</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145596\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\">Insert Break dialog</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Dialoogvenster Einde invoegen\">Dialoogvenster Einde invoegen</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: field_convert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"field_convert.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Converting a Field into Text"
|
||
msgstr "Een veld naar tekst converteren"
|
||
|
||
#: field_convert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"field_convert.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3154079\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>fields; converting into text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>converting;fields, into text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>replacing;fields, by text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;fields, into text</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>velden; converteren naar tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converteren;velden, naar tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vervangen;velden, met tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>veranderen;velden, naar tekst</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: field_convert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"field_convert.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154079\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"field_convert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp\" name=\"Converting a Field into Text\">Converting a Field into Text</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"field_convert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp\" name=\"Een veld naar tekst converteren\">Een veld naar tekst converteren</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: field_convert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"field_convert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149281\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can change a field to regular text, so that it is no longer updated. After you change a field to text, you cannot change the text back into a field."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt een veld naar gewone tekst veranderen, zodat het niet meer bijgewerkt wordt. Nadat u een veld naar tekst hebt veranderd, kunt u de tekst niet opnieuw naar een veld veranderen."
|
||
|
||
#: field_convert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"field_convert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155608\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the field and choose <emph>Edit - Cut</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer het veld en kies <emph>Bewerken - Knippen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: field_convert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"field_convert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154238\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Bewerken - Plakken speciaal</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: field_convert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"field_convert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154262\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click \"Unformatted text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item> list, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op \"Tekst zonder opmaak\" in de lijst <item type=\"menuitem\">Selectie</item>, en klik dan op <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: field_convert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"field_convert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3157551\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02070000.xhp\" name=\"Paste Special\">Paste Special</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02070000.xhp\" name=\"Plakken speciaal\">Plakken speciaal</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "About Fields"
|
||
msgstr "Over velden"
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3145576\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>fields;updating/viewing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating;fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Help tips;fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>properties;fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>disabling;field highlighting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;field shadings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>viewing;fields</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>velden;bijwerken/bekijken</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bijwerken;velden</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Help-tips;velden</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>eigenschappen;velden</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>uitschakelen;veldmarkering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>wijzigen;veldarceringen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bekijken;velden</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145576\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"fields\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"About Fields\">About Fields</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"fields\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"Over velden\">Over velden</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154246\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Fields are used for data that changes in a document, such as the current date or the total number of pages in a document."
|
||
msgstr "Velden worden gebruikt voor gegevens die in een document veranderen, zoals de huidige datum of het totaalaantal pagina's in een document."
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154262\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Viewing Fields"
|
||
msgstr "Velden bekijken"
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150509\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Fields consist of a field name and the field content. To switch the field display between the field name or the field content, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp\" name=\"View - Field Names\"><emph>View - Field Names</emph></link>."
|
||
msgstr "Velden bestaan uit een veldnaam en de veldinhoud. Als u tussen de weergave van de veldnaam en de veldinhoud wilt schakelen, kiest u <link href=\"text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp\" name=\"Beeld - Veldnamen\"><emph>Beeld - Veldnamen</emph></link>."
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150536\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To display or hide field highlighting in a document, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph>. To permanently disable this feature, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Application Colors</emph>, and clear the check box in front of <emph>Field shadings</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Beeld - Veldarceringen</emph> om de markering van velden in het document weer te geven of te verbergen. Kies, om deze mogelijkheid permanent uit te schakelen, <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Voorkeuren</caseinline><defaultinline>Extra - Opties</defaultinline></switchinline> - $[officename] - Vormgeving</emph>, en maak het keuzevak vóór <emph>Veldarceringen</emph> leeg."
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152885\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the color of field shadings, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp\" name=\"$[officename] - Application Colors\"><item type=\"menuitem\">$[officename] - Application Colors</item></link>, locate the <item type=\"menuitem\">Field shadings</item> option, and then select a different color in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Color setting</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Kies, om de kleur van de veldarceringen te wijzigen <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Voorkeuren</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Extra - Opties</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp\" name=\"$[officename] - Application Colors\"><item type=\"menuitem\">$[officename] - Toepassingskleuren</item></link>, zoek de optie <item type=\"menuitem\">Veldarceringen</item> en selecteer dan een andere kleur in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Kleurinstelling</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153166\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Field Properties"
|
||
msgstr "Veldeigenschappen"
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153180\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Most field types in a document, including database fields, store and display variable values."
|
||
msgstr "De meeste veldtypen in een document, inclusief databasevelden, bewaren en tonen variabelewaarden."
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155533\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The following field types execute an action when you click the field:"
|
||
msgstr "De volgende veldtypen voeren een actie uit wanneer u op het veld klikt:"
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155582\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Field Type"
|
||
msgstr "Veldtype"
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147760\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Property"
|
||
msgstr "Eigenschap"
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147789\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Placeholder"
|
||
msgstr "Tijdelijke aanduiding"
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147812\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Opens a dialog to insert the object for which the placeholder was set."
|
||
msgstr "Opent een dialoogvenster waarin u het object kunt invoegen waarvoor de tijdelijke aanduiding is ingesteld."
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147216\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Insert Reference"
|
||
msgstr "Verwijzing invoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147239\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Moves the mouse pointer to the reference."
|
||
msgstr "Verplaatst de muisaanwijzer naar de verwijzing."
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147267\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Run macro"
|
||
msgstr "Macro uitvoeren"
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147290\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Runs a macro."
|
||
msgstr "Voert een macro uit."
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145614\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Input Field"
|
||
msgstr "Invoerveld"
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145637\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Opens a dialog to edit the contents of the field."
|
||
msgstr "Opent een dialoogvenster waarin u de inhoud van het veld kunt bewerken."
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151244\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Placeholder, hidden text, insert reference, variable, database, and user-defined fields display a help tip when you rest the mouse pointer over the field in a document. To enable this feature, ensure that the Extended Tips option (<item type=\"menuitem\">What's This?</item>) is selected in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Help</item> menu."
|
||
msgstr "Velden met tijdelijke aanduidingen, verborgen tekst, verwijzingen, variabelen, databasegegevens en gebruikergedefinieerde gegevens tonen een Help-tip wanneer u de muisaanwijzer op het veld in een document zet. Zorg ervoor dat de optie <item type=\"menuitem\">Uitgebreide Help</item> (<item type=\"menuitem\">Wat is dit?</item>) in het menu <item type=\"menuitem\">Help</item> geselecteerd is om deze functie te activeren."
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155937\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Updating Fields"
|
||
msgstr "Velden bijwerken"
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155963\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To update all of the fields in a document, press F9, or choose <emph>Edit - Select All</emph>, and then press F9."
|
||
msgstr "Wilt u alle velden in een document bijwerken, druk dan op F9 of kies <emph>Bewerken - Alles selecteren</emph>, en druk vervolgens op F9."
|
||
|
||
#: fields.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155984\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To update a field that was inserted from a database, select the field, and then press F9."
|
||
msgstr "Als u een veld wilt bijwerken dat vanuit een database is ingevoegd, selecteert u het veld en drukt u op F9."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_date.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_date.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field"
|
||
msgstr "Een vast of variabel datumveld invoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_date.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_date.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id5111545\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;date fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>dates;inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>date fields;fixed/variable</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fixed dates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>variable dates</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>invoegen;datumvelden</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>datums;invoegen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>datumvelden;vast/variabel</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>vaste datums</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>variabele datums</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_date.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_date.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155165\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"fields_date\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field\">Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"fields_date\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp\" name=\"Een vast of variabel datumveld invoegen\">Een vast of variabel datumveld invoegen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_date.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_date.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154491\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can insert the current date as a field that updates each time you open the document, or as a field that does not update."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt de huidige datum invoegen als een veld dat bijgewerkt wordt telkens wanneer u het document opent of als een veld dat niet bijgewerkt wordt."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_date.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_date.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147679\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and click the <emph>Document</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Velden - Meer velden</emph> en klik op het tabblad <emph>Document</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_date.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_date.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153415\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click “Date” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list and do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Klik op “Datum” in de lijst <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> en kies één van de volgende mogelijkheden:"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_date.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_date.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155602\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To insert the date as a field that updates each time you open the document, click ”Date” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Select</item> list."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op \"Datum\" in de lijst <item type=\"menuitem\">Selecteren</item> om de datum als een veld in te voegen dat elke keer wordt bijgewerkt als u het document opent."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_date.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_date.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154241\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To insert the date as a field that does not update, click “Date (fixed)” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Select</item> list."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op “Datum (vast)” in de lijst <item type=\"menuitem\">Selecteren</item> om de datum in te voegen als een veld dat niet wordt bijgewerkt."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Adding Input Fields"
|
||
msgstr "Invoervelden toevoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155916\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; input fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fields; input fields in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>input fields in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;input fields</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; invoervelden</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>velden; invoervelden in tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>invoervelden in tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>invoegen;invoervelden</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155916\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"fields_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp\" name=\"Adding Input Fields\">Adding Input Fields</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"fields_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp\" name=\"Adding Input Fields\">Invoervelden toevoegen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153409\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "An input field is a variable that you can click in a document to open a dialog where you can edit the variable."
|
||
msgstr "Een invoerveld is een variabele in een document, waarop u kunt klikken om een dialoogvenster te openen waarin u de variabele kunt bewerken."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145776\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen - Velden - Meer velden</item> en klik dan op het tabblad <item type=\"menuitem\">Functies</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155620\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click “Input field”in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op “Invoerveld”in de lijst <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154257\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and type the text for the variable."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen</item> en typ de tekst voor de variabele."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155888\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150708\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To quickly open all input fields in a document for editing, press Ctrl+Shift+F9."
|
||
msgstr "Als u alle invoervelden in een document snel wilt openen voor bewerking, drukt u op Ctrl+Shift+F9."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions"
|
||
msgstr "Gebruikersgegevens in velden of voorwaarden opvragen"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3153398\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>fields; user data</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>user data; querying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>conditions; user data fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hiding;text, from specific users</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; hiding from specific users, with conditions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>user variables in conditions/fields</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>velden; gebruikersgegevens</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>gebruikersgegevens; opvragen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>voorwaarden; velden voor gebruikersgegevens</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>verbergen; tekst voor specifieke gebruikers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekst; verbergen voor specifieke gebruikers, met voorwaarden</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>gebruikersvariabelen in voorwaarden/velden</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153398\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"fields_userdata\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp\" name=\"Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions\">Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"fields_userdata\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp\" name=\"Gebruikersgegevens in velden of voorwaarden opvragen\">Gebruikersgegevens in velden of voorwaarden opvragen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154239\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can access and compare some user data from conditions or fields. For example, you can compare user data with the following operators:"
|
||
msgstr "U kunt sommige gebruikersgegevens uit voorwaarden of velden oproepen en vergelijken. Zo kunt u aan de hand van de volgende operatoren gebruikersgegevens vergelijken:"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155889\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Operator"
|
||
msgstr "Operator"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147110\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Meaning"
|
||
msgstr "Betekenis"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150508\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "== or EQ"
|
||
msgstr "== of EQ"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150531\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "equals"
|
||
msgstr "is gelijk aan"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150725\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "!= or NEQ"
|
||
msgstr "!= of NEQ"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150748\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "is not equal to"
|
||
msgstr "is niet gelijk aan"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153167\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want, you can use a condition to hide specific text in your document from a specific user."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt desgewenst een voorwaarde gebruiken om bepaalde tekst in uw document voor een specifieke gebruiker te verbergen."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153190\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text in the document that you want to hide."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de tekst in het document die u wilt verbergen."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145273\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Sectie</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145297\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item> area, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item> check box."
|
||
msgstr "In het gebied <item type=\"menuitem\">Verbergen</item> kiest u het keuzevak <item type=\"menuitem\">Verbergen</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155533\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>With Condition</emph> box, type <emph>user_lastname == \"Doe\"</emph>, where \"Doe\" is the last name of the user that you want to hide the text from."
|
||
msgstr "In het vak <emph>Met conditie</emph> typt u <emph>user_lastname == \"Jansen\"</emph>, waarin 'Jansen' de achternaam is van de gebruiker voor wie u de tekst wilt verbergen."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155573\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then save the document."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>Invoegen</emph> en sla het document dan op."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147760\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The name of the hidden section can still be seen in the Navigator."
|
||
msgstr "De naam van de verborgen sectie is nog steeds te zien in de Navigator."
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147777\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The following table is a list of the user variables that you can access when defining a condition or a field:"
|
||
msgstr "De volgende tabel is een lijst met de gebruikersvariabelen die u kunt oproepen wanneer u een voorwaarde of veld definieert:"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147819\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "User variables"
|
||
msgstr "Gebruikersvariabelen"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147218\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Meaning"
|
||
msgstr "Betekenis"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147245\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "user_firstname"
|
||
msgstr "user_firstname"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147268\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "First name"
|
||
msgstr "Voornaam"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145592\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "user_lastname"
|
||
msgstr "user_lastname"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145615\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Last name"
|
||
msgstr "Achternaam"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145642\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "user_initials"
|
||
msgstr "user_initials"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145666\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Initials"
|
||
msgstr "Initialen"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151200\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "user_company"
|
||
msgstr "user_company"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151223\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Company"
|
||
msgstr "Bedrijf"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151250\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "user_street"
|
||
msgstr "user_street"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152912\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Street"
|
||
msgstr "Straat"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152940\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "user_country"
|
||
msgstr "user_country"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152963\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Country"
|
||
msgstr "Land"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152990\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "user_zipcode"
|
||
msgstr "user_zipcode"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145679\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Zip Code"
|
||
msgstr "Postcode"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145706\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "user_city"
|
||
msgstr "user_city"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145729\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "City"
|
||
msgstr "Plaats"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145756\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "user_title"
|
||
msgstr "user_title"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145779\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Title"
|
||
msgstr "Titel"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156284\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "user_position"
|
||
msgstr "user_position"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156307\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Position"
|
||
msgstr "Positie"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156334\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "user_tel_work"
|
||
msgstr "user_tel_work"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156357\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Business telephone number"
|
||
msgstr "Zakelijk telefoonnummer"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156384\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "user_tel_home"
|
||
msgstr "user_tel_home"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149728\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Home telephone number"
|
||
msgstr "Privé telefoonnummer"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149756\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "user_fax"
|
||
msgstr "user_fax"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149778\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Fax number"
|
||
msgstr "Faxnummer"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149806\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "user_email"
|
||
msgstr "user_email"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147294\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "E-mail address"
|
||
msgstr "E-mailadres"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147321\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "user_state"
|
||
msgstr "user_state"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147344\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "State"
|
||
msgstr "Provincie"
|
||
|
||
#: fields_userdata.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147392\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of operators\">List of operators</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"Lijst met operatoren\">Lijst met operatoren</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Finding and Replacing in Writer"
|
||
msgstr "Zoeken en vervangen in Writer"
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id1163670\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>finding; text/text formats/styles/objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>replacing; text and text formats</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles;finding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching, see also finding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text formats; finding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formats; finding and replacing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching; formats</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects;finding by Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Asian languages;search options</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>zoeken; tekst/tekstopmaak/opmaakprofielen/objecten</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vinden; tekst en tekstopmaak</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opmaakprofielen;zoeken</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>zoeken, zie vinden</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstopmaak; zoeken</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opmaak; zoeken en vervangen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>zoeken; opmaak</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objecten;zoeken via Navigator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Aziatische talen;zoekopties</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id8568681\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"finding\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp\">Finding and Replacing in Writer</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"finding\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp\">Zoeken en vervangen in Writer</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id611285\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In text documents you can find words, formatting, styles, and more. You can navigate from one result to the next, or you can highlight all results at once, then apply another format or replace the words by other text."
|
||
msgstr "In tekstdocumenten kunt u naar woorden, opmaak, opmaakprofielen en meer zoeken. U kunt tussen resultaten navigeren, of alle resultaten tegelijk markeren en er vervolgens een andere opmaak op toepassen of de woorden met andere tekst vervangen."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id6226081\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The Find & Replace dialog"
|
||
msgstr "Het dialoogvenster Zoeken en vervangen"
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6702780\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To find text within the whole document, open the Find & Replace dialog without any active text selection. If you want to search only a part of your document, first select that part of text, then open the Find & Replace dialog."
|
||
msgstr "Open het dialoogvenster Zoeken en vervangen zonder dat er tekst geselecteerd is om in het hele document naar bepaalde tekst te zoeken. Als u alleen een gedeelte van uw document wilt doorzoeken, selecteert u eerst het gewenste stuk tekst en opent u vervolgens het dialoogvenster Zoeken en vervangen."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3158970\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Find Text"
|
||
msgstr "Zo zoekt u tekst:"
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6957304\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialog."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Bewerken - Zoeken en vervangen</emph> om het dialoogvenster Zoeken en vervangen te openen."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2164677\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter the text to find in the <emph>Find</emph> text box."
|
||
msgstr "Voer de te zoeken tekst in het tekstvak <emph>Zoeken</emph> in."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5684072\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Either click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>Volgende zoeken</emph> of <emph>Alles zoeken</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4377269\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you click <emph>Find Next</emph>, Writer will show you the next text that is equal to your entry. You can watch and edit the text, then click <emph>Find Next</emph> again to advance to the next found text."
|
||
msgstr "Als u op <emph>Volgende zoeken</emph> klikt, zal Writer de volgende tekst die overeenkomt met uw ingave tonen. U kunt de tekst bekijken en bewerken, dan opnieuw op <emph>Volgende zoeken</emph> klikken om naar de volgende gevonden tekst te gaan."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1371807\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you closed the dialog, you can press a key combination (Ctrl+Shift+F) to find the next text without opening the dialog."
|
||
msgstr "Als u het dialoogvenster gesloten hebt, kunt u via een toetscombinatie (Ctrl+Shift+F) de volgende tekst zoeken zonder het dialoogvenster te openen."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id924100\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Alternatively, you can use the icons at the lower right of the document to navigate to the next text or to any other object in the document."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt ook de pictogrammen in de rechterbenedenhoek van het document gebruiken om naar de volgende tekst of een ander object in het document te navigeren."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id9359416\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you click <item type=\"menuitem\">Find All</item>, Writer selects all text that is equal to your entry. Now you can for example set all found text to bold, or apply a character style to all at once."
|
||
msgstr "Wanneer u op <item type=\"menuitem\">Alles zoeken</item> klikt, selecteert Writer alle tekst die gelijk is aan uw invoer. U kunt nu bijvoorbeeld alle gevonden tekst vet maken, of er hetzelfde tekenopmaakprofiel op toepassen."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id5891598\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Replace Text"
|
||
msgstr "Zo vervangt u tekst:"
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1780755\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Unlike searching text, replacing text cannot be restricted to the current selection only."
|
||
msgstr "In tegenstelling tot het zoeken naar tekst kan het vervangen van tekst niet tot de huidige selectie beperkt worden."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2467421\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog."
|
||
msgstr "Kies 'Bewerken - Zoeken en vervangen' om het dialoogvenster Zoeken en vervangen te openen."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4286935\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter the text to search in the <emph>Find</emph> text box."
|
||
msgstr "Voer de te zoeken tekst in het tekstvak <emph>Zoeken</emph> in."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id9959410\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter the text to replace the found text in the <emph>Replace with</emph> text box."
|
||
msgstr "Voer in het tekstvak <emph>Vervangen met</emph> de tekst in waarmee de gevonden tekst moet worden vervangen."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id24109\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Either click <emph>Replace</emph> or <emph>Replace All</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>Vervangen</emph> of <emph>Alles vervangen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id703451\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you click <emph>Replace</emph>, Writer will search the whole document for the text in the <emph>Find</emph> box, starting at the current cursor position. When text is found, Writer highlights the text and waits for your response. Click <emph>Replace</emph> to replace the highlighted text in the document with the text in the <emph>Replace</emph> text box. Click <emph>Find Next</emph> to advance to the next found text without replacing the current selection."
|
||
msgstr "Wanneer u op <emph>Vervangen</emph> klikt, doorzoekt Writer het hele document vanaf de huidige cursorpositie naar de tekst in het vak <emph>Zoeken</emph>. Writer markeert de tekst wanneer deze gevonden wordt en wacht dan op uw reactie. Klik op <emph>Vervangen</emph> om de gemarkeerde tekst in het document met de tekst in het tekstvak <emph>Vervangen</emph> te vervangen. Klik op <emph>Volgende zoeken</emph> om naar de volgende gevonden tekst te gaan zonder de huidige selectie te vervangen."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7540818\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you click <emph>Replace All</emph>, Writer replaces all text that matches your entry."
|
||
msgstr "Wanneer u op <emph>Alles vervangen</emph> klikt, vervangt Writer alle tekst die met uw invoer overeenkomt."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id9908444\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Find Styles"
|
||
msgstr "Zo zoekt u naar opmaakprofielen:"
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id8413953\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You want to find all text in your document to which a certain Paragraph Style is assigned, for example the \"Heading 2\" style."
|
||
msgstr "U wilt in uw document alle tekst vinden waaraan een bepaald alinea-opmaakprofiel is toegewezen, bijvoorbeeld het opmaakprofiel Kop 2."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2696920\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog."
|
||
msgstr "Kies 'Bewerken - Zoeken en vervangen' om het dialoogvenster Zoeken en vervangen te openen."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id896938\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Other options</emph> to expand the dialog."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>Andere opties</emph> om het dialoogvenster uit te breiden."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id9147007\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Check <item type=\"menuitem\">Paragraph Styles</item>.<br/>The <item type=\"menuitem\">Find</item> text box now is a list box, where you can select any of the Paragraph Styles that are applied in the current document."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer <item type=\"menuitem\">Alinea-opmaakprofielen</item>.<br/>Het tekstvak <item type=\"menuitem\">Zoeken</item> wordt nu een keuzelijst, waarin u een van de alinea-opmaakprofielen kunt selecteren die in het huidige document zijn toegepast."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id679342\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the style to search for, then click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer het opmaakprofiel waarnaar u wilt zoeken, en klik op <emph>Volgende zoeken</emph> of <emph>Alles zoeken</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3231299\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Find Formats"
|
||
msgstr "Zo zoekt u naar opmaak:"
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id8087405\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You want to find all text in your document to which a certain direct character formatting is assigned."
|
||
msgstr "U wilt in uw document naar alle tekst zoeken waarop een bepaalde tekenopmaak is toegepast."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3406170\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Finding formats only finds direct character attributes, it does not find attributes applied as part of a style."
|
||
msgstr "Wanneer u naar opmaak zoekt, worden alleen directe tekenattributen gevonden; attributen die als onderdeel van een opmaakprofiel zijn toegepast, worden niet gevonden."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2448805\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog."
|
||
msgstr "Kies 'Bewerken - Zoeken en vervangen' om het dialoogvenster Zoeken en vervangen te openen."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4542985\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialog."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>Meer opties</emph> om het dialoogvenster uit te breiden."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4679403\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Format</emph> button."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de knop <emph>Opmaak</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7783745\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>Volgende zoeken</emph> of <emph>Alles zoeken</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5597094\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "More options"
|
||
msgstr "Meer opties"
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id9919431\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The similarity search can find text that is almost the same as your search text. You can set the number of characters that are allowed to differ."
|
||
msgstr "Wanneer u zoekt op overeenkomsten, kunt u naar tekst zoeken die bijna hetzelfde is als uw zoektekst. U kunt instellen hoeveel tekens mogen afwijken."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id8533280\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Check the <emph>Similarity search</emph> option and optionally click the <emph>Similarities</emph> button to change the settings. (Setting all three numbers to 1 works fine for English text.)"
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de optie <emph>Overeenkomsten zoeken</emph> en klik eventueel op de knop <emph>...</emph> om de instellingen te wijzigen. (Stel de drie nummers in op 1 voor goede werking met Engelse tekst)"
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4646748\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you have enabled Asian language support under <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>, the Find & Replace dialog offers options to search Asian text."
|
||
msgstr "Als u de ondersteuning voor Aziatische talen hebt ingeschakeld onder <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Voorkeuren</caseinline><defaultinline>Extra - Opties</defaultinline></switchinline> - Taalinstellingen - Talen</emph> biedt het dialoogvenster Zoeken & vervangen opties om Aziatische tekst te zoeken."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id2489394\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The Navigator"
|
||
msgstr "De Navigator"
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id9934385\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The Navigator is the main tool for finding and selecting objects. You can also use the Navigator to move and arrange chapters, providing an outline view to your document."
|
||
msgstr "De Navigator is het belangrijkste hulpmiddel voor het zoeken naar en selecteren van objecten. U kunt de Navigator ook gebruiken om hoofdstukken te verplaatsen en schikken, waarmee u een overzicht van uw document krijgt."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4159062\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Navigator</emph> to open the Navigator window."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Bewerken - Navigator</emph> om de Navigator te openen."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7421796\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use the Navigator for inserting objects, links and references within the same document or from other open documents. See the <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\">Navigator</link> guide for more information."
|
||
msgstr "Gebruik de Navigator om objecten, koppelingen en verwijzingen binnen hetzelfde document of uit andere open documenten in te voegen. Zie de <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\">Navigator</link>-gids voor meer informatie."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6417432\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the icon with the blue circle at the bottom right part of your document to open the small <emph>Navigation</emph> window."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op het pictogram met het blauwe cirkeltje rechts onder in uw document om het kleine <emph>navigatievenster</emph> te openen."
|
||
|
||
#: finding.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"finding.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4639728\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use the small Navigation window to quickly jump to the next object or find the next text in your document."
|
||
msgstr "Gebruik het kleine Navigatie-venster om snel naar het volgende object te springen of naar de volgende tekst in uw document te gaan."
|
||
|
||
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages"
|
||
msgstr "Paginanummers van vervolgpagina's invoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3145819\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>pages; continuation pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>next page number in footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>continuation pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page numbers; continuation pages</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>pagina's; vervolgpagina's</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>volgende paginanummer in voetteksten</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>vervolgpagina's</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paginanummers; vervolgpagina's</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145819\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"footer_nextpage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages\">Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"footer_nextpage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp\" name=\"Paginanummers van vervolgpagina's invoegen\">Paginanummers van vervolgpagina's invoegen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154242\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can easily insert the page number of the next page in a footer by using a field."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt het paginanummer van de volgende pagina gemakkelijk in een voettekst invoegen door een veld te gebruiken."
|
||
|
||
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154256\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The page number is only displayed if the following page exists."
|
||
msgstr "Het paginanummer wordt alleen weergegeven als de volgende pagina bestaat."
|
||
|
||
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155886\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Koptekst en voettekst - Voettekst</emph> en selecteer het pagina-opmaakprofiel waaraan u de voettekst wilt toevoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147109\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor in the footer and choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Plaats de cursor in de voettekst en kies <emph>Invoegen - Velden - Meer velden</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147134\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Fields</emph> dialog, click the <emph>Document</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "In het dialoogvenster <emph>Velden</emph> klikt u op de tab <emph>Document</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150955\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click 'Page' in the <emph>Type</emph> list and 'Next page' in the <emph>Select</emph> list."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in de lijst <emph>Type</emph> op 'Pagina' en in de lijst <emph>Selecteren</emph> op 'Volgende pagina'."
|
||
|
||
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150517\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click a numbering style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> list."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op een opmaakprofiel voor nummering in de lijst <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaak</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150537\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you select 'Text' in the <emph>Format</emph> list, only the text that you enter in the <emph>Value</emph> box is displayed in the field."
|
||
msgstr "Als u 'Tekst' selecteert in de lijst <emph>Opmaak</emph>, wordt alleen de tekst die u in het vak <emph>Waarde</emph> invoert, in het veld weergegeven."
|
||
|
||
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150727\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> to insert the field with the page number."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>Invoegen</emph> om het veld met het paginanummer in te voegen."
|
||
|
||
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting Page Numbers in Footers"
|
||
msgstr "Paginanummers Invoegen in Voetteksten"
|
||
|
||
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155624\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>footers; with page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages; numbers and count of</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page numbers; footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbering;pages</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>voetteksten; met paginanummers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pagina's; nummers en aantal</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paginanummers; voetteksten</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>nummering;pagina's</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155624\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"footer_pagenumber\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Page Numbers in Footers\">Inserting Page Numbers in Footers</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"footer_pagenumber\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp\" name=\"Paginanummers invoegen in voetteksten\">Paginanummers invoegen in voetteksten</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id8230842\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can easily insert a page number field in the footer of your document. You can also add a page count to the footer, for example, in the form \"Page 9 of 12\""
|
||
msgstr "U kunt een veld Paginanummer eenvoudig in de voettekst van uw document invoegen. Als u graag een voettekst wilt als \"Pagina 9 van 12\", moet u dat als volgt doen:"
|
||
|
||
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id7867366\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert a Page Number"
|
||
msgstr "Zo voegt u een paginanummer in:"
|
||
|
||
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150508\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Koptekst en voettekst - Voettekst</emph> en selecteer het pagina-opmaakprofiel waaraan u de voettekst wilt toevoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150534\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Page Number</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Veld - Paginanummer</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153155\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want, you can align the page number field as you would text."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt het veld Paginanummer, net als tekst, op dezelfde wijze uitlijnen als u dat wilt."
|
||
|
||
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id2988677\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Additionally Add a Page Count"
|
||
msgstr "Zo voegt u een aanvullende paginatelling toe:"
|
||
|
||
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155532\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in front of the page number field, type <item type=\"literal\">Page</item> and enter a space; click after the field, enter a space and then type <item type=\"literal\">of</item> and enter another space."
|
||
msgstr "Klik vóór het veld Paginanummer, typ <item type=\"literal\">Pagina</item> en voer een spatie in; klik na het veld, voer een spatie in en typ dan type <item type=\"literal\">van</item> en voer nog een spatie in."
|
||
|
||
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155554\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Page Count</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Velden - Aantal pagina's</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes"
|
||
msgstr "Voetnoten en eindnoten invoegen en bewerken"
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3145819\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>endnotes;inserting and editing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;footnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>organizing;footnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footnotes; inserting and editing</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>eindnoten;invoegen en bewerken</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>invoegen;voetnoten/eindnoten</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>verwijderen;voetnoten</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bewerken;voetnoten/eindnoten</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>beheren;voetnoten</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>voetnoten; invoegen en bewerken</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145819\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"footnote_usage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes\">Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"footnote_usage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp\" name=\"Voetnoten of eindnoten invoegen en bewerken\">Voetnoten of eindnoten invoegen en bewerken</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154258\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Footnotes reference more information about a topic at the bottom of a page and endnotes reference information at the end of the document. $[officename] automatically numbers the footnotes and endnotes."
|
||
msgstr "Voetnoten verwijzen naar verdere informatie over een onderwerp onder aan een pagina, en eindnoten naar informatie aan het eind van het document. $[officename] nummert de voetnoten en eindnoten automatisch."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155881\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert a Footnote or Endnote"
|
||
msgstr "Zo voegt u een voetnoot of eindnoot in:"
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155903\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in your document where you want to place the anchor of the note."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in uw document op de plaats waar u het anker van de notitie wilt zetten."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147120\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Footnote\"><emph>Insert - Footnote and Endnote - Footnote or Endnote</emph></link>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Invoegen - Voetnoot\"><emph>Invoegen - Voet-/Eindnoot</emph></link>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150937\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> area, select the format that you want to use. If you select <item type=\"menuitem\">Character</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Choose</item> button and select the character that you want to use for the footnote."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer in het gebied <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummering</item> de notatie die u wilt gebruiken. Als u <item type=\"menuitem\">Teken</item> selecteert, klikt u op de bladerknop (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) en selecteert u het teken dat u voor de voetnoot wilt gebruiken."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150508\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Footnote</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Endnote</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer, in het gebied <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>, <item type=\"menuitem\">Voetnoot</item> of <item type=\"menuitem\">Eindnoot</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150704\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150729\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type the note."
|
||
msgstr "Voer de notitie in."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148843\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148857\" src=\"cmd/sc_insertfootnote.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148857\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3148857\" src=\"cmd/sc_insertfootnote.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148857\">Pictogram</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153176\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also insert footnotes by clicking the <emph>Insert Footnote Directly</emph> icon on the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt voetnoten ook invoegen door het pictogram <emph>Voetnoot direct invoegen</emph> op de werkbalk <emph>Invoegen</emph> aan te klikken."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155543\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Edit a Footnote or Endnote"
|
||
msgstr "Zo bewerkt u een voet- of eindnoot:"
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150167\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The mouse pointer changes to a hand when you rest it over a footnote or endnote anchor in your document."
|
||
msgstr "De muisaanwijzer verandert in een handje wanneer u hem op een voetnoot- of eindnootanker in uw document zet."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155563\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To edit the text of a footnote or endnote, click in the note, or click the anchor for the note in the text."
|
||
msgstr "Als u de tekst van een voetnoot of eindnoot wilt bewerken, klikt u in de notitie, of op het anker voor de notitie in de tekst."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145029\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the format of a footnote, click in the footnote, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the Styles window, right-click \"Footnote\" in the list, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in het gebeid van de voetnoot, druk op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> om het venster Stijlen en opmaak te openen, klik met rechts op \"Voetnoot\" in de lijst, en kies dan <emph>Aanpassen</emph> om de opmaak van een voetnoot te wijzigen."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145062\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To jump from the footnote or endnote text to the note anchor in the text, press PageUp."
|
||
msgstr "Wilt u van de tekst van de voet- of eindnoot naar het anker in de tekst springen, dan drukt u op PageUp."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145081\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To edit the numbering properties of a footnote or endnote anchor, click in front of the anchor, and choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Footnote\"><emph>Edit - Footnote/Endnote</emph></link>."
|
||
msgstr "Als u de eigenschappen voor de nummering van een voetnoot- of eindnootanker wilt bewerken, klikt u vóór het anker en kiest u <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp\" name=\"Bewerken - Voetnoot\"><emph>Bewerken - Voet-/Eindnoot</emph></link>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147776\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the formatting that $[officename] applies to footnotes and endnotes, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Footnotes\"><emph>Tools - Footnotes and Endnotes</emph></link>."
|
||
msgstr "Als u de opmaak die $[officename] op voet- en eindnoten toepast, wilt wijzigen, kiest u <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Extra - Voetnoten\"><emph>Extra - Voet-/Eindnoten</emph></link>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147813\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To edit the properties of the text area for footnotes or endnotes, choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"Footnote\"><emph>Footnote</emph></link> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Wilt u de eigenschappen van het tekstgebied voor voetnoten en eindnoten bewerken, dan kiest u <emph>Opmaak - Pagina</emph> en klikt u op de tab <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"Voetnoot\"><emph>Voetnoot</emph></link>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_usage.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147232\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To remove a footnote, delete the footnote anchor in the text."
|
||
msgstr "Wilt u een voetnoot weghalen, dan verwijdert u het voetnootanker in de tekst."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Spacing Between Footnotes"
|
||
msgstr "Afstand tussen voetnoten"
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3147683\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>spacing; endnotes/footnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>endnotes; spacing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footnotes; spacing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders;for footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>afstand; eindnoten/voetnoten</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>eindnoten; afstand</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>voetnoten; afstand</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>randen;voor voetnoten/eindnoten</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lijnen;voetnoten/eindnoten</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147683\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"footnote_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Spacing Between Footnotes\">Spacing Between Footnotes</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"footnote_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Afstand tussen voetnoten\">Afstand tussen voetnoten</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145808\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want to increase the spacing between footnote or endnote texts, you can add a top and bottom border to the corresponding paragraph style."
|
||
msgstr "Als u de afstand tussen voetnoot- of eindnootteksten wilt vergroten, kunt u een boven- en onderrand aan het bijbehorende alinea-opmaakprofiel toevoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155603\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in a footnote or endnote."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in een voetnoot of eindnoot."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155620\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Beeld - Stijlen en opmaak</emph>"
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154251\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click the Paragraph Style that you want to modify, for example, \"Footnote\", and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik met de rechtermuisknop op het alinea-opmaakprofiel dat u wilt wijzigen, bijvoorbeeld 'Voetnoot', en kies <emph>Wijzigen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155884\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Borders\"><emph>Borders</emph></link> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de tab <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Borders\"><emph>Randen</emph></link>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147110\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Default</item> area, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Set Top and Bottom Borders Only</item> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in het gebied <item type=\"menuitem\">Standaard</item> op het pictogram <item type=\"menuitem\">Alleen boven- en onderrand instellen</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150931\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Line</item> area, click a line in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> list."
|
||
msgstr "In het gebied <item type=\"menuitem\">Lijn</item> klikt u op een lijn in de <item type=\"menuitem\">lijst met opmaakprofielen</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150961\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select \"White\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Color</item> box. If the background of the page is not white, select the color that best matches the background color."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer \"Wit\" in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Kleur</item>. Als de achtergrond van de pagina niet wit is, selecteert u de kleur die het meest op de achtergrondkleur lijkt."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150519\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Padding</emph> area, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> check box."
|
||
msgstr "Wis het selectievakje <emph>Synchroniseren</emph> in het gebied <emph>Afstand tot inhoud</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150709\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter a value in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Top</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Bottom</item> boxes."
|
||
msgstr "Typ een waarde in de vakken <item type=\"menuitem\">Boven</item> en <item type=\"menuitem\">Beneden</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150740\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148846\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - Borders\">Format - Paragraph - Borders</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Opmaak - Alinea - Randen\">Opmaak - Alinea - Randen</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Creating a Form Letter"
|
||
msgstr "Een standaardbrief maken"
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3159257\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>serial letters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>form letters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>mail merge</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>letters; creating form letters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>wizards;form letters</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>serie brieven</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formulierbrieven</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>standaardbrieven</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>brieven; standaardbrieven maken</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>assistenten;standaardbrieven</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3159257\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"form_letters\"><variable id=\"form_letters_main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Form Letter\">Creating a Form Letter</link></variable></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"form_letters\"><variable id=\"form_letters_main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp\" name=\"Een standaardbrief maken\">Een standaardbrief maken</link></variable></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150502\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To create a form letter, you need a text document that contains fields for address data, and an address database. Then you combine or merge the address data and the text document to either print the letters or send them by e-mail."
|
||
msgstr "Als u een standaardbrief wilt maken, hebt u een tekstdocument nodig met velden voor adresgegevens en een adresdatabase. U kunt de adresgegevens en het tekstdocument vervolgens combineren of samenvoegen om de brieven af te drukken of per e-mail te versturen."
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id0805200801132382\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If the document is in HTML format, any embedded or linked images will not be sent with the e-mail."
|
||
msgstr "Als het document in HTML-indeling is, zullen ingebedde of gekoppelde afbeeldingen niet worden verzonden met de e-mail."
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10653\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard</link> helps you to create form letters."
|
||
msgstr "De <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\">Assistent Standaardbrief</link> helpt u standaardbrieven te maken."
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10664\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To create a form letter"
|
||
msgstr "Zo maakt u een standaardbrief:"
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1066B\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Mail Merge Wizard</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Extra - Assistent Standaardbrief</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10672\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You see the Mail Merge Wizard dialog. The following is an example of one of many possible ways to navigate the wizard's pages:"
|
||
msgstr "U ziet het dialoogvenster Assistent Standaardbrief. In het volgende voorbeeld wordt een van de vele manieren weergegeven om door de assistentpagina's te navigeren:"
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10676\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select <emph>Start from a template</emph>, and click the <emph>Browse</emph> button."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer <emph>Beginnen met een sjabloon</emph> en klik op de <emph>bladerknop</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10681\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You see the <emph>New</emph> dialog."
|
||
msgstr "U ziet het dialoogvenster <emph>Nieuw</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10685\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select <item type=\"literal\">Business Correspondence</item> in the left list, and then <item type=\"literal\">\"Modern\" business letter</item> in the right list. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the Templates dialog, and click <emph>Next</emph> in the wizard."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer <item type=\"literal\">Zakelijke correspondentie</item> in de linkerlijst, en dan <item type=\"literal\">Moderne brief</item> in de rechterlijst. Klik op <emph>OK</emph> om het dialoogvenster Sjablonen te sluiten en klik op <emph>Volgende</emph> in de Assistent."
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2669759\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select <emph>Letter</emph> and click <emph>Next</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer <emph>Brief</emph> en klik op <emph>Volgende</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106BD\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the next step of the wizard, click the <emph>Select Address List</emph> button to check that you are using the correct address list. If you want to use an address block, select an address block type, match the data fields if necessary, and click <emph>Next</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Bij de volgende stap van de wizard, klikt u op de lijst <emph>Selecteer adres</emph> om te controleren of u de juiste adreslijst gebruikt. Als u een adresblok wilt gebruiken, selecteer een adresbloktype , maak de gegevensvelden indien nodig aan elkaar gelijk, en klik op <emph>Volgende</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106C5\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Next follows the <emph>Create a salutation</emph> step. Deselect the <emph>Insert personalized salutation</emph> box. Under <emph>General salutation</emph>, select the salutation that you want on top of all letters."
|
||
msgstr "Nu volgt de stap <emph>Een aanhef maken</emph>. Schakel het vakje <emph>Persoonlijke aanhef invoegen</emph> uit. Selecteer onder <emph>Algemene aanhef</emph> de aanhef die u boven aan alle brieven moet staan."
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106C6\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want to place mail merge fields anywhere else in the document select the corresponding column in your address data source and then drag and drop the column header into the document where you would like the field to be. Be sure to select the entire column."
|
||
msgstr "Als u mailmerge velden ergens anders in het document wilt plaatsen, selecteert u de corresponderende kolom in uw bron met adresgegevens en sleep dan de kolomkop in het document waar u het veld wilt plaatsen. Zorg ervoor dat u de gehele kolom selecteert."
|
||
|
||
#: form_letters_main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106D5\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Next</emph> and finally <emph>Finish</emph> to create the mail merge."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>Volgende</emph> en tenslotte op <emph>Voltooien</emph> om de standaardbrief te maken."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Master Documents and Subdocuments"
|
||
msgstr "Hoofd- en subdocumenten"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3145246\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>master documents;properties</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>subdocuments;properties</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>central documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>subsidiary documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>documents; master documents and subdocuments</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles;master documents</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>hoofddocumenten;eigenschappen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>documenten;eigenschappen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>centrale documenten</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>subdocumenten</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>documenten; hoofddocumenten en subdocumenten</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>opmaakprofielen;hoofddocumenten</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145246\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"globaldoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp\">Master Documents and Subdocuments</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"globaldoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp\">Hoofd- en subdocumenten</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149806\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments."
|
||
msgstr "Met een hoofddocument kunt u grote documenten beheren, zoals een boek met vele hoofdstukken. Het hoofddocument kan als een container voor afzonderlijke <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer-bestanden beschouwd worden. De afzonderlijke bestanden worden subdocumenten genoemd."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id6537369\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Characteristics of Master Documents"
|
||
msgstr "Eigenschappen van hoofddocumenten"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150096\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you print a master document, the contents of all subdocuments, indexes, and any text that you entered are printed."
|
||
msgstr "Wanneer u een hoofddocument afdrukt, wordt de inhoud van alle subdocumenten, indices en eventueel ingevoerde tekst afgedrukt."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153400\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can create a table of contents and index in the master document for all of the subdocuments."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt in het hoofddocument een inhoudsopgave en index maken voor alle subdocumenten."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155854\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Styles that are used in subdocuments, such as new paragraph styles, are automatically imported into the master document."
|
||
msgstr "Opmaakprofielen die in subdocumenten gebruikt worden, zoals nieuwe alinea-opmaakprofielen, worden automatisch in het hoofddocument geïmporteerd."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id9033783\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When viewing the master document, styles that are already present in the master document take precedence over styles with the same name that are imported from subdocuments."
|
||
msgstr "Wanneer u het hoofddocument bekijkt, hebben opmaakprofielen die al in het hoofddocument aanwezig zijn, voorrang over opmaakprofielen met dezelfde naam die uit subdocumenten geïmporteerd zijn."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3419598\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Subdocuments never get changed by changes made to the master document."
|
||
msgstr "Subdocumenten worden nooit gewijzigd door veranderingen die in het hoofddocument zijn aangebracht."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155180\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you add a document to a master document or create a new subdocument, a link is created in the master document. You cannot edit the content of a subdocument directly in the master document, but you can use the Navigator to open any subdocument for edit."
|
||
msgstr "Wanneer u een document aan een hoofddocument toevoegt of een nieuw subdocument maakt, wordt er in het hoofddocument een koppeling gemaakt. U kunt de inhoud van een subdocument niet rechtstreeks in het hoofddocument bewerken, maar u kunt de Navigator gebruiken om een willekeurig subdocument te openen voor bewerking."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id7904904\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Example of Using Styles"
|
||
msgstr "Voorbeeld van het gebruik van opmaakprofielen"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5817743\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A master document master.odm consists of some text and links to the subdocuments sub1.odt and sub2.odt. In each subdocument a new paragraph style with the same name Style1 is defined and used, and the subdocuments are saved."
|
||
msgstr "Een master.odm-hoofddocument bestaat uit wat tekst en koppelingen naar de subdocumenten sub1.odt en sub2.odt. In elk subdocument wordt een nieuw alinea-opmaakprofiel met dezelfde naam (Opmaakprofiel1) gedefinieerd en gebruikt, en de subdocumenten worden opgeslagen."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id9169591\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you save the master document, the styles from the subdocuments are imported into the master document. First, the new style Style1 from the sub1.odt is imported. Next, the new styles from sub2.odt will be imported, but as Style1 now already is present in the master document, this style from sub2.odt will not be imported."
|
||
msgstr "Wanneer u het hoofddocument opslaat, worden de opmaakprofielen uit de subdocumenten in het hoofddocument geïmporteerd. Eerst wordt het nieuwe opmaakprofiel Opmaakprofiel1 uit het sub1.odt geïmporteerd. Daarna worden de nieuwe opmaakprofielen uit sub2.odt geïmporteerd, maar aangezien Opmaakprofiel1 nu al in het hoofddocument aanwezig is, wordt dit opmaakprofiel uit sub2.odt niet geïmporteerd."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1590014\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the master document you now see the new style Style1 from the first subdocument. All Style1 paragraphs in the master document will be shown using the Style1 attributes from the first subdocument. However, the second subdocument by itself will not be changed. You see the Style1 paragraphs from the second subdocument with different attributes, depending whether you open the sub2.odt document by itself or as part of the master document."
|
||
msgstr "In het hoofddocument ziet u nu het nieuwe opmaakprofiel Opmaakprofiel1 uit het eerste subdocument. Alle Opmaakprofiel1-alinea's in het hoofddocument worden weergegeven met behulp van de Opmaakprofiel1-attributen uit het eerste subdocument. Het tweede subdocument wordt zelf echter niet gewijzigd. U ziet de Opmaakprofiel1-alinea's uit het tweede subdocument met andere attributen, afhankelijk van of u het sub2.odt-document op zich of als deel van het hoofddocument opent."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5878780\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To avoid confusion, use the same document template for the master document and its subdocuments. This happens automatically when you create the master document and its subdocuments from an existing document with headings, using the command <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Gebruik dezelfde documentsjabloon voor het hoofddocument en zijn subdocumenten om verwarring te voorkomen. Dit gebeurt automatisch wanneer u het hoofddocument en zijn subdocumenten uit een bestaand document met koppen maakt via de opdracht <emph>Bestand - Verzenden - Hoofddocument maken</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154382\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in master mode\">Navigator in master mode</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in hoofdmodus\">Navigator in hoofdmodus</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments"
|
||
msgstr "Werken met hoofd- en subdocumenten"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3145246\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>Navigator;master documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>master documents;creating/editing/exporting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>subdocuments;creating/editing/removing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>removing;subdocuments</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indexes; master documents</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>Navigator;hoofddocumenten</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hoofddocumenten;maken/bewerken/exporteren</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>subdocumenten;maken/bewerken/verwijderen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>verwijderen;subdocumenten</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indices; hoofddocumenten</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145246\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"globaldoc_howtos\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp\">Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"globaldoc_howtos\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp\">Werken met hoofd- en subdocumenten</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1522873\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments."
|
||
msgstr "Met een hoofddocument kunt u grote documenten beheren, zoals een boek met vele hoofdstukken. Het hoofddocument kan als een container voor afzonderlijke <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer-bestanden beschouwd worden. De afzonderlijke bestanden worden subdocumenten genoemd."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153127\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Create a Master Document"
|
||
msgstr "Een hoofddocument maken:"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149634\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "U kunt het volgende doen:"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149956\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>File - New - Master Document</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Bestand - Nieuw - Hoofddocument</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149612\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Open an existing document and choose <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Bestand - Verzenden - Hoofddocument maken</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149873\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you are creating a new master document, the first entry in the Navigator should be a <item type=\"menuitem\">Text</item> entry. Type an introduction or enter some text. This ensures that after having edited an existing style in the master document, you see the changed style when viewing the subdocuments."
|
||
msgstr "Als u een nieuw hoofddocument maakt, moet het eerste item in de Navigator een item <item type=\"menuitem\">Tekst</item> zijn. Typ een introductie of voer wat tekst in. Zo wordt verzekerd dat nadat u een bestaand opmaakprofiel in het hoofddocument hebt bewerkt, u het gewijzigde opmaakprofiel ziet wanneer u de subdocumenten bekijkt."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145114\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Navigator</item> for master documents (should open automatically, else press F5 to open), click and hold the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> icon, and do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Klik in de <item type=\"menuitem\">Navigator</item> voor hoofddocumenten (klik op F5, als deze niet automatisch geopend wordt) op het pictogram <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen</item> en houd de muisknop ingedrukt. Voer vervolgens een van de volgende handelingen uit:"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156240\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To insert an existing file as a subdocument, choose <emph>File</emph>, locate the file that you want to include, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Om een bestaand document in te voegen als subdocument, kiest u <emph>Bestand</emph>, lokaliseert u het bestand dat u wilt invoegen en klikt op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145405\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To create a new subdocument, choose <emph>New Document</emph>, type a name for the file, and then click <emph>Save</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Om een nieuw subdocument aan te maken, kiest u <emph>Nieuw document</emph>, typt u een bestandsnaam en klikt u vervolgens op <emph>Opslaan</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id8550981\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To insert some text between subdocuments, choose <emph>Text</emph>. Then type the text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator."
|
||
msgstr "Om enige tekst tussen subdocumenten in te voegen, kiest u <emph>Tekst</emph>. Daarna voert u de tekst in. U kunt in de Navigator geen tekst naast een bestaande tekstinvoer invoeren."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153382\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Save</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Bestand - Opslaan</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154242\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Edit a Master Document"
|
||
msgstr "Een hoofddocument bewerken:"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154255\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use the Navigator for rearranging and editing the subdocuments in a master document."
|
||
msgstr "Gebruik de Navigator om de subdocumenten in een hoofddocument opnieuw te schikken en te bewerken."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155879\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To open a subdocument for editing, double-click the name of the subdocument in the Navigator."
|
||
msgstr "Wilt u een subdocument openen voor bewerking, dubbelklik dan met de rechtermuisknop op het subdocument in de Navigator."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155931\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To remove a subdocument from the master document, right-click the subdocument in the Navigator list and choose <emph>Delete</emph>. The subdocument file is not deleted, only the entry in the Navigator is removed."
|
||
msgstr "Als u een subdocument uit het hoofddocument wilt verwijderen, klikt u met de rechtermuisknop op het subdocument in de Navigator-lijst en kiest u <emph>Verwijderen</emph>. Het subdocument wordt niet verwijderd, alleen de ingang in de Navigator."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148677\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To add text to a master document, right-click an item in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Text</emph>. A text section is inserted before the selected item in the master document where you can type the text that you want. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator."
|
||
msgstr "Wilt u tekst toevoegen in een Hoofddocument, klik dan met de rechtermuisknop op een item in de Navigatorlijst, en kies vervolgens <emph>Invoegen - Tekst</emph>. Er wordt een tekstsectie ingevoegd vóór het geselecteerde item in het hoofddocument. U kunt hier de gewenste tekst intypen. U kunt geen tekst invoegen naast een bestaand tekstitem in de Navigator."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149982\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To reorder the subdocuments in a master document, drag a subdocument to a new location in the Navigator list. You can also select a subdocument in the list, and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Move down</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Move up</item> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Als u de volgorde van subdocumenten in een hoofddocument wilt wijzigen, sleept u een subdocument naar een nieuwe locatie in de Navigator-lijst. U kunt ook een subdocument in de lijst selecteren, en op het pictogram <item type=\"menuitem\">Omlaag</item> of <item type=\"menuitem\">Omhoog</item> klikken."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153022\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To add an index, such as a table of contents, right-click in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Index</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Wilt u een index (zoals een inhoudsopgave) toevoegen, klik dan met de rechtermuisknop in de Navigator-lijst en kies vervolgens <emph>Invoegen - Inhoudsopgave en registers</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148949\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148959\" src=\"sw/res/sc20246.png\" width=\"0.473cm\" height=\"0.473cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148959\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3148959\" src=\"sw/res/sc20246.png\" width=\"0.473cm\" height=\"0.473cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148959\">Pictogram</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153632\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To update an index in a master document, select the index in the Navigator, and then click the <emph>Update</emph> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Als u een index in een hoofddocument wilt bijwerken, selecteert u de index in de Navigator en klikt u op het pictogram <emph>Bijwerken</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10C40\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you insert an object like a frame or a picture into a master document, do not anchor the object \"to page\". Instead, set the anchor \"to paragraph\" on the <emph>Format - (Object type) - Type</emph> tab page, and then set the object's position relative to \"Entire Page\" in the <emph>Horizontal</emph> and <emph>Vertical</emph> list boxes."
|
||
msgstr "Wanneer u een object als een frame of afbeelding in een hoofddocument invoegt, veranker het object dan niet aan de pagina. Stel in plaats daarvan de verankeringsoptie 'Aan alinea' in via <emph>Opmaak - (Objecttype) - Type</emph> op de tabpagina, en stel dan de positie van het object relatief aan \"Hele pagina\" in via de keuzelijsten <emph>Horizontaal</emph> en <emph>Verticaal</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153656\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Start Each Subdocument on a New Page"
|
||
msgstr "Elk subdocument op een nieuwe pagina beginnen"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152760\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Ensure that each subdocument starts with a heading that uses the same paragraph style, for example \"Heading 1\"."
|
||
msgstr "Zorg ervoor dat elk subdocument met een kop begint die hetzelfde alinea-opmaakprofiel gebruikt, bijvoorbeeld \"Kop 1\"."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153876\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the master document, choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>, and click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Kies in het hoofddocument <emph>Beeld - Stijlen en opmaak</emph> en klik op het pictogram <emph>Alinea-opmaakprofielen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153907\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click \"Heading 1\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik met de rechtermuisknop op \"Kop 1\" en kies <emph>Wijzigen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147124\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Text Flow</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de tab <item type=\"menuitem\">Tekstverloop</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149770\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Breaks</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>, and then select “Page”in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer, in het gebied <item type=\"menuitem\">Regeleinden</item>, <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen</item>, en selecteer dan “Pagina”in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150224\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want each subdocument to start on an odd page, select <emph>With Page Style</emph>, and select \"Right page\" in the box."
|
||
msgstr "Als u elk subdocument op een oneven pagina wilt beginnen, kiest u <emph>Met pagina-opmaakprofiel</emph> en selecteert u vervolgens \"Rechterpagina\" in het vak."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145205\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145228\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Export a Master Document as a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Text Document"
|
||
msgstr "Een hoofddocument als een <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>-tekstdocument exporteren"
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150315\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Export</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Bestand - Exporteren</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148580\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>File format</emph> list, select a text document file format and click <emph>Export</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer in de lijst <emph>Bestandsindeling</emph> een tekstbestandsindeling en klik op <emph>Exporteren</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id8371227\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The subdocuments will be exported as sections. Use <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Sections</item> to unprotect and remove sections, if you prefer a plain text document without sections."
|
||
msgstr "De subdocumenten zullen als secties worden geëxporteerd. Gebruik <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaak - Secties</item> om de beveiliging uit te schakelen en secties te verwijderen, als u een tekstdocument zonder secties wilt."
|
||
|
||
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154382\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in master mode\">Navigator in master mode</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in hoofdmodus\">Navigator in hoofdmodus</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: header_footer.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_footer.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "About Headers and Footers"
|
||
msgstr "Over kop- en voetteksten"
|
||
|
||
#: header_footer.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_footer.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155863\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>headers;about</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers;about</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>HTML documents; headers and footers</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>kopteksten;over</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>voetteksten;over</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>HTML-documenten; kop- en voetteksten</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: header_footer.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_footer.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155863\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"header_footer\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp\" name=\"About Headers and Footers\">About Headers and Footers</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"header_footer\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp\" name=\"Over kop- en voetteksten\">Over kop- en voetteksten</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: header_footer.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_footer.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154255\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Headers and footers are areas in the top and the bottom page margins, where you can add text or graphics. Headers and footers are added to the current page style. Any page that uses the same style automatically receives the header or footer that you add. You can insert <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">Fields</link>, such as page numbers and chapter headings, in headers and footers in a text document."
|
||
msgstr "Kop- en voetteksten zijn gebieden in de paginamarges boven en onder waaraan u tekst of afbeeldingen kunt toevoegen. Kop- en voetteksten worden aan het huidige pagina-opmaakprofiel toegevoegd. Elke pagina die hetzelfde opmaakprofiel gebruikt, krijgt automatisch de kop- of voettekst die u toevoegt. U kunt <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Velden\">Velden</link>, zoals paginanummers en hoofdstuktitels, in kop- en voetteksten in een tekstdocument invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: header_footer.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_footer.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150511\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The page style for the current page is displayed in the <emph>Status Bar</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Het pagina-opmaakprofiel voor de huidige pagina wordt in de <emph>Statusbalk</emph> weergegeven."
|
||
|
||
#: header_footer.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_footer.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155896\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To add a header to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Header</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu."
|
||
msgstr "Wilt u een koptekst aan een pagina toevoegen, dan kiest u <emph>Invoegen - Koptekst en voettekst - Koptekst</emph> en selecteert u in het submenu het pagina-opmaakprofiel voor de huidige pagina."
|
||
|
||
#: header_footer.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_footer.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147119\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To add a footer to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu."
|
||
msgstr "Wilt u een voettekst aan een pagina toevoegen, dan kiest u <emph>Invoegen - Koptekst en voettekst - Voettekst</emph> en selecteert u in het submenu het pagina-opmaakprofiel voor de huidige pagina."
|
||
|
||
#: header_footer.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_footer.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153726\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer</item> tab, and then select <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer on</item>. Clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Same content left/right</item> check box if you want to define different headers and footers for even and odd pages."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt ook <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaak - Pagina</item> kiezen, op de tab <item type=\"menuitem\">Koptekst</item> of <item type=\"menuitem\">Voettekst</item> klikken, en vervolgens <item type=\"menuitem\">Koptekst activeren</item> of <item type=\"menuitem\">Voettekst activeren</item> selecteren. Wis het keuzevak <item type=\"menuitem\">Links/rechts dezelfde inhoud</item> als u verschillende kop- en voetteksten voor even en oneven pagina's wilt definiëren."
|
||
|
||
#: header_footer.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_footer.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3146876\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To use different headers or footers in your document, you must add them to different <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\">Page Styles</link>, and then apply the styles to the pages where you want the headers or footer to appear."
|
||
msgstr "Als u verschillende kop- of voetteksten in uw document wilt gebruiken, moet u ze aan verschillende <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Pagina-opmaakprofielen\">Pagina-opmaakprofielen</link> toevoegen, en de opmaakprofielen dan op de pagina's toepassen waar u de kop- of voetteksten wilt weergeven."
|
||
|
||
#: header_footer.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_footer.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3150704\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Headers and Footers in HTML Documents"
|
||
msgstr "Kop- en voetteksten in HTML-documenten"
|
||
|
||
#: header_footer.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_footer.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150717\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Some of the header and footer options are also available for HTML documents. Headers and footers are not supported by HTML and instead are exported with special tags, so that they can be viewed in a browser. Headers and footers are only exported in HTML documents if they are enabled in Web Layout mode. When you reopen the document in $[officename], the headers and footers are displayed correctly, including any fields that you inserted."
|
||
msgstr "Sommige opties voor kop- en voetteksten zijn ook beschikbaar voor HTML-documenten. Kop- en voetteksten worden niet ondersteund door HTML en worden in plaats daarvan met speciale tags geëxporteerd, zodat ze in een browser bekeken kunnen worden. Kop- en voetteksten worden alleen naar HTML-documenten geëxporteerd als ze in de modus Web-layout zijn ingeschakeld. Wanneer u het document opnieuw in $[officename] opent, worden de kop- en voetteksten correct weergegeven, inclusief eventueel ingevoegde velden."
|
||
|
||
#: header_footer.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_footer.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153174\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\">Page Styles</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Pagina-opmaakprofielen\">Pagina-opmaakprofielen</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Defining Different Headers and Footers"
|
||
msgstr "Verschillende kop- en voetteksten definiëren"
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155920\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>headers;defining for left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers;defining for left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page styles; changing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining; headers/footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>mirrored page layout</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>kopteksten;voor linker- en rechterpagina's definiëren</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>voetteksten;voor linker- en rechterpagina's definiëren</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pagina-opmaakprofielen; wijzigen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>definiëren; kopteksten/voetteksten</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>gespiegelde pagina-layout</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155920\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"header_pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Defining Different Headers and Footers\">Defining Different Headers and Footers</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"header_pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Verschillende kop- en voetteksten definiëren\">Verschillende kop- en voetteksten definiëren</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154263\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can use different headers and footers on different pages in your document, so long as the pages use different page styles. $[officename] provides several predefined page styles, such as <emph>First page</emph>, <emph>Left page</emph> and <emph>Right page</emph>, or you can create a custom page style."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt verschillende kop- en voetteksten op verschillende pagina's in uw document gebruiken, zo lang de pagina's maar verschillende pagina-opmaakprofielen gebruiken. $[officename] biedt verschillende vooraf gedefinieerde pagina-opmaakprofielen, zoals <emph>Eerste pagina</emph>, <emph>Linkerpagina</emph> en <emph>Rechterpagina</emph>, of u kunt een aangepast pagina-opmaakprofiel maken."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147105\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also use the mirrored page layout if you want to add a header to a page style that has different inner and outer page margins. To apply this option to a page style, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page</item> tab, and in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Layout settings</item> area, choose “Mirrored” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page layout</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt ook de gespiegelde pagina-layout gebruiken als u een koptekst wilt toevoegen aan een pagina-opmaakprofiel dat andere binnen- en buitenmarges heeft. Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaak - Pagina</item>, klik op de tab <item type=\"menuitem\">Pagina</item>, en kies, in het gebied<item type=\"menuitem\">Lay-outinstellingen</item>, “Gespiegeld” in het vak<item type=\"menuitem\">Pagina-layout</item> om deze optie op een pagina-opmaakprofiel toe te passen."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150224\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "For example, you can use page styles to define different headers for even and odd pages in a document."
|
||
msgstr "Zo kunt u pagina-opmaakprofielen gebruiken om verschillende kopteksten te definiëren voor even en oneven pagina's in een document."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150929\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Open a new text document."
|
||
msgstr "Open een nieuw tekstdocument."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150946\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph> and click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon in the Styles sidebar deck."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Beeld - Stijlen en opmaak</emph> en klik op het pictogram <emph>Pagina-opmaakprofielen</emph> in het venster Stijlen en opmaak."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150510\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik met de rechtermuisknop op 'Rechterpagina' in de lijst met pagina-opmaakprofielen en kies <emph>Wijzigen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150536\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in het dialoogvenster <item type=\"menuitem\">Pagina-opmaakprofielen</item> op de tab <item type=\"menuitem\">Koptekst</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153750\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer <item type=\"menuitem\">Koptekst activeren</item> en klik op de tab <item type=\"menuitem\">Beheren</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3146865\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Next Style</item> box, select \"Left Page\"."
|
||
msgstr "In het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Volgend opmaakprofiel</item> selecteert u 'Linkerpagina'."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3146889\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150714\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Styles</emph> window, right-click \"Left Page\" in the list of page styles and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "In het venster <emph>Stijlen en opmaak</emph> klikt u met rechts op 'Linkerpagina' in de lijst met pagina-opmaakprofielen en kiest u <emph>Wijzigen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150748\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in het dialoogvenster <item type=\"menuitem\">Pagina-opmaakprofielen</item> op de tab <item type=\"menuitem\">Koptekst</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153172\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer <item type=\"menuitem\">Koptekst activeren</item> en klik op het tabblad <item type=\"menuitem\">Beheren</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147061\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Next Style</item> box, select \"Right Page\"."
|
||
msgstr "In het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Volgend opmaakprofiel</item> selecteert u 'Rechterpagina'."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147086\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145263\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Double-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles to apply the style to the current page."
|
||
msgstr "Dubbelklik op 'Rechterpagina' in de lijst met pagina-opmaakprofielen om het opmaakprofiel op de huidige pagina toe te passen."
|
||
|
||
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145284\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter text or graphics in the header for the Left Page style. After the next page is added to your document, enter text or graphics in the header for the Right Page style."
|
||
msgstr "Voer tekst of afbeeldingen in de koptekst in voor het opmaakprofiel Linkerpagina. Nadat u de volgende pagina aan uw document hebt toegevoegd, voert u tekst of afbeeldingen in de koptekst in voor het opmaakprofiel Rechterpagina."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer"
|
||
msgstr "Hoofdstuknaam en -nummer invoegen in kop- of voetteksten"
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155919\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>running titles in headers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>floating titles in headers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headers; chapter information</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>chapter names in headers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>names; chapter names in headers</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>lopende titels in kopteksten</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>zwevende titels in kopteksten</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kopteksten; hoofdstukinformatie</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hoofdstuknamen in kopteksten</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>namen; hoofdstuknamen in kopteksten</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155919\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"header_with_chapter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer\">Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"header_with_chapter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp\" name=\"Hoofdstuknaam of -nummer invoegen in een kop- of voettekst\">Hoofdstuknaam of -nummer invoegen in een kop- of voettekst</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153414\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Before you can insert chapter information into a header or footer, you must first set the chapter numbering options for the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles."
|
||
msgstr "U moet eerst de opties voor hoofdstuknummering instellen voor het alinea-opmaakprofiel dat u gebruikt voor de hoofdstuknamen vóórdat u hoofdstukinformatie in een kop- of voettekst kunt invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154244\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Create a Paragraph Style for Chapter Titles"
|
||
msgstr "Een alinea-opmaakprofiel voor hoofdstuknamen maken:"
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155874\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Chapter Numbering.</item>"
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Extra - Hoofdstuknummering.</item>"
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155898\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box, select the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles, for example, \"Heading 1\"."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer, in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Alinea-opmaakprofiel</item>, het alinea-opmaakprofiel dat u wilt gebruiken voor hoofdstuktitels. Bijvoorbeeld 'Kop 1'."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147124\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the numbering style for the chapter titles in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Number</item> box, for example, \"1,2,3...\"."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer het opmaakprofiel voor de nummering van de hoofdstuknamen in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummering</item>, bijvoorbeeld, \"1,2,3...\"."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150219\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type \"Chapter\" followed by a space in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Before</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Typ \"Hoofdstuk\", gevolgd door een spatie, in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Ervoor</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150245\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter a space in the <item type=\"menuitem\">After</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Voer in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Erna</item> een spatie in."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150949\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3150505\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert the Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer"
|
||
msgstr "De hoofdstuknaam en het -nummer in een kop- of voettekst invoegen:"
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150527\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Apply the paragraph style that you defined for chapter titles to the chapter headings in your document."
|
||
msgstr "Pas het alinea-opmaakprofiel, dat u heeft gedefiniëerd voor de hoofdstuknamen, toe op de hoofdstuktitels in uw document."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153729\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header and Footer - Header</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</item>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen - Koptekst en voettekst - Koptekst </item>of <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen - Koptekst en voettekst - Voettekst</item> en selecteer dan het pagina-opmaakprofiel voor het huidige pagina-opmaakprofiel uit het submenu."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153762\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the header or footer."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in de kop- of voettekst."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3146863\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Document</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen - Velden - Meer velden</item> en klik dan op het tabblad <item type=\"menuitem\">Functies</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153175\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click \"Chapter\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list and \"Chapter number and name\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> list."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op 'Hoofdstuk' in de lijst <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> en 'Hoofdstuknummer en -naam' in de lijst <item type=\"menuitem\">Notatie</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147065\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>Invoegen</emph> en klik dan op <emph>Sluiten</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147095\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The header on every page that uses the current page style automatically displays the chapter name and number."
|
||
msgstr "Nu zal iedere pagina van uw document automatisch de hoofdstuknaam van uw keuze weergeven in de koptekst."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Formatting Headers or Footers"
|
||
msgstr "Kop- of voetteksten opmaken"
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3154866\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;lines under headers/above footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines; under headers/above footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headers;formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers;formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>shadows;headers/footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders;for headers/footers</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>invoegen; lijnen onder kopteksten/boven voetteksten</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lijnen; onder kopteksten/boven voetteksten</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kopteksten;opmaak</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>voetteksten;opmaak</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>schaduwen;kopteksten/voetteksten</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>randen;voor kopteksten/voetteksten</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154866\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"header_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Formatting Headers or Footers\">Formatting Headers or Footers</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"header_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Kop- of voetteksten opmaken\">Kop- of voetteksten opmaken</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154243\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can apply direct formatting to the text in a header or footer. You can also adjust the spacing of the text relative to the header or footer frame or apply a border to the header or footer."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt op de tekst in een kop- of voettekst directe opmaak toepassen. U kunt de afstand van de tekst ook relatief aan het koptekst- of voettekstframe aanpassen, of een rand op de kop- of voettekst toepassen."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155873\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item> and select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaak - Pagina</item> en selecteer de tab <item type=\"menuitem\">Koptekst</item> of <item type=\"menuitem\">Voettekst</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147109\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Set the spacing options that you want to use."
|
||
msgstr "Stel de afstandsopties in die u wilt gebruiken."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147128\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To add a border or a shadow to the header or the footer, click <item type=\"menuitem\">More</item>. The <item type=\"menuitem\">Border/Background</item> dialog opens."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <item type=\"menuitem\">Meer</item> als u een rand of schaduw aan de kop- of voettekst wilt toevoegen. Het dialoogvenster <item type=\"menuitem\">Rand/achtergrond</item> wordt geopend."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150520\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To add a separator line between the header or the footer and the content of the page, click the bottom edge of the square in the <emph>Line arrangement</emph> area. Click a line style in the <emph>Style</emph> box."
|
||
msgstr "Om een scheidingslijn tussen de kop- of de voettekst en de inhoud van de pagina toe te voegen, klikt u op de onderrand van de rechthoek in het gebied <emph>Lijnverdeling</emph>. Klik op een lijnpatroon in het vak <emph>Stijl</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: header_with_line.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153742\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To adjust the spacing between the content of the header or footer and the line, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> box, and then enter a value in the<emph> Bottom</emph> box."
|
||
msgstr "Om de afstand tussen de inhoud van de kop- of voettekst en de lijn aan te passen, wist u het vakje <emph>Synchroniseren</emph> en voer daarna een waarde in het vakje<emph> Onder</emph> in."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Hiding Text"
|
||
msgstr "Tekst verbergen"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3148856\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; hiding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sections;hiding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs;hiding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hiding;text, with conditions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>variables;for hiding text</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; verbergen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>secties;verbergen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>alinea's;verbergen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>verbergen;tekst, onder voorwaarden</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>variabelen;voor verbergen van tekst</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3148856\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"hidden_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Hiding Text</link> </variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"hidden_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Tekst verbergen\">Tekst verbergen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150103\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can use fields and sections to hide or display text in your document if a condition is met."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt velden en secties gebruiken om tekst in uw document te verbergen of tonen als er aan een voorwaarde voldaan wordt."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153409\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Before you can hide text, you must first create a variable to use in the condition for hiding the text."
|
||
msgstr "Voordat u tekst kunt verbergen, moet u eerst een variabele maken die in de voorwaarde voor het verbergen van de tekst gebruikt moet worden."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id5174108\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Create a Variable"
|
||
msgstr "Zo maakt u een variabele:"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153131\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in your document and choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in uw document en kies <emph>Invoegen - Velden - Meer velden</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149640\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Variables </emph>tab and click \"Set Variable\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de tab <emph>Variabelen</emph> en dan op 'Variabele instellen' in de lijst <emph>Type</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149970\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click \"General\" in the <emph>Format </emph>list."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op 'Algemeen' in de lijst <emph>Opmaak</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149620\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type a name for the variable in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box, for example, <item type=\"literal\">Hide</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Typ een naam voor de variabele in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Naam</item>, bijvoorbeeld <item type=\"literal\">Verbergen</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149869\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter a value for the variable in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Value</item> box, for example, <item type=\"literal\">1</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Voer in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Waarde</item> een waarde voor de variabele in, bijvoorbeeld <item type=\"literal\">1</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145108\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To hide the variable in your document, select <emph>Invisible</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Als u de variabele in uw document wilt verbergen, selecteert u <emph>Onzichtbaar</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149585\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen</item> en <item type=\"menuitem\">Sluiten</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3156245\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Hide Text"
|
||
msgstr "Zo verbergt u tekst:"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145391\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the document where you want to add the text."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in het document op de plaats waar u de tekst wilt toevoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145409\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Velden - Meer velden</emph> en klik op het tabblad <emph>Functies</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155325\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click \"Hidden Text\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op 'Verborgen tekst' in de lijst <emph>Type</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154404\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter a statement in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type=\"literal\">Hide==1</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Voer een instructie in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Voorwaarde</item> in. Wanneer u bijvoorbeeld de variabele gebruikt die u eerder hebt gedefinieerd, voert u <item type=\"literal\">Verbergen==1</item> in."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153371\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type the text that you want to hide in the <emph>Hidden text </emph>box."
|
||
msgstr "Typ in het vak <emph>Verborgen tekst</emph> de tekst die u wilt verbergen."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154233\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen</item> en <item type=\"menuitem\">Sluiten</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154256\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Hide a Paragraph"
|
||
msgstr "Zo verbergt u een alinea:"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154853\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the paragraph where you want to add the text."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in de alinea op de plaats waar u de tekst wilt toevoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154872\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Velden - Meer velden</emph> en klik op het tabblad<emph>Functies</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155902\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click \"Hidden Paragraph\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op 'Verborgen alinea' in de lijst <emph>Type</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155947\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter a statement in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type=\"literal\">Hide==1</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Voer een instructie in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Voorwaarde</item> in. Wanneer u bijvoorbeeld de variabele gebruikt die u eerder hebt gedefinieerd, voert u <item type=\"literal\">Verbergen==1</item> in."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149991\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen</item> en <item type=\"menuitem\">Sluiten</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3793450\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You must enable this feature by removing the check mark from menu <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph>. When the check mark is set, you cannot hide any paragraph."
|
||
msgstr "U moet deze functie inschakelen door het vinkje weg te halen bij <emph>Beeld - Verborgen alinea's</emph>. Wanneer er een vinkje staat, kunt u geen alinea's verbergen."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3148675\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Hide a Section"
|
||
msgstr "Zo verbergt u een sectie:"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148697\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text that you want to hide in your document."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de tekst die u in uw document wilt verbergen."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153019\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Sectie</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148950\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item>, and then enter an expression in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type=\"literal\">Hide==1</item>."
|
||
msgstr "In het gebied <item type=\"menuitem\">Verbergen</item> kiest u het keuzevak <item type=\"menuitem\">Verbergen</item>, en voer dan een uitdrukking in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Voorwaarde</item> in. Wanneer u bijvoorbeeld de variabele gebruikt die u eerder hebt gedefinieerd, voert u <item type=\"literal\">Verbergen==1</item> in."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153636\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3846858\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Displaying Hidden Text\">Displaying Hidden Text</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Verborgen tekst weergeven\">Verborgen tekst weergeven</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id8148442\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Creating Non-printing Text\">Creating Non-printing Text</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Niet-afdrukbare tekst maken\">Niet-afdrukbare tekst maken</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148603\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Fields - Other\">Insert - Field - More Fields</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Fields - Other\">Invoegen - Velden - Meer velden</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147011\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\">Insert - Section</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Invoegen - Sectie\">Invoegen - Sectie</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147029\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of Operators\">List of Operators</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"Lijst met operatoren\">Lijst met operatoren</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text_display.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Displaying Hidden Text"
|
||
msgstr "Verborgen tekst weergeven"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text_display.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3148856\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>hidden text; displaying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>displaying;hidden text</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>verborgen tekst; weergeven</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>weergeven;verborgen tekst</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text_display.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3148856\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"hidden_text_display\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Displaying Hidden Text\">Displaying Hidden Text</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"hidden_text_display\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Verborgen tekst weergeven\">Verborgen tekst weergeven</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text_display.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5659962\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you have a text that was hidden by defining a condition with a variable, you have several options to display the hidden text. Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Als u tekst heeft die verborgen was door een voorwaarde met een variabele te definiëren, heeft u er verschillende opties om deze tekst weer te geven. Kies één van de volgende:"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text_display.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152777\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enable the check mark at <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Schakel het selectievakje bij <emph>Beeld - Verborgen alinea's</emph> in."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text_display.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153902\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Double-click in front of the variable that you used to define the condition for hiding the text, and enter a different value for the variable."
|
||
msgstr "Dubbelklik vóór de variabele die u gebruikt hebt om de voorwaarde voor het verbergen van de tekst te definiëren, en voer een andere waarde in voor de variabele."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text_display.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147114\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Double-click in front of the hidden text field or the hidden paragraph field, and change the condition statement."
|
||
msgstr "Dubbelklik vóór het verborgen tekst- of alineaveld, en wijzig de voorwaarde-instructie."
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text_display.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1865901\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Hiding Text</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Tekst verbergen\">Tekst verbergen</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: hidden_text_display.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147029\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of Operators\">List of Operators</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"Lijst met operatoren\">Lijst met operatoren</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: hyperlinks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator"
|
||
msgstr "Hyperlinks invoegen met de Navigator"
|
||
|
||
#: hyperlinks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155845\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>hyperlinks; inserting from Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; hyperlinks from Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting with Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Navigator;inserting hyperlinks</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>hyperlinks; invoegen uit Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>invoegen; hyperlinks uit Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kruisverwijzingen; invoegen uit Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Navigator;invoegen hyperlinks</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: hyperlinks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155845\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"hyperlinks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator\">Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"hyperlinks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp\" name=\"Hyperlinks invoegen met de Navigator\">Hyperlinks invoegen met de Navigator</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: hyperlinks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155858\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can insert a cross-reference as a hyperlink in your document using the Navigator. You can even cross-reference items from other <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> documents. If you click the hyperlink when the document is opened in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>, you are taken to the cross-referenced item."
|
||
msgstr "Met behulp van de Navigator kunt u een kruisverwijzing als hyperlink in uw document invoegen. U kunt zelfs een kruisverwijzing maken voor items uit andere <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>-documenten. Als u op de hyperlink klikt wanneer het document in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> geopend is, wordt u naar het item geleid waarvoor die kruisverwijzing gemaakt is."
|
||
|
||
#: hyperlinks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149833\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Open the document(s) containing the items you want to cross-reference."
|
||
msgstr "Open het/de document(en) die de items bevatten waarvoor u een kruisverwijzing wilt maken."
|
||
|
||
#: hyperlinks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148846\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the Standard bar, click the <emph>Navigator</emph> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Klik het pictogram <emph>Navigator</emph> aan op de werkbalk Standaard."
|
||
|
||
#: hyperlinks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156108\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drag Mode</item> icon, and ensure that <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert as Hyperlink</item> is selected."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de pijl naast het pictogram <item type=\"menuitem\">Sleepmodus</item> en zorg ervoor dat <item type=\"menuitem\">Als hyperlink invoegen</item> geselecteerd is."
|
||
|
||
#: hyperlinks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153396\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the list at the bottom of the Navigator, select the document containing the item that you want to cross-reference."
|
||
msgstr "In de lijst onder aan de Navigator selecteert u het document met het item waarvoor u een kruisverwijzing wilt maken."
|
||
|
||
#: hyperlinks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153416\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the Navigator list, click the plus sign next to the item that you want to insert as a hyperlink."
|
||
msgstr "In de Navigator-lijst klikt u op het plusteken naast het item dat u als hyperlink wilt invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: hyperlinks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153133\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Drag the item to where you want to insert the hyperlink in the document."
|
||
msgstr "Sleep het item naar de plaats waar u de hyperlink in het document wilt invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: hyperlinks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149635\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The name of the item is inserted in the document as an underlined hyperlink."
|
||
msgstr "De naam van het item wordt als een onderstreepte hyperlink in het document ingevoegd."
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words"
|
||
msgstr "Woordafbreking van bepaalde woorden voorkomen"
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149695\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>hyphenation;preventing for specific words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>words;wrapping/not wrapping in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>switching off;hyphenation for specific words</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>woordafbreking;voorkomen voor bepaalde woorden</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>woorden;doorlopen/niet doorlopen in tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>uitschakelen;afbreken voor bepaalde woorden</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149695\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"hyphen_prevent\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp\" name=\"Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words\">Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"hyphen_prevent\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp\" name=\"Afbreken van bepaalde woorden voorkomen\">Afbreken van bepaalde woorden voorkomen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5640125\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If your text is <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\">automatically hyphenated</link> and certain hyphenated words look ugly, or if you want specific words never to be hyphenated you can switch off hyphenation for those words:"
|
||
msgstr "Als uw tekst <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\">automatisch werd afgebroken</link> en bepaalde woorden lelijk afgebroken zijn, of als u sommige woorden nooit wilt laten afbreken dan kunt u het afbreken van die woorden uit zetten:"
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153634\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>"
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Voorkeuren</caseinline><defaultinline>Extra - Opties</defaultinline></switchinline> - Taalinstellingen - Linguïstiek</emph>"
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153658\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select a dictionary in the <emph>User-defined dictionary </emph>list, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer een woordenlijst in de lijst <emph>Gebruikerswoordenlijsten</emph> en klik dan op <emph>Bewerken</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147125\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If the list is empty, click <emph>New</emph> to create a dictionary."
|
||
msgstr "Als de lijst leeg is, klikt u op <emph>Nieuw</emph> om een woordenlijst te maken."
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150218\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the<emph> Word</emph> box, type the word you want to exclude from hyphenation, followed by an equal sign (=), for example, \"pretentious=\"."
|
||
msgstr "In het vak<emph> Woord</emph> typt u het woord dat u niet wilt afbreken, gevolgd door een gelijkteken (=), bijvoorbeeld 'pretentieus='."
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150247\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>New</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>Nieuw</emph> en dan op <emph>Sluiten</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147036\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To quickly exclude a word from hyphenation, select the word, choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>, click the <emph>Font </emph>tab, and select \"None\" in the <emph>Language </emph>box."
|
||
msgstr "Wilt u snel voorkomen dat een woord afgebroken wordt, dan selecteert u dat woord, kiest u <emph>Opmaak - Teken</emph>, klikt u op de tab <emph>Lettertype</emph>, en selecteert u 'Geen' in het vak <emph>Taal</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id0302200910262761\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Some words contain special characters that %PRODUCTNAME treats as a hyphen. If you do not want such words to be hyphenated, you can insert a special code that prevents hyphenation at the position where the special code is inserted. Proceed as follows:"
|
||
msgstr "Sommige woorden bevatten speciale tekens die %PRODUCTNAME als afbreekstreepje behandelt. Als u niet wilt dat dergelijke woorden afgebroken worden, kunt u een speciale code invoeren die afbreking voorkomt op de positie waar de speciale code is ingevoegd. Doe het volgende:"
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id0302200910262850\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enable the special features of complex text layout (CTL) languages: Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - Language Settings - Languages</item> and check <emph>Enabled for complex text layout (CTL)</emph>. Click OK."
|
||
msgstr "Inschakelen van de speciale mogelijkheden voor talen met complexe tekstlay-out (CTL): Kies <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Voorkeuren</caseinline><defaultinline>Extra - Opties</defaultinline></switchinline> - Taalinstellingen - Talen</item> en selecteer <emph>Ingeschakeld voor complexe tekstlay-out (CTL)</emph>. Klik op OK."
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id0302200910262837\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Position the cursor at the place where no hyphenation should occur."
|
||
msgstr "Plaats de cursor op de plaats waar geen afbreking zou mogen komen."
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id0302200910262867\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Formatting Mark - No-width no break</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen - Opmaakmarkering - Geen breedte, geen afbreking</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id0302200910572128\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Once the special character is inserted, you might disable CTL again. Support of CTL was only necessary to insert the special character."
|
||
msgstr "Als het speciale teken eenmaal is ingevoegd kunt u de CTL weer uitschakelen. Ondersteuning van CTL was alleen nodig om het speciale teken in te voegen."
|
||
|
||
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154361\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Tekstverloop\">Tekstverloop</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: indenting.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indenting.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Indenting Paragraphs"
|
||
msgstr "Inspringende alinea's"
|
||
|
||
#: indenting.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indenting.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155869\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>formatting; indenting paragraphs</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indents;in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs; indents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hanging indents in paragraphs</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>right indents in paragraphs</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines of text; indents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;indents</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>opmaak; inspringende alinea's</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inspringingen; in tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>alinea's; inspringingen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hangende inspringingen in alinea's</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inspringingen na tekst in alinea's</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstregels; inspringingen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>aanpassen;inspringingen</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: indenting.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indenting.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id129398\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"indenting\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp\">Indenting Paragraphs</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"indenting\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp\">Inspringende alinea's</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: indenting.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indenting.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5589159\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the measurement units, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</item>, and then select a new measurement unit in the Settings area."
|
||
msgstr "Om de maateenheden te wijzigen, kies <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Voorkeuren</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Extra - Opties</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Algemeen</item> en selecteer de nieuwe maateenheden in het gedeelte Instellingen."
|
||
|
||
#: indenting.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indenting.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id9936216\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can change the indents for the current paragraph, or for all selected paragraphs, or for a Paragraph Style."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt de inspringingen voor de huidige alinea, voor alle geselecteerde alinea's of voor een alinea-opmaakprofiel wijzigen."
|
||
|
||
#: indenting.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indenting.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7953123\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\">set indents using the ruler</link>. To display the ruler, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Ruler</item>."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt ook <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\"> inspringingen instellen met behulp van de liniaal</link>. Kies, om de liniaal weer te geven, <item type=\"menuitem\">Beeld - Liniaal.</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: indenting.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indenting.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4013794\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</item> to change the indents for the current paragraph or for all selected paragraphs. You can also <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\">set indents using the ruler</link>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaak - Alinea - Inspringingen en afstanden</item> om de inspringingen voor de huidige alinea of voor alle geselecteerde alinea's aan te passen. U kunt ook <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\"> inspringingen instellen met behulp van de liniaal</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: indenting.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indenting.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1631824\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click a paragraph and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Paragraph Style - Indents & Spacing</item> to change the indents for all paragraphs that have the same Paragraph Style."
|
||
msgstr "Klik met rechts op een alinea en kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Alinea-opmaakprofiel bewerken - Inspringingen en afstanden</item> om de inspringingen voor alle alinea's met hetzelfde alinea-opmaakprofiel te wijzigen."
|
||
|
||
#: indenting.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indenting.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7271645\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Indents are calculated with respect to the left and right page margins. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number."
|
||
msgstr "Inspringingen worden berekend rekening houdend met de linker- en rechterpaginamarges. Voer een negatief getal in als u de alinea buiten de paginamarges wilt laten uitsteken."
|
||
|
||
#: indenting.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indenting.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2136295\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The indents are different regarding the writing direction. For example, look at the <item type=\"menuitem\">Before text </item>indent value in left-to-right languages. The left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In right-to-left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin."
|
||
msgstr "De inspringingen zijn verschillend, afhankelijk van de schrijfrichting. Kijk, bijvoorbeeld, naar de waarde van de inspringing <item type=\"menuitem\">Vóór tekst</item> in van-links-naar-rechts talen. De linker rand van de alinea wordt ingesprongen in verhouding tot de marge van de linkerpagina. In van-rechts-naar-links talen wordt de rechter rand van de alinea ingesprongen in verhouding tot de marge van de rechterpagina."
|
||
|
||
#: indenting.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indenting.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4186223\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "For a hanging indent, enter a positive value for <item type=\"menuitem\">Before text</item> and a negative value for <item type=\"menuitem\">First line</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Voer, voor een hangende inspringing, een positieve waarde in achter <item type=\"menuitem\">Vóór tekst</item> en een negatieve waarde achter <item type=\"menuitem\">Eerste regel</item>\"."
|
||
|
||
#: indenting.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indenting.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1491134\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">Opmaak - Alinea's - Inspringingen en afstanden</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_delete.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries"
|
||
msgstr "Items in index of inhoudsopgave bewerken of verwijderen"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_delete.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155186\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;entries of indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;table/index entries</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>indices; items bewerken of verwijderen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inhoudsopgave; items bewerken of verwijderen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>verwijderen;items van indices/inhoudsopgaven</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bewerken;items in inhoudsopgave/index</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_delete.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155186\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp\" name=\"Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries\">Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp\" name=\"Items in index of inhoudsopgave bewerken of verwijderen\">Items in index of inhoudsopgave bewerken of verwijderen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_delete.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155855\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Index entries are inserted as fields into your document. To view fields in your document, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View</item> and ensure that <item type=\"menuitem\">Field Shadings</item> is selected."
|
||
msgstr "Indexitems worden als velden in uw document ingevoegd. Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Beeld</item> en controleer dat <item type=\"menuitem\">Veldarceringen</item> geselecteerd is om velden in uw document te kunnen bekijken."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_delete.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155507\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor immediately in front of the index entry in your document."
|
||
msgstr "Zet de cursor vlak voor het indexitem in uw document."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_delete.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155526\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Reference - Index Entry...</emph>, and do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: indices_delete.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154238\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the entry, enter different text in the <emph>Entry</emph> box."
|
||
msgstr "Voer in het tekstvak <emph>Invoer</emph> de tekst in waardoor het item moet worden vervangen."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_delete.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154263\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To remove the entry, click <emph>Delete</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>Verwijderen</emph> om het item te verwijderen."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_delete.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155893\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To cycle through the index entries in your document, click the next or the previous arrows in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp\" name=\"Edit Index Entry dialog\"><emph>Edit Index Entry</emph> dialog</link>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de pijlen voor volgende en vorige in het dialoogvenster <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp\" name=\"Indexitem bewerken\"><emph>Indexitem bewerken</emph></link> om door de indexitems van uw document te gaan."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents"
|
||
msgstr "Indices en inhoudsopgaven vernieuwen, bewerken en verwijderen"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149695\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; editing/updating/deleting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing and deleting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>indices; bewerken/bijwerken/verwijderen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inhoudsopgaven; bewerken en verwijderen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bijwerken;indices/inhoudsopgaven</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bewerken;indices/inhoudsopgaven</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>verwijderen;indices/inhoudsopgaven</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149695\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp\" name=\"Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents\">Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp\" name=\"Indices en inhoudsopgaven bijwerken, bewerken en verwijderen\">Indices en inhoudsopgaven bijwerken, bewerken en verwijderen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155856\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor in the index or table of contents."
|
||
msgstr "Plaats de cursor in de index/inhoudsopgave."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155871\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you cannot place your cursor in the index or table of contents, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</item>, and then select <item type=\"menuitem\">Enable cursor</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Protected Areas</item> section."
|
||
msgstr "Kies, als u de cursor niet in de index of inhoudsopgave kunt plaatsen, <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Voorkeuren</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Extra - Opties</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Opmaakhulp</item>, en selecteer dan <item type=\"menuitem\">Cursor gebruiken</item> in de sectie <item type=\"menuitem\">Beveiligde gebieden</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154248\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click and choose an editing option from the menu."
|
||
msgstr "Rechtsklik en kies een bewerkoptie uit het menu."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155872\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also make changes directly to an index or table of contents. Right-click in the index or table of contents, choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>, click <emph>Type</emph> tab, and then clear the <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph> check box."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt ook direct wijzigingen aanbrengen in een index of inhoudsopgave. Klik met rechts in de index of inhoudsopgave, kies <emph>Index of inhoudsopgave bewerken</emph>, klik op tabblad <emph>Type</emph> en verwijder het vinkje uit het vak <emph>Beveiligd tegen handmatig wijzigen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries"
|
||
msgstr "Items in index of inhoudsopgave definiëren"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149689\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; defining entries in</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; defining entries in</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>entries; defining in indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>registers; items definiëren in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inhoudsopgaven; items definiëren in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>items; definiëren in registers/inhoudsopgaven</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149689\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp\" name=\"Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries\">Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp\" name=\"Items in index of inhoudsopgave definiëren\">Items in index of inhoudsopgave definiëren</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155862\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Define Index Entries"
|
||
msgstr "Zo definieert u items voor registers:"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156380\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in a word, or select the words in your document that you want to use as an index entry."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in een woord, of selecteer de woorden in uw document die u als een indexitem wilt gebruiken."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147409\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</item>, and do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen - Inhoudsopgave en index - Index item</item>, en doe één van de volgende handelingen:"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153417\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the text that appears in the index, type the text that you want in the <emph>Entry</emph> box. The text that you type here does not replace the selected text in the document."
|
||
msgstr "Om de tekst die in het register verschijnt te wijzigen, typt u de tekst die u wilt in het vakje <emph>Invoer</emph>. De tekst die u hier typt vervangt niet de geselecteerde tekst in het document."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154258\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To add an index mark to similar words in your document, select <emph>Apply to all similar texts</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Om een register toe te voegen markeert u gelijke woorden in uw document en selecteert u <emph>Toepassen op alle gelijke tekst</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155889\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To add the entries to a custom index, click the <emph>New User-defined Index</emph> icon, enter the name of the index, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Om de items aan een eigen register toe te voegen, klikt u op het pictogram <emph>Nieuw gebruiker-gedefinieerd register</emph> voer de naam in van het register en klik daarna op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147119\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Define Table of Contents Entries"
|
||
msgstr "Zo definieert u items in inhoudsopgaven:"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147132\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents."
|
||
msgstr "De beste manier om een inhoudsopgave te genereren is door de vooraf gedefinieerde opmaakprofielen voor kopalinea's toe te passen, zoals \"Kop 1\", op de alinea's die u in uw inhoudsopgave wilt opnemen."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3150230\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Use a Custom Paragraph Style as a Table of Contents Entry"
|
||
msgstr "Zo gebruikt u een aangepast alinea-opmaakprofiel als item voor een inhoudsopgave:"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150933\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - </item><item type=\"menuitem\">Chapter</item><item type=\"menuitem\"> Numbering</item> and click the <emph>Numbering</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Extra - </item><item type=\"menuitem\">Hoofdstuk</item><item type=\"menuitem\">Nummering</item> en klik de tab <emph>Nummering.</emph>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150964\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the paragraph style that you want to include in your table of contents in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer het alinea-opmaakprofiel dat u in uw inhoudsopgave wilt opnemen in het vak <emph>Alinea-opmaakprofiel</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150523\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Level</emph> list, click the hierarchical level that you want to apply the paragraph style to."
|
||
msgstr "In de lijst <emph>Niveau</emph> klikt u op het hiërarchische niveau waarop u het alinea-opmaakprofiel wilt toepassen."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_enter.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153730\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>. You can now apply the style to headings in your document and include them in your table of contents."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>. U kunt het opmaakprofiel nu op koppen in uw document toepassen en ze in uw inhoudsopgave opnemen."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents"
|
||
msgstr "Een index of inhoudsopgave opmaken"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155855\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing; index format</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>entries; in tables of contents, as hyperlinks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; hyperlinks as entries</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hyperlinks; in tables of contents and indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;indexes and tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>registers; opmaken</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bewerken; indexopmaak</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inhoudsopgaven; opmaak</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>items; in inhoudsopgaven, als hyperlinks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inhoudsopgaven; hyperlinks als items</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hyperlinks; in inhoudsopgaven en registers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opmaak;registers en inhoudsopgaven</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155855\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_form\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp\" name=\"Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents\">Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_form\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp\" name=\"Een index of inhoudsopgave opmaken\">Een index of inhoudsopgave opmaken</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154259\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can apply different paragraph styles, assign hyperlinks to entries, change the layout of indexes, and change the background color of indexes in the <emph>Insert Index</emph> dialog."
|
||
msgstr "In het dialoogvenster <emph>Index invoegen</emph> kunt u verschillende alinea-opmaakprofielen toepassen, hyperlinks aan items toewijzen, en de lay-out en achtergrondkleur van indices wijzigen."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155888\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Apply a Different Paragraph Style to an Index Level"
|
||
msgstr "Zo kunt u een ander alinea-opmaakprofiel op een indexniveau toepassen:"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147110\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click in the index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik met de rechtermuisknop in de index of inhoudsopgave en kies dan <emph>Index of inhoudsopgave bewerken</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147135\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Styles </emph>tab."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de tab <emph>Opmaakprofielen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150229\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click an index level in the <emph>Levels </emph>list."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op een indexniveau in de lijst <emph>Niveaus</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150934\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the style that you want to apply in the <emph>Paragraph Style </emph>list."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in de lijst <emph>Alinea-opmaakprofiel</emph> op het opmaakprofiel dat u wilt toepassen."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150960\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the assign button <emph><</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de knop Toewijzen <emph><</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150516\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3146878\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Assign Hyperlinks to Entries in a Table of Contents"
|
||
msgstr "Zo kunt u hyperlinks toewijzen aan items in een inhoudsopgave:"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3146890\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can assign a cross-reference as a hyperlink to entries in a table of contents."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt een kruisverwijzing als hyperlink toewijzen aan items in een inhoudsopgave."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150712\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click in the table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik met de rechtermuisknop in de inhoudsopgave en kies dan <emph>Index of inhoudsopgave bewerken</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150738\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de tab <emph>Items</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148399\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item> list click the heading level that you want to assign hyperlinks to."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in de lijst <item type=\"menuitem\">Niveau</item> op het kopniveau waaraan u hyperlinks wilt toewijzen."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148424\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Structure </emph>area, click in the box in front of <emph>E#</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in het gebied <emph>Structuur</emph> in het vak vóór <emph>E#</emph>, en klik dan op <emph>Hyperlink</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153171\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the box behind the <emph>E</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in het vak achter de <emph>E</emph> en klik dan op <emph>Hyperlink</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_form.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_form.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147060\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Repeat for each heading level that you want to create hyperlinks for, or click the <item type=\"menuitem\">All</item> button to apply the formatting to all levels."
|
||
msgstr "Herhaal deze stappen voor elk kopniveau waarvoor u hyperlinks wilt maken, of klik op de knop <item type=\"menuitem\">Alle niveaus</item> om de opmaak op alle niveaus toe te passen."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_index.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_index.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Creating Alphabetical Indexes"
|
||
msgstr "Trefwoordenregisters maken"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_index.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_index.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155911\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>concordance files;indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indexes; alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>concordantiebestanden;registers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>registers; trefwoordenregisters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>trefwoordenregisters</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_index.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_index.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155911\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_index\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp\" name=\"Creating Alphabetical Indexes\">Creating Alphabetical Indexes</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_index\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp\" name=\"Creating Alphabetical Indexes\">Trefwoordenregisters maken</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_index.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_index.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154233\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert the index."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in uw document op de plaats waar u de index wilt invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_index.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_index.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154252\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Inhoudsopgave en registers - Inhoudsopgave, index of woordenlijst</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_index.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_index.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155884\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <emph>Type</emph> tab, select \"Alphabetical Index\" in the <emph>Type</emph> box."
|
||
msgstr "Op het tabblad <emph>Type</emph> selecteert u \"Trefwoordenregister\" in het vak <emph>Type</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_index.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_index.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147114\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want to use a concordance file, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Concordance file</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> area, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">File</item> button, and then locate an existing file or create a new concordance file."
|
||
msgstr "Als u een concordantiebestand wilt gebruiken, selecteert u <item type=\"menuitem\">Concordantiebestand</item> in het gebied <item type=\"menuitem\">Opties</item>, klikt u op de knop <item type=\"menuitem\">Bestand</item> en zoekt u een bestaand bestand of maakt u een nieuw concordantiebestand."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_index.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_index.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150223\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Set the formatting options for the index, either on the current tab, or on any of the other tabs of this dialog. For example, if you want to use single letter headings in your index, click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab, and then select <emph>Alphabetical delimiter</emph>. To change the formatting of levels in the index, click the <emph>Styles</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt de opmaakopties voor de index instellen op het huidige tabblad of op een ander tabblad van dit dialoogvenster. Als u bijvoorbeeld koppen met één letter in uw index wilt gebruiken, klikt u op de tab <emph>Items</emph> en selecteert u <emph>Alfabetisch scheidingsteken</emph>. Wilt u de opmaak van niveaus in de index wijzigen, dan klikt u op de tab <emph>Opmaakprofielen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_index.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_index.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150946\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_index.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_index.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150502\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To update the index, right-click in the index, and then choose <emph>Update Index or Table of Contents</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Als u de index wilt bijwerken, klikt u met de rechtermuisknop in de index en kiest u <emph>Index of inhoudsopgave bijwerken</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_index.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_index.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152760\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp\" name=\"Creating a concordance file\">Creating a concordance file</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp\" name=\"Een concordantiebestand maken\">Een concordantiebestand maken</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Creating a Bibliography"
|
||
msgstr "Een literatuurlijsten maken"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149687\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>databases;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>entries;bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>storing bibliographic information</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>registers;literatuurlijsten maken</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>databases;literatuurlijsten maken</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>literatuurlijsten</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>items;literatuurlijsten</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>opslaan van bibliografische gegevens</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149687\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_literature\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Bibliography\">Creating a Bibliography</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_literature\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Een literatuurlijst maken\">Een literatuurlijst maken</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155864\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A bibliography is a list of works that you reference in a document."
|
||
msgstr "Een literatuurlijst is een lijst met werken waarnaar u in een document verwijst."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153402\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Storing Bibliographic Information"
|
||
msgstr "Literatuurlijsten opslaan"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153414\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "$[officename] stores bibliographic information in a bibliography database, or in an individual document."
|
||
msgstr "$[officename] slaat bibliografische gegevens op in een literatuurdatabase, of in een apart document."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154244\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Store Information in the Bibliography Database"
|
||
msgstr "Zo kunt u gegevens in de literatuurlijstdatabase opslaan:"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155872\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/02250000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Bibliography Database\"><emph>Tools - Bibliography Database</emph></link>"
|
||
msgstr "Kies <link href=\"text/shared/01/02250000.xhp\" name=\"Extra - Literatuurlijstdatabase\"><emph>Extra - Literatuurlijstdatabase</emph></link>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155900\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Record</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Record</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147123\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item> box, and then add additional information to the record in the remaining boxes."
|
||
msgstr "Typ in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Beknopte aanduiding</item> een naam voor het literatuurlijstitem, en voeg dan in de resterende vakken aanvullende informatie toe aan de record."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150219\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Close the <item type=\"menuitem\">Bibliography Database</item> window."
|
||
msgstr "Sluit het venster <item type=\"menuitem\">Literatuurlijstdatabase</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3150242\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Store Bibliographic Information in an Individual Document"
|
||
msgstr "Zo kunt u literatuurlijsten in een apart document opslaan:"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150945\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in uw document op de plaats waar u het item voor de literatuurlijst wilt invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150964\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry\"><emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry</emph></link>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry\"><emph>Invoegen - Inhoudsopgave en index - Item literatuurlijst</emph></link>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150525\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select <emph>From document content</emph> and click <emph>New</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer <emph>Uit documentinhoud</emph> en klik op <emph>Nieuw</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153738\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Typ een naam voor het literatuurlijstitem in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Beknopte aanduiding</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153763\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the publication source for the record in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> box, and then add additional information in the remaining boxes."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de bron voor de publicatie voor de record in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Type </item> en voeg dan aanvullende informatie in de resterende vakken in."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3146873\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3146897\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert Bibliography Entry</item> dialog, click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>, and then <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
|
||
msgstr "In het dialoogvenster <item type=\"menuitem\">Item voor literatuurlijst invoegen</item> klikt u op <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen</item> en dan op <item type=\"menuitem\">Sluiten</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3150741\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting Bibliography Entries From the Bibliography Database"
|
||
msgstr "Literatuurlijstitems uit de literatuurlijstdatabase invoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148402\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in uw document op de plaats waar u het item voor de literatuurlijst wilt invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148421\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Inhoudsopgave en registers - Item literatuurlijst</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153231\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select <emph>From bibliography database</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer <emph>Uit literatuurdatabase</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147059\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the name of the bibliography entry that you want to insert in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Beknopte aanduiding</item> de naam van het literatuurlijstitem dat u wilt invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147085\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>Invoegen</emph> en klik dan op <emph>Sluiten</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156060\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Bibliography Database\">Bibliography Database</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Bibliography Database\">Literatuurdatabase</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_literature.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6367076\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Some external tools exist that can interact with %PRODUCTNAME. One example is called <link href=\"http://bibus-biblio.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page\">Bibus</link>."
|
||
msgstr "Er bestaan enkele externe hulpmiddelen die kunnen samenwerken met %PRODUCTNAME. Eén voorbeeld is <link href=\"http://bibus-biblio.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page\">Bibus</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_multidoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Indexes Covering Several Documents"
|
||
msgstr "Indices over meerdere documenten"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_multidoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3153418\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes;multiple documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>multiple documents;indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>merging;indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>master documents;indexes</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>indexen;meerdere documenten</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>meerdere documenten;indexen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>samenvoegen;indexen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hoofddocumenten;indexen</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_multidoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153418\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_multidoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp\" name=\"Indexes Covering Several Documents\">Indexes Covering Several Documents</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_multidoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp\" name=\"Indices over meerdere documenten\">Indices over meerdere documenten</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_multidoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155872\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "There are several ways to create an index that spans several documents:"
|
||
msgstr "Er zijn verschillende manieren om een index over meerder documenten te maken:"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_multidoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155895\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Create an <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index in each individual document\">index in each individual document</link>, copy and paste the indexes into a single document, and then edit them."
|
||
msgstr "Maak een <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index in elk individueel document\">index in elk individueel document</link>, kopieer en plak de indices naar een document, en bewerk ze."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_multidoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147118\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select each index, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Section</item></link>, and then enter a name for the index. In a separate document, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Section</item>, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Browse</item> button, and then locate and insert a named index section."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer elke index, kies <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Invoegen - Sectie\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen - Sectie</item></link> en voer dan een naam in voor de index. Kies in een apart document <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen - Sectie</item>, selecteer <item type=\"menuitem\">Koppeling</item>, klik op de bladerknop (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>), zoek een benoemde indexsectie en voeg deze in."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_multidoc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150230\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Create a <link href=\"text/shared/01/01010001.xhp\" name=\"master document\">master document</link>, add as subdocuments the files that you want to include in the index, and then choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Maak een <link href=\"text/shared/01/01010001.xhp\" name=\"hoofddocument\">hoofddocument</link>, voeg de bestanden toe die u in de index als subdocumenten wilt opnemen, en kies dan <emph>Invoegen - Inhoudsopgave en registers - Inhoudsopgave en registers</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_toc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Creating a Table of Contents"
|
||
msgstr "Een inhoudsopgave maken"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_toc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3147104\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables of contents; creating and updating</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating; tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>inhoudsopgaven; maken en bijwerken</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bijwerken; inhoudsopgaven</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_toc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147104\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_toc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Table of Contents\">Creating a Table of Contents</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_toc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp\" name=\"Een inhoudsopgave maken\">Een inhoudsopgave maken</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_toc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150942\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents. After you apply these styles, you can then create a table of contents."
|
||
msgstr "De beste manier om een inhoudsopgave te genereren is door de vooraf gedefinieerde opmaakprofielen voor kopalinea's toe te passen, zoals 'Kop 1', op de alinea's die u in uw inhoudsopgave wilt opnemen. Nadat u deze opmaakprofielen hebt toegepast, kunt u een inhoudsopgave maken."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_toc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id5876949\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert a Table of Contents"
|
||
msgstr "Een inhoudsopgave invoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_toc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150510\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in your document where you want to create the table of contents."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in uw document op de plaats waar u de inhoudsopgave wilt maken."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_toc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150528\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" name=\"Type\"><emph>Type</emph></link> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Inhoudsopgave en index - Inhoudsopgave, index of woordenlijst</emph> en klik op het tabblad <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" name=\"Type\"><emph>Type.</emph></link>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_toc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153746\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select \"Table of Contents\" in the <emph>Type</emph> box."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer 'Inhoudsopgave' in het vak <emph>Type</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_toc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3146856\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select any options that you want."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de gewenste opties."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_toc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3146872\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_toc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3146896\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Additional Styles</item> check box in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Create from</item> area, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Assign styles</item> button next to the check box. In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Assign Styles</item> dialog, click the style in the list, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item> or the <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item> button to define the chapter level for the paragraph style."
|
||
msgstr "Als u een ander alinea-opmaakprofiel als item in de inhoudsopgave wilt gebruiken, selecteert u <item type=\"menuitem\">Extra opmaakprofielen</item> in het gebied <item type=\"menuitem\">Maken uit</item> en klikt u op de knop <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaakprofielen toewijzen</item>) naast het keuzevak. Klik, in het dialoogvenster <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaakprofielen toewijzen</item>, op het opmaakprofiel in de lijst en dan op de knop <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item>of <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item> om het overzichtsniveau voor het alinea-opmaakprofiel te definiëren."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_toc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153148\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Update a Table of Contents"
|
||
msgstr "Een inhoudsopgave bijwerken"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_toc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153161\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "U kunt één van het volgende doen:"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_toc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153183\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click in the table of contents and choose <emph>Update Index or Table of Contents</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik met rechts in de inhoudsopgave en kies <emph>Index of inhoudsopgave bijwerken</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_toc.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147066\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Update - All Indexes and Tables</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Extra - Bijwerken - Inhoudsopgaven en registers</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "User-Defined Indexes"
|
||
msgstr "Gebruikergedefinieerde indices"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3154896\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; creating user-defined indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>user-defined indexes</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>indexen; gebruikergedefinieerde indexen maken</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>gebruikergedefinieerde indexen</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154896\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_userdef\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp\" name=\"User-Defined Indexes\">User-Defined Indexes</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_userdef\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp\" name=\"User-Defined Indexes\">Gebruikergedefinieerde indices</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155184\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can create as many user-defined indexes as you want."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt zoveel gebruikergedefinieerde indices maken als u wilt."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155915\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Create a User-Defined Index"
|
||
msgstr "Een gebruikergedefinieerde index maken"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155867\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select a word or words that you want to add to a user-defined index."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer een woord of woorden die u aan een gebruikergedefinieerde index wilt toevoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153410\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Inhoudsopgave en index - Indexitem</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154248\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">New User-defined Index</item> button next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Index</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de knop <item type=\"menuitem\">Nieuwe gebruikergedefinieerde index</item> naast het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Index</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155886\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type a name for the index in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Typ een naam voor de index in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Naam</item> en klik op <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147114\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> to add the selected word(s) to the new index."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen</item> om het/de geselecteerde woord(en) aan de nieuwe index toe te voegen."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147139\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <item type=\"menuitem\">Sluiten</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3150231\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert a User-Defined Index"
|
||
msgstr "Een gebruikergedefinieerde index invoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150933\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the index."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in het document op de plaats waar u de index wilt invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150952\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Inhoudsopgave en index - Inhoudsopgave, index of woordenlijst</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150509\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> tab, select the name of the user-defined index that you created in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer op het tabblad <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> de naam van de gebruikergedefinieerde index die u in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Type </item>hebt gemaakt."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3146881\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select any options that you want."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de gewenste opties."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3146897\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: indices_userdef.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150720\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Additional styles</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Assign styles</item> button next to the box. Click the style in the list, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item> or the <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item> button to define the chapter level for the paragraph style."
|
||
msgstr "Als u een ander alinea-opmaakprofiel als item in de inhoudsopgave wilt gebruiken, selecteert u <item type=\"menuitem\">Extra opmaakprofielen</item> en klikt u op de knop <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaakprofielen toewijzen</item>) naast het vak. Klik op het opmaakprofiel in de lijst, en dan op de knop <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item>of <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item> om het overzichtsniveau voor het alinea-opmaakprofiel te definiëren."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_beforetable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_beforetable.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page"
|
||
msgstr "Alinea's Invoegen Vóór Tabellen aan het Begin van een Pagina"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_beforetable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_beforetable.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149688\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables;start/end of document</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs;inserting before/after tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;paragraphs before/after tables</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabellen;begin/eind van document</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>alinea's;invoegen vóór/na tabellen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>invoegen;alinea's vóór/na tabellen</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_beforetable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_beforetable.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149688\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_beforetable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page\">Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_beforetable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp\" name=\"Tekst invoegen vóór een tabel boven aan een pagina\">Tekst invoegen vóór een tabel boven aan een pagina</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_beforetable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_beforetable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155923\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want to insert text before a table that is at the top of a page, click in the first cell of the table, in front of any contents of that cell, and then press <item type=\"keycode\">Enter</item> or <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"keycode\">Option</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"keycode\">Alt</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"keycode\">+Enter</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in de eerste cel van de tabel, vóór de eventuele inhoud van die cel, en druk dan op <item type=\"keycode\">Enter</item> or <item type=\"keycode\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter</item> als u tekst wilt invoeren vóór een tabel die aan de bovenkant van een pagina staat."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_beforetable.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_beforetable.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10612\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To insert text after a table at the end of the document, go to the last cell of the table and press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"keycode\">Option</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"keycode\">Alt</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"keycode\">+Enter</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Om tekst na een tabel aan het einde van een document in te voegen, ga naar de laatste cel van de tabel en druk op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"keycode\">Optie</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"keycode\">Alt</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"keycode\">+Enter</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting Graphics"
|
||
msgstr "Afbeeldingen invoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3154922\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; inserting pictures in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>images; inserting in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting options</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; afbeeldingen invoegen in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afbeeldingen; in tekst invoegen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>invoegen; afbeeldingen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afbeeldingen; invoegopties</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154922\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics\">Inserting Graphics</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp\" name=\"Afbeeldingen invoegen\">Afbeeldingen invoegen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149695\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "There are several ways to insert a graphic object in a text document."
|
||
msgstr "Er zijn verschillende manieren om een afbeelding in een tekstdocument in te voegen."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting a Graphic From a File"
|
||
msgstr "Afbeeldingen invoegen vanuit een bestand"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3154896\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>pictures; inserting by dialog</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; pictures, by dialog</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>afbeeldingen; via dialoogvenster invoegen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>invoegen; afbeeldingen, via dialoogvenster</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154896\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Graphic From a File\">Inserting a Graphic From a File</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Een afbeelding uit een bestand invoegen\">Een afbeelding uit een bestand invoegen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155914\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the graphic."
|
||
msgstr "Plaats de cursor op de positie in het document waar u de afbeelding wilt invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155864\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/04140000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Image - From File\"><emph>Insert - Image - From File</emph></link>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <link href=\"text/shared/01/04140000.xhp\" name=\"Invoegen - Afbeelding - Uit bestand\"><emph>Invoegen - Afbeelding - Uit bestand</emph></link>."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156021\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Locate the graphic file that you want to insert, and then click <emph>Open</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de gewenste afbeelding en klik op <emph>Openen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153396\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "By default, the inserted graphic is centered above the paragraph that you clicked in."
|
||
msgstr "Standaard wordt de afbeelding gecentreerd boven de actuele alinea ingevoegd."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document"
|
||
msgstr "Een Calc-grafiek in een tekstdocument invoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3152999\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>charts;copying from Calc into Writer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying; charts from $[officename] Calc</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text documents;inserting Calc charts</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>diagrammen;van Calc naar Writer kopiëren</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kopiëren; diagrammen van $[officename] Calc</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstdocumenten; Calc-diagrammen invoegen</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3152999\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromchart\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document\">Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromchart\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\" name=\"Een Calc-grafiek in een tekstdocument invoegen\">Een Calc-grafiek in een tekstdocument invoegen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155890\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can insert a copy of a chart that is not updated when you modify the chart data in the spreadsheet."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt een kopie van een grafiek invoegen die niet bijgewerkt wordt wanneer u de grafiekgegevens in het werkblad wijzigt."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149054\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Open the text document that you want to copy the chart to."
|
||
msgstr "Open het tekstdocument waarin u de grafiek wilt kopiëren."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155854\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Open the spreadsheet containing the chart that you want to copy."
|
||
msgstr "Open het werkblad met de grafiek die u wilt kopiëren."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153396\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the spreadsheet, click the chart. Eight handles appear."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de grafiek in het werkblad. Er verschijnen nu acht grepen."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153414\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Drag the chart from the spreadsheet to the text document."
|
||
msgstr "Sleep de grafiek van het werkblad naar het tekstdocument."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145102\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can resize and move the chart in the text document as you would any object. To edit the chart data, double-click the chart."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt de grafiek net als elk ander object in het document vergroten, verkleinen en verplaatsen. Dubbelklik op de grafiek om de gegevens erin te bewerken."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress"
|
||
msgstr "Afbeeldingen uit $[officename] Draw of Impress invoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155917\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; inserting pictures from Draw</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting from Draw</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; afbeeldingen uit Draw invoegen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afbeeldingen; invoegen vanuit Draw</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155917\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromdraw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress\">Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromdraw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\" name=\"Afbeeldingen uit $[officename] Draw of Impress invoegen\">Afbeeldingen uit $[officename] Draw of Impress invoegen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153414\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Open the document where you want to insert the object."
|
||
msgstr "Open het document waarin u het object wilt invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149640\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Open the Draw or Impress document containing the object that you want to copy."
|
||
msgstr "Open het Draw- of Impress-document met het object dat u wilt kopiëren."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145098\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Hold down <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item> and click and hold the object for a moment."
|
||
msgstr "Houd <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item> ingedrukt, klik op het object en houd de muisknop ingedrukt."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156250\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Drag to the document where you want to insert the object."
|
||
msgstr "Sleep het object naar het document waar u het wilt invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop"
|
||
msgstr "Afbeeldingen uit de Galerij invoegen via slepen en neerzetten"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3145083\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting; from Gallery into text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting from Gallery into text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing;objects from Gallery</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>invoegen; uit Galerij in tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afbeeldingen; uit Galerij in tekst invoegen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vervangen;objecten uit Galerij</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145083\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_gallery\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop\">Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_gallery\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop\">Afbeeldingen uit de Galerij invoegen via slepen en neerzetten</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155907\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can drag-and-drop an object from the gallery into a text document, spreadsheet, drawing, or presentation."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt een afbeelding uit de galerij slepen en in een tekstdocument, werkblad, tekening of presentatie neerzetten."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155923\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To replace a gallery object that you inserted in a document, hold down Shift+Ctrl, and then drag a different gallery object onto the object."
|
||
msgstr "Wilt u een galerij-object vervangen dat u in een document hebt ingevoegd, houd dan Shift+Ctrl ingedrukt en sleep een ander galerij-object op het object."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting a Scanned Image"
|
||
msgstr "Een gescande afbeelding invoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3156017\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;scanned images</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures; scanning</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>scanning pictures</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>invoegen;gescande afbeeldingen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afbeeldingen; scannen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>scannen van afbeeldingen</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3156017\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_scan\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Scanned Image\">Inserting a Scanned Image</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_scan\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Scanned Image\">Een gescande afbeelding invoegen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149692\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To insert a scanned image, the scanner must be connected to your system and the scanner software drivers must be installed."
|
||
msgstr "De scanner moet op uw systeem aangesloten zijn en de toepasselijke softwarestuurprogramma's moeten geïnstalleerd zijn om een gescande afbeelding te kunnen invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155182\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">The scanner must support the TWAIN standard. </caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"UNIX\">The scanner must support the SANE standard.</caseinline></switchinline>"
|
||
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">De scanner moet de TWAIN-standaard ondersteunen. </caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"UNIX\">De scanner moet de SANE-standaard ondersteunen.</caseinline></switchinline>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155915\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the scanned image."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in het document op de plaats waar u de gescande afbeelding wilt invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155864\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/04060000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Media - Scan\"><emph>Insert - Media - Scan</emph></link>, and choose the scanning source from the submenu."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <link href=\"text/shared/01/04060000.xhp\" name=\"Invoegen - Media - Scannen\"><emph>Invoegen - Media - Scannen</emph></link> en kies de scanbron uit het submenu."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153416\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Follow the scanning instructions."
|
||
msgstr "Volg de scaninstructies."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists"
|
||
msgstr "Nummering via het Toetsenbord Veranderen"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3145078\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>tab stops; inserting in lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbering; changing the level of</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lists;changing levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>levels;changing outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bullet lists;changing levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lowering outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rising outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;outline levels</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabstops; invoegen in lijsten</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>nummering;niveau veranderen van</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lijsten;niveaus veranderen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>niveaus;overzichtsniveaus wijzigen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opsommingen;niveaus wijzigen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>verlagen van overzichtsniveaus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>verhogen van overzichtsniveaus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>wijzigen;overzichtsniveaus</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145078\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_tab_innumbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists\">Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_tab_innumbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\" name=\"Het overzichtsniveau van lijsten met nummering en opsommingstekens wijzigen\">Het overzichtsniveau van lijsten met nummering en opsommingstekens wijzigen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155909\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph down one outline level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Tab."
|
||
msgstr "Als u uw nummering een niveau naar beneden in de hiërarchie (ofwel verder naar rechts) wilt verplaatsen, plaats de cursor dan aan het begin van de genummerde alinea en druk op de Tab-toets."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155859\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph up one outline level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Shift+Tab."
|
||
msgstr "Druk Tab samen met Shift om een ingesprongen genummerde lijst of opsomming één niveau naar boven (naar links) te verplaatsen."
|
||
|
||
#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153403\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To insert a tab between the number or bullet and the paragraph text, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab."
|
||
msgstr "Als u een tab tussen het nummer of opsommingsteken en de alineatekst wilt invoegen, klikt u aan het begin van de alinea en drukt u vervolgens op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab."
|
||
|
||
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Combining Numbered Lists"
|
||
msgstr "Genummerde lijsten samenvoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3150495\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; combining</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>merging;numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>joining;numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lists;combining numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs;numbering non-consecutive</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>nummering; combineren</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>samenvoegen;genummerde lijsten</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>genummerde lijsten; samenvoegen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lijsten;genummerde lijsten combineren</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>alinea's;nummering van niet-opeenvolgende</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3150495\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"join_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Combining Numbered Lists\">Combining Numbered Lists</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"join_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Genummerde lijsten combineren\">Genummerde lijsten combineren</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149692\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can combine numbered lists into a single consecutively numbered list."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt genummerde lijsten in één opeenvolgend genummerde lijst combineren."
|
||
|
||
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149452\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Combine Consecutive Numbered Lists"
|
||
msgstr "Zo combineert u opeenvolgende genummerde lijsten:"
|
||
|
||
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154479\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select all of the paragraphs in the lists."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer alle alinea's in de lijst."
|
||
|
||
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155911\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon twice."
|
||
msgstr "Klik tweemaal op het pictogram <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummering aan/uit</item> op de werkbalk <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaak</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155870\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Create a Numbered List From Non-consecutive Paragraphs:"
|
||
msgstr "Zo maakt u een genummerde lijst uit niet-opeenvolgende alinea's:"
|
||
|
||
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153417\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Hold down Ctrl and drag a selection in the first numbered paragraph. You only have to select one character."
|
||
msgstr "Houd Ctrl ingedrukt en sleep een selectie in de eerste genummerde alinea. U hoeft slechts één teken te selecteren."
|
||
|
||
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149644\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Continue to hold down Ctrl, and drag a selection in each numbered paragraph of the lists you want to combine."
|
||
msgstr "Blijf Ctrl ingedrukt houden en sleep een selectie in elke genummerde alinea van de lijsten die u wilt combineren."
|
||
|
||
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145102\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon twice."
|
||
msgstr "Klik tweemaal op het pictogram <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummering aan/uit</item> op de werkbalk <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaak</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: jump2statusbar.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"jump2statusbar.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Going to Specific Bookmark"
|
||
msgstr "Cursor naar Tekstmarkeringen Verplaatsen"
|
||
|
||
#: jump2statusbar.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"jump2statusbar.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3145778\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>bookmarks; positioning cursor</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>jumping;to bookmarks</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>bladwijzers; plaatsing van cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>springen;naar bladwijzers</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: jump2statusbar.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"jump2statusbar.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145778\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"jump2statusbar\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp\" name=\"Going to Specific Bookmark\">Going to Specific Bookmark</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"jump2statusbar\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp\" name=\"Naar specifieke bladwijzer gaan\">Naar specifieke bladwijzer gaan</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: jump2statusbar.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"jump2statusbar.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155178\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To go to a specific bookmark in your document, <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">hold down Ctrl and click </caseinline><defaultinline>right-click</defaultinline></switchinline> in the <emph>Page</emph> field on the <emph>Status Bar</emph>, and then choose the bookmark."
|
||
msgstr "Als u naar een specifieke bladwijzer in uw document wilt gaan, <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">houdt u de Ctrl-toets ingedrukt en klikt u met de </caseinline><defaultinline>rechtermuisknop</defaultinline></switchinline> in het veld <emph>Pagina</emph> op de <emph>Statusbalk</emph>. Kies vervolgens een bladwijzer."
|
||
|
||
#: jump2statusbar.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"jump2statusbar.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153396\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Bookmark\">Insert Bookmark</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"Bladwijzer invoegen\">Bladwijzer invoegen</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)"
|
||
msgstr "Sneltoetsen gebruiken ($[officename] Writer-toegankelijkheid)"
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3151169\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>keyboard; accessibility $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>accessibility; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>toetsenbord; toegankelijkheid $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>toegankelijkheid; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3151169\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"keyboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp\" name=\"Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)\">Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"keyboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp\" name=\"Sneltoetsen gebruiken ($[officename] Writer-toegankelijkheid)\">Sneltoetsen gebruiken ($[officename] Writer-toegankelijkheid)</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149685\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press the keys <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+<underlined character> to open a menu. In an open menu, press the underlined character to run a command. For example, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+I to open the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> menu, and then T to insert a table."
|
||
msgstr "Druk op de toetsen <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+<onderstreepte teken> om een menu te openen. Druk, in een geopend menu, op het onderstreepte teken om en opdracht uit te voeren. Druk bijvoorbeeld op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+I om het menu <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen</item> te openen, en dan op L om een tabel in te voegen."
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155186\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To open a context menu, press Shift+F10. To close a context menu, press Escape."
|
||
msgstr "Druk op Shift+F10 om een contextmenu te openen. Sluit het menu door op Escape te drukken."
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155918\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert Sections"
|
||
msgstr "Secties invoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106AA\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Insert</emph> to open the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Beeld - Werkbalken - Invoegen</emph> om de werkbalk <emph>Invoegen</emph> te openen."
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155870\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press F6 until the focus is on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> toolbar."
|
||
msgstr "Druk op F6 tot de werkbalk <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen</item> de focus heeft."
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149630\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Section</emph> icon is selected."
|
||
msgstr "Druk op de pijltoets naar rechts tot het pictogram <emph>Sectie</emph> geselecteerd is."
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145100\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press the down arrow key, and then press the right arrow key to set the width of the section that you want to insert."
|
||
msgstr "Druk op de pijltoets omlaag en vervolgens op de pijltoets naar rechts om de breedte in te stellen van de sectie die u wilt invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156237\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press Enter."
|
||
msgstr "Druk op Enter."
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156253\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document."
|
||
msgstr "Druk op F6 om de cursor in het document te plaatsen."
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153367\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert Text Tables"
|
||
msgstr "Teksttabellen invoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153388\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press F6 until the focus is on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Standard</item> toolbar."
|
||
msgstr "Druk op F6 tot de werkbalk <item type=\"menuitem\">Standaard</item> de focus heeft."
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154849\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Table</emph> icon is selected."
|
||
msgstr "Druk op de pijltoets naar rechts tot het pictogram <emph>Tabel</emph> geselecteerd is."
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155872\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press the down arrow key, and then use the arrow keys to select the number of columns and rows to include in the table."
|
||
msgstr "Druk op de pijltoets omlaag en selecteer vervolgens met behulp van de pijltoetsen het aantal kolommen en rijen dat in de tabel moet worden opgenomen."
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155892\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press Enter."
|
||
msgstr "Druk op Enter."
|
||
|
||
#: keyboard.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"keyboard.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1072C\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document."
|
||
msgstr "Druk op F6 om de cursor in het document te plaatsen."
|
||
|
||
#: load_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"load_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Using Styles From Another Document or Template"
|
||
msgstr "Opmaakprofielen uit andere documenten of sjablonen gebruiken"
|
||
|
||
#: load_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"load_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3145086\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>formatting styles; importing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles; importing from other files</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>importing;styles from other files</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>loading;styles from other files</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>opmaakprofielen; importeren</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opmaakprofielen; uit andere bestanden importeren</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>importeren;opmaakprofielen uit andere bestanden</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>laden;opmaakprofielen uit andere bestanden</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: load_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"load_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145086\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"load_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp\" name=\"Using Styles From Another Document or Template\">Using Styles From Another Document or Template</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"load_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp\" name=\"Using Styles From Another Document or Template\">Opmaakprofielen uit andere documenten of sjablonen gebruiken</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: load_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"load_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154491\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can import styles from another document or template into the current document."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt de opmaakprofielen van een ander document of andere sjabloon in het huidige document importeren."
|
||
|
||
#: load_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"load_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155910\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph> to open the <emph>Styles</emph> sidebar deck."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Beeld - Stijlen en opmaak</emph> om het zijbalkpaneel <emph>Stijlen en opmaak</emph> te openen."
|
||
|
||
#: load_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"load_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10703\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon to open the submenu."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op het pijltje naast het pictogram <emph>Nieuw opmaakprofiel uit selectie</emph> om het submenu te openen."
|
||
|
||
#: load_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"load_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1070B\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Load styles</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Opmaakprofielen laden</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: load_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"load_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149632\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use the check boxes at the bottom of the dialog to select the style types that you want to import. To replace styles in the current document that have the same name as the ones you are importing, select <emph>Overwrite</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Gebruik de selectievakjes onder aan het dialoogvenster om de opmaakprofieltypen die u wilt importeren, te selecteren. Selecteer <emph>Overschrijven</emph> als u opmaakprofielen in het huidige document wilt laten vervangen door de profielen die u importeert als deze dezelfde naam hebben."
|
||
|
||
#: load_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"load_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145098\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "U kunt het volgende doen:"
|
||
|
||
#: load_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"load_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156240\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click an entry in the <emph>Categories</emph> list, then click the template containing the styles that you want to use in the <emph>Templates</emph> list, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op een item in de lijst <emph>Categorieën</emph> en klik dan op het sjabloon dat de gewenste stijlen bevat uit de lijst <emph>Sjablonen</emph> en klik daarna op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: load_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"load_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153377\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>From File</emph>, locate the file containing the styles that you want to use, and then click name, and then click <emph>Open</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>Uit bestand</emph>, lokaliseer het bestand dat de stijlen bevat die u wilt gebruiken en klik daarna op <emph>Openen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer"
|
||
msgstr "Instructies voor het gebruik van $[officename] Writer"
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155855\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>$[officename] Writer; instructions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>instructions; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>$[officename] Writer; instructies</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>instructions; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155855\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer\">Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer\">Gebruiksaanwijzingen voor $[officename] Writer</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155156\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Entering and Formatting Text"
|
||
msgstr "Tekst invoeren en opmaken"
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153728\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Automatically Entering and Formatting Text"
|
||
msgstr "Automatisch tekst invoeren en opmaken"
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3150742\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Using Styles, Numbering Pages, Using Fields"
|
||
msgstr "Opmaakprofielen gebruiken, pagina's nummeren, velden gebruiken"
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147088\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Editing Tables in Text"
|
||
msgstr "Tabellen in tekst bewerken"
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155590\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Images, Drawings, ClipArt, Fontwork"
|
||
msgstr "Afbeeldingen, tekeningen, ClipArt, FontWork"
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145083\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Table of Contents, Index"
|
||
msgstr "Inhoudsopgave, index"
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3150427\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Headings, Types of Numbering"
|
||
msgstr "Koppen en nummering"
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154464\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Headers, Footers, Footnotes"
|
||
msgstr "Kopteksten, voetteksten, voetnoten"
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3152948\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Editing Other Objects in Text"
|
||
msgstr "Andere objecten in tekst bewerken"
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154324\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Spelling, Dictionaries, Hyphenation"
|
||
msgstr "Spelling, woordenlijsten, woordafbreking"
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145673\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Form Letters, Labels and Business Cards"
|
||
msgstr "Standaardbrieven, etiketten en visitekaartjes"
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145730\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Working with Documents"
|
||
msgstr "Werken met documenten"
|
||
|
||
#: main.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"main.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3156315\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Miscellaneous"
|
||
msgstr "Diversen"
|
||
|
||
#: navigator.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"navigator.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Navigator for Text Documents"
|
||
msgstr "Navigator voor tekstdocumenten"
|
||
|
||
#: navigator.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"navigator.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3154897\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>Navigator; overview in texts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hyperlinks;jumping to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects;quickly moving to, within text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames;jumping to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;jumping to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headings;jumping to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;jumping to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>jumping;to text elements</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>overviews;Navigator in text documents</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>Navigator; overzicht in teksten</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hyperlinks;springen naar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objecten;snel gaan naar, binnen tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames;springen naar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellen;springen naar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>koppen;springen naar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pagina's;springen naar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>springen naar;tekstelementen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>overzichten;Navigator in tekstdocumenten</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: navigator.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"navigator.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154897\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\" name=\"Navigator for Text Documents\">Navigator for Text Documents</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\" name=\"Navigator voor tekstdocumenten\">Navigator voor tekstdocumenten</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: navigator.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"navigator.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153402\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The Navigator displays the different parts of your document, such as headings, tables, frames, objects, or hyperlinks."
|
||
msgstr "De Navigator toont de verschillende delen van uw document, zoals koppen, tabellen, frames, objecten of hyperlinks."
|
||
|
||
#: navigator.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"navigator.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154247\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To open the <emph>Navigator</emph>, press F5."
|
||
msgstr "Druk op F5 om de <emph>Navigator</emph> te openen."
|
||
|
||
#: navigator.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"navigator.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155878\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To quickly jump to a location in your document, double-click an item listed in the <emph>Navigator</emph> window or enter the respective page number in the spin box."
|
||
msgstr "Dubbelklik op een item dat wordt weergegeven in het venster <emph>Navigator</emph> of voer het toepasselijke paginanummer in het waardevak in om snel naar een locatie in uw document te springen."
|
||
|
||
#: navigator.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"navigator.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147108\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: nonprintable_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Creating Non-printing Text"
|
||
msgstr "Niet-afdrukbare tekst maken"
|
||
|
||
#: nonprintable_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3148856\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>non-printing text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; non-printable</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>niet-afdrukbare tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekst; niet-afdrukbaar</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: nonprintable_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3148856\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"nonprintable_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Creating Non-printing Text\">Creating Non-printing Text</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"nonprintable_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Niet-afdrukbare tekst maken\">Niet-afdrukbare tekst maken</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: nonprintable_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4685201\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To create text that is not to be printed do the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Tekst maken die niet moet worden afgedrukt gaat als volgt:"
|
||
|
||
#: nonprintable_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149789\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Frame</item> and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen – Frame</item> en klik op <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: nonprintable_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150224\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter text in the frame and if you want, resize the frame."
|
||
msgstr "Typ tekst in het frame en wijzig desgewenst de grootte van het frame."
|
||
|
||
#: nonprintable_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150242\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Frame and Object - Properties</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaak - Frame en object - Eigenschappen</item> en klik dan op het tabblad <item type=\"menuitem\">Opties</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: nonprintable_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145227\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, clear the <emph>Print</emph> check box."
|
||
msgstr "Schakel het selectievakje <emph>Afdrukken</emph> in het gebied <emph>Eigenschappen</emph> uit."
|
||
|
||
#: nonprintable_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150320\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: nonprintable_text.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3138828\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Hiding Text</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Tekst verbergen\">Tekst verbergen</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: number_date_conv.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables"
|
||
msgstr "Getalherkenning in tabellen in- of uitschakelen"
|
||
|
||
#: number_date_conv.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3156383\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbers; automatic recognition in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; number recognition</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>dates;formatting automatically in tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>recognition;numbers</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>getallen; automatische getalherkenning in teksttabellen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tabellen; getalherkenning</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>datums;automatisch opmaken in tabellen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>herkenning;getallen</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: number_date_conv.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3156383\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"number_date_conv\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp\" name=\"Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables\">Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"number_date_conv\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp\" name=\"Getalherkenning in tabellen in- of uitschakelen\">Getalherkenning in tabellen in- of uitschakelen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: number_date_conv.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155179\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "$[officename] can automatically format dates that you have entered into a table, according to the regional settings specified in your operating system."
|
||
msgstr "$[officename] kan datums die u in een tabel hebt ingevoerd, automatisch opmaken volgens de landinstellingen van uw besturingssysteem."
|
||
|
||
#: number_date_conv.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149966\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "U kunt het volgende doen:"
|
||
|
||
#: number_date_conv.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155919\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click in a table cell and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Number recognition</item>. When this feature is on, a check mark is displayed in front of the <item type=\"menuitem\">Number recognition</item> command."
|
||
msgstr "Klik met rechts in een tabelcel en kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Getalherkenning</item>. Indien deze mogelijkheid is ingeschakeld is er een vinkje weergegeven vóór de opdracht <item type=\"menuitem\">Getalherkenning</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: number_date_conv.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155527\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>, and select or clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Number recognition</item> check box."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Voorkeuren</caseinline><defaultinline>Extra - Opties</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Tabel</item>, en selecteer of maak het keuzevak <item type=\"menuitem\">Getalherkenning</item> leeg."
|
||
|
||
#: number_date_conv.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153415\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Table\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Voorkeuren</caseinline><defaultinline>Extra - Opties</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Tekstdocument - Tabel\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Tabel</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: number_sequence.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Defining Number Ranges"
|
||
msgstr "Nummerreeksen definiëren"
|
||
|
||
#: number_sequence.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149695\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering;quotations/similar items</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>nummering;citaten/gelijksoortige items</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: number_sequence.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149695\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"number_sequence\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp\" name=\"Defining Number Ranges\">Defining Number Ranges</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"number_sequence\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp\" name=\"Defining Number Ranges\">Nummerreeksen definiëren</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: number_sequence.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155918\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can automatically number similar items, such as quotations, in your document."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt gelijksoortige items in uw document, zoals citaten, automatisch nummeren."
|
||
|
||
#: number_sequence.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149829\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type the text that you want to assign numbering to, for example, \"Quotation Number \"."
|
||
msgstr "Typ de tekst waaraan u nummering wilt toewijzen, bijvoorbeeld 'Citaatnummer'."
|
||
|
||
#: number_sequence.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155048\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Variables</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen - Velden - Meer velden</item> en klik dan op het tabblad <item type=\"menuitem\">Variabelen</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: number_sequence.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156240\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click \"Number range\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op 'Nummerreeks' in de lijst <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: number_sequence.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153363\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type \"Quotation\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Typ 'Citaat' in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Naam</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: number_sequence.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153387\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "U kunt één van het volgende doen:"
|
||
|
||
#: number_sequence.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154250\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type a number in the <emph>Value</emph> box, or leave the box empty to use automatic numbering."
|
||
msgstr "Typ een nummer in het vakje <emph>Waarde</emph> in of laat het vakje leeg om automatische nummering te gebruiken."
|
||
|
||
#: number_sequence.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154851\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the outline level where you want the numbering to restart in the <emph>Level </emph>box."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer het niveau van de indeling waar u wilt dat de nummering opnieuw moet beginnen in het vakje <emph>Niveau</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: number_sequence.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155886\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>Invoegen</emph> en vervolgens op <emph>Sluiten</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Adding Line Numbers"
|
||
msgstr "Regelnummers toevoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3150101\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>line numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; line numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs;line numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines of text; numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbering; lines</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbers; line numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>marginal numbers on text pages</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>regelnummers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekst; regelnummers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>alinea's; regelnummers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekstregels; nummering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>nummering; regels</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>nummers; regelnummering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>nummers in marge op tekstpagina's</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3150101\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"numbering_lines\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp\" name=\"Adding Line Numbers\">Adding Line Numbers</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"numbering_lines\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp\" name=\"Regelnummers toevoegen\">Regelnummers toevoegen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149842\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "$[officename] can insert line numbers in an entire document or to selected paragraphs in your document. Line numbers are included when you print your document. You can specify the line numbering interval, the starting line number, and whether to count blank lines or lines in frames. You can also add a separator between line numbers."
|
||
msgstr "$[officename] kan regelnummers in een heel document of in geselecteerde alinea's invoegen in uw document. Regelnummers worden in uw document weergegeven als u uw document afdrukt. U kunt specificeren met welke intervallen de regelnummering wordt weergegeven, bij welk regelnummer begonnen moet worden en of lege regels of regels in frames geteld moeten worden. U kunt ook een scheidingsteken tussen regelnummers toevoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7184972\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Line numbers are not available in HTML format."
|
||
msgstr "Regelnummers zijn niet beschikbaar in HTML-opmaak."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153410\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Add Line Numbers to an Entire Document"
|
||
msgstr "Zo voegt u regelnummers aan een compleet document toe:"
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149640\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Extra - Regelnummering</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149612\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select <emph>Show numbering</emph>, and then select the options that you want."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer <emph>Nummering weergeven</emph> en dan de gewenste opties."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145101\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3156241\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Add Line Numbers to Specific Paragraphs"
|
||
msgstr "Zo voegt u regelnummers aan specifieke alinea's toe:"
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156264\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Extra - Regelnummering</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153385\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select <emph>Show numbering</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer <emph>Nummering weergeven</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154248\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <emph>Styles</emph> window, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Druk op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> om het venster <emph>Stijlen en opmaak</emph> te openen, en klik dan op het pictogram <emph>Alinea-opmaakprofielen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154853\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click the \"Default\" paragraph style and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik met rechts op het alinea-opmaakprofiel Standaard en kies <emph>Wijzigen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150222\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "All paragraph styles are based on the \"Default\" style."
|
||
msgstr "Alle alinea-opmaakprofielen zijn gebaseerd op het opmaakprofiel Standaard."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150931\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Outline & Numbering</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op het tabblad <emph>Overzicht & Nummering</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150956\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Line Numbering</item> area, clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> check box."
|
||
msgstr "In het gebied <item type=\"menuitem\">Regelnummering</item> wist u het keuzevak <item type=\"menuitem\">De regels van deze alinea meetellen</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150520\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151077\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the paragraph(s) where you want to add the line numbers."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de alinea('s) waaraan u de regelnummers wilt toevoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151096\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Outline & Numbering</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaak - Alinea</item> en klik dan op het tabblad <item type=\"menuitem\">Overzicht & Nummering</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153733\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select <emph>Include this paragraph in line numbering</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer <emph>De regels van deze alinea meetellen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153758\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3146864\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also create a paragraph style that includes line numbering, and apply it to the paragraphs that you want to add line numbers to."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt ook een alinea-opmaakprofiel maken waarin regelnummering is opgenomen en dit toepassen op de alinea's waaraan u regelnummers wilt toevoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3146880\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Specify the Starting Line Number"
|
||
msgstr "Zo bepaalt u het regelnummer waarmee begonnen wordt:"
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150703\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in a paragraph."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in een alinea."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150721\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Outline & Numbering</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaak - Alinea</item> en klik dan op het tabblad <item type=\"menuitem\">Overzicht & Nummering</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148389\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> check box."
|
||
msgstr "Kies het keuzevak <item type=\"menuitem\">De regels van deze alinea meetellen</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148414\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select <item type=\"menuitem\">Restart at the paragraph</item> check box."
|
||
msgstr "Kies het keuzevak <item type=\"menuitem\">Bij deze alinea opnieuw beginnen</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153779\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter a line number in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Start with</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Voer een regelnummer in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Beginnen met</item> in."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153804\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153934\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Line Numbering\">Tools - Line Numbering</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Line Numbering\">Extra - Regelnummering</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153960\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - Numbering\">Format - Paragraph - Numbering</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - Numbering\">Opmaak - Alinea - Nummering</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_lines.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2212591\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\">Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\">Wiki pagina over nummering alinea's door opmaakprofielen</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List"
|
||
msgstr "Nummering wijzigen in een genummerde lijst"
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149637\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; removing/interrupting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bullet lists; interrupting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lists;removing/interrupting numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;numbers in lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>interrupting numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;starting numbers in lists</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>nummering; verwijderen/onderbreken</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opsommingstekens; onderbreken</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lijsten;nummering verwijderen/onderbreken</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>verwijderen;nummers in lijsten</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>onderbreken van genummerde lijsten</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>veranderen;beginnummers in lijsten</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149637\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"numbering_paras\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp\" name=\"Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List\">Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"numbering_paras\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp\" name=\"Nummering wijzigen in een genummerde lijst\">Nummering wijzigen in een genummerde lijst</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145092\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can remove the numbering from a paragraph in a numbered list or change the number that a numbered list starts with."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt de nummering uit een alinea in een genummerde lijst verwijderen, of het nummer wijzigen waarmee een genummerde lijst begint."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2172612\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want numbered headings, use the <emph>Tools - Chapter Numbering</emph> menu command to assign a numbering to a paragraph style. Do not use the Numbering icon on the Formatting toolbar."
|
||
msgstr "Gebruik, als u genummerde koppen wilt, de menu-opdracht<emph>Extra - Hoofdstuknummering</emph> om een nummering aan een alinea-opmaakprofiel toe te wijzen. Gebruik het pictogram Nummering op de werkbalk Opmaak niet."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145107\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Remove the Number From a Paragraph in a Numbered List"
|
||
msgstr "Zo verwijdert u het nummer uit een alinea in een genummerde lijst:"
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156248\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in front of the first character of the paragraph that you want to remove the numbering from."
|
||
msgstr "Klik vóór het eerste teken van de alinea waarvan u de nummering wilt verwijderen."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153366\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "U kunt het volgende doen:"
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153390\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To remove the number while preserving the indent of the paragraph, press the Backspace key."
|
||
msgstr "Om het nummer te verwijderen met behoud van het inspringen van de alinea, drukt u op de toets Backspace."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154248\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To remove the number and the indent of the paragraph, click the <emph>Numbering on/off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar. If you save the document in HTML format, a separate numbered list is created for the numbered paragraphs that follow the current paragraph."
|
||
msgstr "Om het nummer en het inspringen van de alinea te verwijderen, klikt u op het pictogram <emph>Nummering aan/uit</emph> in de balk <emph>Opmaak</emph>. Als u het document in HTML-formaat opslaat, dan zal een aparte genummerde lijst worden aangemaakt voor de genummerde alinea's die na de huidige alinea volgt."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154856\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Change the Number That a Numbered List Starts With"
|
||
msgstr "Zo wijzigt u het nummer waarmee een genummerde lijst begint:"
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155877\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click anywhere in the numbered list."
|
||
msgstr "Klik ergens in de genummerde lijst."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155895\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>, and then click the <emph>Options</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Opmaak - Nummering en opsommingstekens</emph> en klik dan op de tab <emph>Opties</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148691\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter the number you want the list to start with in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Start at</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Voer in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Begin met</item> het nummer in waarmee u de lijst wilt beginnen."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147116\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: numbering_paras.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6943571\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\">Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\">Wiki pagina over nummering alinea's door opmaakprofielen</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: page_break.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"page_break.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks"
|
||
msgstr "Pagina-einden invoegen en verwijderen"
|
||
|
||
#: page_break.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"page_break.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155183\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>page breaks; inserting and deleting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages; inserting/deleting page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>manual page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;deleting page breaks before</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>pagina-einden; invoegen en verwijderen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>invoegen; pagina-einden</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>verwijderen;pagina-einden</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pagina's; pagina-einden invoegen/verwijderen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>handmatige pagina-einden</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: page_break.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"page_break.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155183\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"page_break\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp\" name=\"Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks\">Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"page_break\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp\" name=\"Pagina-einden invoegen en verwijderen\">Pagina-einden invoegen en verwijderen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: page_break.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"page_break.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149833\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert a Manual Page Break"
|
||
msgstr "Zo voegt u een handmatig pagina-einde in:"
|
||
|
||
#: page_break.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"page_break.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153402\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in your document where you want the new page to begin."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in uw document op de plaats waar u de nieuwe pagina wilt laten beginnen."
|
||
|
||
#: page_break.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"page_break.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153119\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press Ctrl+Enter."
|
||
msgstr "Druk op Ctrl+Enter."
|
||
|
||
#: page_break.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"page_break.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153135\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Delete a Manual Page Break"
|
||
msgstr "Zo verwijdert u een handmatig pagina-einde:"
|
||
|
||
#: page_break.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"page_break.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149641\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in front of the first character on the page that follows the manual page break."
|
||
msgstr "Klik vóór het eerste teken op de pagina die na de handmatige afbreking volgt."
|
||
|
||
#: page_break.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"page_break.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149608\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press Backspace."
|
||
msgstr "Druk op Backspace."
|
||
|
||
#: page_break.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"page_break.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149624\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Delete a Manual Page Break That Occurs Before a Table"
|
||
msgstr "Zo verwijdert u een handmatig pagina-einde dat vóór een tabel staat:"
|
||
|
||
#: page_break.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"page_break.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145111\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click in the table, and choose <emph>Table</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik met de rechtermuisknop in de tabel en kies <emph>Tabel</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: page_break.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"page_break.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156254\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de tab <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp\" name=\"Tekstverloop\"><emph>Tekstverloop</emph></link>."
|
||
|
||
#: page_break.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"page_break.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153380\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Clear the <emph>Break</emph> check box."
|
||
msgstr "Wis het keuzevak <emph>Eindemarkering</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: page_break.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"page_break.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154249\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\">Insert Break dialog</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Dialoogvenster Einde invoegen\">Dialoogvenster Einde invoegen</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Changing Page Backgrounds"
|
||
msgstr "Pagina-achtergronden wijzigen"
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id8431653\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;backgrounds</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>backgrounds; different pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;page backgrounds</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;backgrounds</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>paginaopmaakprofielen;achtergronden</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>achtergronden; verschillende pagina's</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>wijzigen;pagina-achtergronden</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pagina's;achtergronden</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN107F4\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"pagebackground\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">Changing Page Background</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"pagebackground\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">Pagina-achtergrond wijzigen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10812\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the background of the pages in a document. For example, to change the page background of one or more pages in a document to a watermark, you need to create a page style that uses the watermark background, and then apply the page style to the pages."
|
||
msgstr "In $[officename] worden pagina-opmaakprofielen gebruikt om de achtergrond van de pagina's in een document te specificeren. Wilt u bijvoorbeeld de pagina-achtergrond van een of meer pagina's in een document in een watermerk veranderen, dan moet u een pagina-opmaakprofiel maken dat de watermerkachtergrond gebruikt en dit vervolgens op de pagina's toepassen."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10820\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Change the Page Background"
|
||
msgstr "Zo wijzigt u de pagina-achtergrond:"
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10827\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Beeld - Stijlen en opmaak</emph>"
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1082F\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op het pictogram <emph>Pagina-opmaakprofielen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10837\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose <emph>New</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "In de lijst met pagina-opmaakprofielen klikt u met de rechtermuisknop op een item en kiest u <emph>Nieuw</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1083F\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box."
|
||
msgstr "Op het tabblad <emph>Beheren</emph> typt u een naam voor het pagina-opmaakprofiel in het vak <emph>Naam</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1084B\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the next page."
|
||
msgstr "In het vak <emph>Volgend opmaakprofiel</emph> selecteert u het pagina-opmaakprofiel dat u op de volgende pagina wilt toepassen."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10855\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To only apply the new page style to a single page, select \"Default\"."
|
||
msgstr "U past het nieuwe pagina-opmaakprofiel op een enkele pagina door Standaard te kiezen."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10859\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To apply the new page style to all subsequent pages, select the name of the new page style."
|
||
msgstr "U past het nieuwe pagina-opmaakprofiel toe op alle volgende pagina's door de naam van het nieuwe pagina-opmaakprofiel te kiezen."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1085F\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Background</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de tab <emph>Achtergrond</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10867\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the list box at the top, select whether you want a solid color or a graphic. Then select your options from the tab page."
|
||
msgstr "In de keuzelijst bovenaan selecteert u een effen kleur of een afbeelding. Selecteer vervolgens uw opties op het tabblad."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1086B\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1087A\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Change the Page Background of All Pages in a Document"
|
||
msgstr "Zo wijzigt u de pagina-achtergrond van alle pagina's in een document:"
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1087E\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">To Change the Page Background</link> for details."
|
||
msgstr "Zorg dat u een pagina-opmaakprofiel met een pagina-achtergrond hebt gemaakt voordat u begint. Zie <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">Zo wijzigt u de pagina-achtergrond</link> voor meer informatie."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10892\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Beeld - Stijlen en opmaak</emph>"
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1089A\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op het pictogram <emph>Pagina-opmaakprofielen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN108A2\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Double-click the page style that uses the page background that you want to apply."
|
||
msgstr "Dubbelklik op het pagina-opmaakprofiel met de pagina-achtergrond die u wilt toepassen."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN108A5\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Use Different Page Backgrounds in the Same Document"
|
||
msgstr "Zo gebruikt u verschillende pagina-achtergronden in hetzelfde document:"
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN108A9\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">To Change the Page Background</link> for details."
|
||
msgstr "Zorg dat u een pagina-opmaakprofiel met een pagina-achtergrond hebt gemaakt voordat u begint. Zie <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">Zo wijzigt u de pagina-achtergrond</link> voor meer informatie."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN108BD\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in front of the first character of the paragraph where you want to change the page background."
|
||
msgstr "Klik vóór het eerste teken van de alinea waarvan u de pagina-achtergrond wilt wijzigen."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN108C1\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Handmatig einde</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN108C9\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select <emph>Page break</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer <emph>Pagina-einde</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN108D1\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box, select a page style that uses the page background."
|
||
msgstr "In het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaakprofiel</item>, selecteert u een pagina-opmaakprofiel dat de pagina-achtergrond gebruikt."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN108DB\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the background of the current page only, select a page style where the Next Style option is set to \"Default\"."
|
||
msgstr "Om de achtergrond van alleen de huidige pagina te wijzigen, selecteert u een pagina-opmaakprofiel waar het volgende profiel \"Standaard\" is."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN108DF\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the background of the current and subsequent pages, select a page style where the Next Style option is set to the name of the page style."
|
||
msgstr "Om de achtergrond van de huidige pagina en alle volgenden te wijzigen, selecteert u een pagina-opmaakprofiel waar de optie Volgende opmaakprofiel is ingesteld op de naam van het pagina-opmaakprofiel."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN108E2\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want to change the page background later on in the document, repeat steps 1 to 3."
|
||
msgstr "Als u de pagina-achtergrond verderop in het document wilt veranderen, herhaalt u de stappen 1 t/m 3."
|
||
|
||
#: pagebackground.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN108E8\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Page Numbers"
|
||
msgstr "Paginanummers"
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id5918759\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>page numbers;inserting/defining/formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page styles;page numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>starting page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;starting page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles;page numbers</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>paginanummers;invoegen/definiëren/opmaken</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pagina-opmaakprofielen;paginanummering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>beginnen van paginanummers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>opmaak;paginanummers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>definiëren;paginanummers om mee te beginnen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>invoegen;paginanummers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>opmaakprofielen;paginanummers</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id413830\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"pagenumbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"Page Numbers\">Page Numbers</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"pagenumbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"Paginanummers\">Paginanummers</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1617175\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In Writer, a page number is a field that you can insert into your text."
|
||
msgstr "In Writer is een paginanummer een veld dat u in uw tekst kunt invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id6091494\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert Page Numbers"
|
||
msgstr "Zo voegt u een paginanummer in:"
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id8611102\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Page Number</emph> to insert a page number at the current cursor position."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Velden - Paginanummer</emph> om een paginanummer op de huidige cursorpositie in te voegen."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6604510\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you see the text \"Page number\" instead of the number, choose <emph>View - Field names</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Als u de tekst Paginanummer ziet in plaats van het nummer, kiest u <emph>Beeld - Veldnamen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2678914\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "However, these fields will change position when you add or remove text. So it is best to insert the page number field into a header or footer that has the same position and that is repeated on every page."
|
||
msgstr "Deze velden veranderen echter van positie wanneer u tekst toevoegt of verwijdert. Het is dus het beste om een paginanummerveld in een koptekst of voettekst in te voegen die dezelfde positie heeft en op elke pagina herhaald wordt."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id614642\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header and Footer - Header - (name of page style)</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header and Footer - Footer - (name of page style)</item> to add a header or footer to all pages with the current page style."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen - Koptekst en voettekst - Koptekst - (naam van pagina-opmaakprofiel)</item> of <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen - Koptekst en voettekst - Voettekst - (naam van pagina-opmaakprofiel)</item> om een koptekst of voettekst aan alle pagina's met het huidige pagina-opmaakprofiel toe te voegen."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id2551652\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Start With a Defined Page Number"
|
||
msgstr "Met een specifiek paginanummer beginnen"
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6111941\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Now you want some more control on page numbers. You are writing a text document that should start with page number 12."
|
||
msgstr "U wilt nu wat meer controle over paginanummers. U bent bezig met een tekstdocument dat op paginanummer 12 moet beginnen."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5757621\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click into the first paragraph of your document."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in de eerste alinea van uw document."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2632831\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Text flow</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Opmaak - Alinea - Tekstverloop</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4395275\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the Breaks area, enable <emph>Insert</emph>. Enable <emph>With Page Style</emph> just to be able to set the new <emph>Page number</emph>. Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Schakel <emph>Invoegen</emph> in het gebied Harde regeleinden in. Schakel <emph>Met pagina-opmaakprofiel</emph> in als u het nieuwe <emph>Paginanummer</emph> wilt kunnen instellen. Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1654408\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The new page number is an attribute of the first paragraph of the page."
|
||
msgstr "Het nieuwe paginanummer is een attribuut van de eerste alinea van de pagina."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id7519150\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Format the Page Number Style"
|
||
msgstr "Het opmaakprofiel van paginanummers instellen"
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id9029206\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You want roman page numbers running i, ii, iii, iv, and so on."
|
||
msgstr "U wilt romeinse paginanummers die beginnen bij i, ii, iii, iv, enzovoort."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3032319\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Double-click directly before the page number field. You see the <emph>Edit Fields</emph> dialog."
|
||
msgstr "Dubbelklik direct vóór het paginanummerveld. U ziet nu het dialoogvenster <emph>Velden bewerken</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id9139378\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select a number format and click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer een getalnotatie en klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id5051728\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Using Different Page Number Styles"
|
||
msgstr "Verschillende opmaakprofielen voor paginanummers gebruiken"
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1558885\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You need some pages with the roman numbering style, followed by the remaining pages in another style."
|
||
msgstr "U wilt een aantal pagina's met romeinse nummering, gevolgd door de overige pagina's met een ander opmaakprofiel."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1541184\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In Writer, you will need different page styles. The first page style has a footer with a page number field formatted for roman numbers. The following page style has a footer with a page number field formatted in another look."
|
||
msgstr "In Writer hebt u andere pagina-opmaakprofielen nodig. Het eerste pagina-opmaakprofiel heeft een voettekst met een veld voor het paginanummer dat is opgemaakt met Romeinse nummers. Het volgende pagina-opmaakprofiel heeft een voettekst met een veld voor het paginanummer dat is opgemaakt in een andere weergave."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id18616\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Both page styles must be separated by a page break. In Writer, you can have automatic page breaks and manually inserted page breaks."
|
||
msgstr "De pagina-opmaakprofielen moeten door een pagina-einde van elkaar gescheiden zijn. In Writer zijn automatische pagina-einden en handmatig ingevoegde pagina-einden mogelijk."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6138492\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "An <emph>automatic page break</emph> appears at the end of a page when the page style has a different \"next style\"."
|
||
msgstr "Er verschijnt een <emph>automatisch pagina-einde</emph> aan het einde van een pagina wanneer het pagina-opmaakprofiel een ander 'volgend opmaakprofiel' heeft."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4569231\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "For example, the \"First Page\" page style has \"Default\" as the next style. To see this, you may press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles</item> window, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> icon, right-click the First Page entry. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Modify</item> from the context menu. On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab, you can see the \"next style\"."
|
||
msgstr "Het paginaopmaakprofiel \"Eerste pagina\" heeft bijvoorbeeld \"Standaard\" als het volgende opmaakprofiel. U kunt dit bekijken door op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> te drukken om het venster <item type=\"menuitem\">Stijlen en opmaak</item> te openen, vervolgens te klikken op het pictogram <item type=\"menuitem\">Paginaopmaakprofielen</item> en dan met de rechts te klikken op het item Eerste pagina. Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Wijzigen</item> uit het contextmenu. Op de tab <item type=\"menuitem\">Beheren</item>, kunt u het \"Volgend opmaakprofiel\" bekijken."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id291451\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A <emph>manually inserted page break</emph> can be applied without or with a change of page styles."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt een <emph>handmatig ingevoegd pagina-einde</emph> toepassen waarbij het pagina-opmaakprofiel wel of niet veranderd wordt."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3341776\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you just press <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Enter</item>, you apply a page break without a change of styles."
|
||
msgstr "Als u gewoon op <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Enter</item> drukt, past u een pagina-einde toe zonder dat het opmaakprofiel verandert."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5947141\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you choose <emph>Insert - Manual break</emph>, you can insert a page break without or with a change of style or with a change of page number."
|
||
msgstr "Kiest u <emph>Invoegen - Handmatig einde</emph>, dan kunt u een pagina-einde invoegen en bepalen of het opmaakprofiel wel of niet veranderd wordt, of u kunt bepalen dat het paginanummer verandert."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1911679\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "It depends on your document what is best: to use a manually inserted page break between page styles, or to use an automatic change. If you just need one title page with a different style than the other pages, you can use the automatic method:"
|
||
msgstr "Het hangt van uw document af wat het beste is: een handmatig ingevoegd pagina-einde tussen pagina-opmaakprofielen, of een automatische wijziging. Als u maar één titelpagina met een ander opmaakprofiel dan de andere pagina's nodig hebt, kunt u de automatische methode gebruiken:"
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id9364909\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Apply a Different Page Style to the First Page"
|
||
msgstr "Zo past u een ander pagina-opmaakprofiel op de eerste pagina toe:"
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4473403\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click into the first page of your document."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in de eerste pagina van uw document."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4313791\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Beeld - Stijlen en opmaak</emph>"
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4331797\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Styles</emph> window, click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op het pictogram <emph>Pagina-opmaakprofielen</emph> in het venster <emph>Stijlen en opmaak</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4191717\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Double-click the \"First Page\" style."
|
||
msgstr "Dubbelklik op het opmaakprofiel Eerste pagina."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2318796\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Now your title page has the style \"First Page\", and the next pages automatically have the \"Default\" style."
|
||
msgstr "Uw titelpagina heeft nu het opmaakprofiel Eerste pagina, en de volgende pagina's hebben automatisch het opmaakprofiel Standaard."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id399182\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can now for example insert a footer for the \"Default\" page atyle only, or insert footers in both page styles, but with differently formatted page number fields."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt nu bijvoorbeeld een voettekst alleen voor het opmaakprofiel \"Standaard\" invoegen, of voetteksten invoegen voor beide pagina-opmaakprofielen maar met verschillend opgemaakte velden voor paginanummers."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id5298318\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Apply a Manually Inserted Page Style Change"
|
||
msgstr "Zo wijzigt u een handmatig ingevoegd pagina-opmaakprofiel:"
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7588732\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click at the start of the first paragraph on the page where a different page style will be applied."
|
||
msgstr "Klik aan het begin van de eerste alinea op de pagina waar een ander pagina-opmaakprofiel moet worden toegepast."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id95828\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>. You see the <emph>Insert Break</emph> dialog."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Handmatig einde</emph>. U ziet nu het dialoogvenster <emph>Einde invoegen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3496200\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> list box, select a page style. You may set a new page number, too. Click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer een pagina-opmaakprofiel in het vak van de keuzelijst <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaakprofiel</item>. U kunt hier ook een nieuw paginanummer instellen. Klik op <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagenumbers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7599108\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The selected page style will be used from the current paragraph to the next page break with style. You may need to create the new page style first."
|
||
msgstr "Het geselecteerde pagina-opmaakprofiel wordt nu gebruikt vanaf de huidige alinea tot het volgende pagina-einde met een opmaakprofiel. Het kan zijn dat u eerst een nieuw pagina-opmaakprofiel moet maken."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Changing Page Orientation (Landscape or Portrait)"
|
||
msgstr "Afdrukstand wijzigen (Liggend of Staand)"
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id9683828\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;orientation/scope</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page formats; changing individual pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting; changing individual pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>portrait and landscape</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>landscape and portrait</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing;portrait/landscape format</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>orientation of pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paper orientation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;orientation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sideways orientation of pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>scope of page styles</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>paginaopmaakprofielen;oriëntatie/bereik</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paginaopmaak; veranderen van individuele pagina's</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opmaak; veranderen van individuele pagina's</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>staand en liggend</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>liggend en staand</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afdrukken;staand/liggend formaat</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pagina-oriëntatie</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>papier-oriëntatie</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pagina's;oriëntatie</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>zijdelingse oriëntatie van pagina's</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bereik van paginaopmaakprofielen</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106FF\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"pageorientation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp\">Changing Page Orientation</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"pageorientation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp\">Afdrukstand wijzigen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6418042\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "All page properties for Writer text documents, like for example the page orientation, are defined by page styles. By default, a new text document uses the “Default” page style for all pages. If you open an existing text document, different page styles may have been applied to the different pages."
|
||
msgstr "Alle eigenschappen van pagina's voor Writer tekstdocumenten, zoals bijvoorbeeld de oriëntatie van de pagina, worden bepaald door pagina-opmaakprofielen. Als standaard gebruikt een nieuw tekstdocument het pagina-opmaakprofiel “Standaard” voor alle pagina's. Als u een bestaand document opent, dan kunnen verschillende pagina-opmaakprofielen zijn toegepast op verschillende bladzijden."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id8324533\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "It is important to know that changes that you apply to a page property will only affect the pages that use the current page style. The current page style is listed in the Status Bar at the lower window border."
|
||
msgstr "Het is belangrijk te weten dat veranderingen aan een paginaeigenschap alleen de pagina's betreffen die het huidige pagina-opmaakprofiel gebruiken. Het huidige pagina-opmaakprofiel is te zien in de Statusbalk, in de onderste vensterrand."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7524033\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Change the Page Orientation for All Pages"
|
||
msgstr "De oriëntatie van alle pagina's wijzigen"
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6307260\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If your text document consists only of pages with the same page style, you can change the page properties directly:"
|
||
msgstr "Als uw tekstdocument geheel uit pagina's met hetzelfde pagina-opmaakprofiel bestaat kunt u de paginaeigenschappen direct veranderen:"
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5256508\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Opmaak - Pagina</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id9681997\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de tab <emph>Pagina</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7994323\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Under <item type=\"menuitem\">Paper format</item>, select “Portrait” or “Landscape”."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer onder <item type=\"menuitem\">Papierformaat</item> “Staand” of “Liggend”."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7069002\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id4202398\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Change the Page Orientation Only for Some Pages"
|
||
msgstr "Zo wijzigt u de oriëntatie alleen voor sommige pagina's"
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1071D\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the orientation of the pages in a document. Page styles define more page properties, as for example header and footer or page margins. You can either change the “Default” page style for the current document, or you can define own page styles and apply those page styles to any parts of your text."
|
||
msgstr "$[officename] gebruikt pagina-opmaakprofielen om de oriëntatie van de pagina's in een document te bepalen Pagina-opmaakprofielen bepalen meer paginaeigenschappen, zoals bijvoorbeeld de kop- en voettekst- of paginamarges. U kunt óf het pagina-opmaakprofiel “Standaard” voor het huidige document wijzigen, óf u kunt uw eigen pagina-opmaakprofielen definiëren en die opmaakprofielen toepassen op willekeurige gedeelten van uw tekst."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1449324\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "At the end of this help page, we'll discuss the scope of page styles in detail. If you are unsure about the page style concept, please read the section at the end of this page."
|
||
msgstr "Aan het eind van deze helppagina, bespreken wij het bereik van paginaopmaakprofielen in detail. Als u twijfelt over het concept van paginaopmaakprofielen, lees dan alstublieft de sectie aan het einde van deze pagina."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1480758\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Unlike character styles or paragraph styles, the page styles don't know a hierarchy. You can create a new page style based on the properties of an existing page style, but when you later change the source style, the new page style does not automatically inherit the changes."
|
||
msgstr "Anders dan teken- of alineaopmaakprofielen, kennen paginaopmaakprofielen geen hiërarchie. U kunt een nieuw paginaopmaakprofiel, gebaseerd op de eigenschappen van een bestaand paginaopmaakprofiel, maken, maar als u later het opmaakprofiel van het origineel verandert dan zal het nieuw paginaopmaakprofiel niet automatisch de veranderingen erven."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2962126\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the page orientation for all pages that share the same page style, you first need a page style, then apply that style:"
|
||
msgstr "U heeft eerst een paginaopmaakprofiel nodig en vervolgens past u dat toe om de paginaoriëntatie van alle pagina's met hetzelfde paginaopmaakprofiel te veranderen:"
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10727\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Beeld - Stijlen en opmaak</emph>"
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10741\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op het pictogram <emph>Pagina-opmaakprofielen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10749\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click a page style and choose <emph>New</emph>. The new page style initially gets all properties of the selected page style."
|
||
msgstr "Klik met de rechtermuisknop op een pagina-opmaakprofiel en kies <emph>Nieuw</emph>. Het nieuwe pagina-opmaakprofiel erft in eerste instantie alle eigenschappen van het geselecteerde pagina-opmaakprofiel."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10751\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box, for example \"My Landscape\"."
|
||
msgstr "Op het tabblad <emph>Beheren</emph> typt u bijvoorbeeld een naam voor het pagina-opmaakprofiel in het vak <emph>Naam</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1075D\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the next page that follows a page with the new style. See the section about the scope of page styles at the end of this help page."
|
||
msgstr "In het vak <emph>Volgend opmaakprofiel</emph> selecteert u het pagina-opmaakprofiel dat u wilt gebruiken op de pagina ná de pagina met het nieuwe opmaakprofiel. Zie de sectie betreffende het bereik van pagina-opmaakprofielen aan het einde van deze helppagina."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10775\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de tab <emph>Pagina</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1077D\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Under <item type=\"menuitem\">Paper format</item>, select “Portrait” or “Landscape”."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer onder <item type=\"menuitem\">Papierformaat</item> “Staand” of “Liggend”."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN108AE\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1658375\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Now you have defined a proper page style with the name \"My Landscape\". To apply the new style, double-click the \"My Landscape\" page style in the <emph>Styles</emph> window. All pages in the current scope of page styles will be changed. If you defined the \"next style\" to be a different style, only the first page of the current scope of page styles will be changed."
|
||
msgstr "Nu heeft u een correct paginaopmaakprofiel met de naam \"Mijn landschap\" gedefinieerd. Dubbelklik op het paginaopmaakprofiel \"Mijn landschap\" in het venster <emph>Stijlen en opmaak</emph> om het nieuwe paginaopmaakprofiel toe te passen. Alle pagina's in het huidige bereik van paginaopmaakprofielen zullen worden veranderd. Indien u als \"Volgend opmaakprofiel\" een ander paginaopmaakprofiel heeft gekozen, zal alleen de eerste pagina van het huidige bereik van paginaopmaakprofielen veranderd worden."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id6082949\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The Scope of Page Styles"
|
||
msgstr "Het bereik van paginaopmaakprofielen"
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2858668\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You should be aware of the scope of page styles in %PRODUCTNAME. Which pages of your text document get affected by editing a page style?"
|
||
msgstr "Wees bewust van het bereik van de paginaopmaakprofielen in %PRODUCTNAME. Welke pagina's van uw tekstdocument worden beïnvloed door een paginaopmaakprofiel te veranderen?"
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3278603\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "One Page Long Styles"
|
||
msgstr "Eén pagina lang opmaakprofielen"
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5169225\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A page style can be defined to span one page only. The “First Page” style is an example. You set this property by defining another page style to be the \"next style\", on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page - Organizer</item> tab page."
|
||
msgstr "Een pagina-opmaakprofiel kan worden gedefinieerd om maar één pagina te beslaan. Het pagina-opmaakprofiel “Eerste pagina” is een voorbeeld daarvan. U stelt deze eigenschap in door een ander pagina-opmaakprofiel als \"Volgend opmaakprofiel\" te kiezen op het tabblad <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaak - Pagina - Beheren</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6670125\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A one page long style starts from the lower border of the current page style range up to the next page break. The next page break appears automatically when the text flows to the next page, which is sometimes called a \"soft page break\". Alternatively, you can insert a manual page break."
|
||
msgstr "Een pagina-opmaakprofiel dat één pagina lang is begint vanaf de onderrand van het huidige bereik van het pagina-opmaakprofiel tot aan het volgende pagina-einde. Het volgende pagina-einde verschijnt automatisch als de tekst naar de volgende pagina vloeit, dit wordt ook wel een \"zacht pagina-einde\" genoemd. Als alternatief kunt u een handmatig pagina-einde invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2118594\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To insert a manual page break at the cursor position, press <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Enter</item> or choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Manual Break</item> and just click OK."
|
||
msgstr "Druk op <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Enter</item> of kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen - Handmatig einde</item> en klik op OK om een handmatig pagina-einde op de cursorpositie in te voegen."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id166020\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Manually Defined Range of a Page style"
|
||
msgstr "Handmatig gedefiniëerd bereik van een paginaopmaakprofiel"
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6386913\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The “Default” page style does not set a different \"next style\" on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page - Organizer</item> tab page. Instead, the \"next style\" is set also to be “Default”. All page styles that are followed by the same page style can span multiple pages. The lower and upper borders of the page style range are defined by \"page breaks with style\". All the pages between any two \"page breaks with style\" use the same page style."
|
||
msgstr "Het pagina-opmaakprofiel “Standaard” heeft geen ander “Volgend opmaakprofiel” op het tabblad <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaak - Pagina - Beheren</item>. In plaats daarvan is het \"Volgend opmaakprofiel” ook ingesteld op “Standaard”. Alle pagina-opmaakprofielen die worden gevolgd door hetzelfde pagina-opmaakprofiel kunnen meerdere pagina's beslaan. De onder- en bovenranden van het bereik van het pagina-opmaakprofiel worden gedefinieerd door \"pagina-einden met opmaakprofiel\". Alle pagina's tussen twee \"pagina-einden met opmaakprofiel\" gebruiken hetzelfde pagina-opmaakprofiel."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6062196\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can insert a \"page break with style\" directly at the cursor position. Alternatively, you can apply the \"page break with style\" property to a paragraph or to a paragraph style."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt een \"pagina-einde met opmaakprofiel\" direct op de cursorpositie invoegen. Als alternatief kunt u de eigenschap \"pagina-einde met opmaakprofiel\" toepassen op een alinea of een alinea-opmaakprofiel."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6054261\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Perform any one of the following commands:"
|
||
msgstr "Voer een van de volgende opdrachten uit:"
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1811578\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To insert a \"page break with style\" at the cursor position, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Manual Break</item>, select a <emph>Style</emph> name from the listbox, and click OK."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen - Handmatig einde</item>, selecteer een <emph>Opmaakprofiel</emph> uit de lijst en klik op OK om op de cursorpositie een \"pagina-einde met opmaakprofiel\" in te voegen."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id9935911\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to the current paragraph, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph - Text Flow</item>. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaak - Alinea - Tekstverloop</item> om de eigenschap \"pagina-einde met opmaakprofiel\" toe te passen op de huidige alinea. Activeer <emph>Toepassen</emph> en <emph>Met pagina-opmaakprofiel</emph> in het gebied Harde regeleinden. Selecteer een pagina-opmaakprofiel uit de keuzelijst."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4753868\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to the current paragraph style, right-click the current paragraph. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Paragraph Style</item> from the context menu. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox."
|
||
msgstr "Rechts-klik op de huidige alinea om de eigenschap \"pagina-einde met opmaakprofiel\" op de huidige alinea toe te passen. Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Alinea-opmaakprofielen bewerken</item> uit het contextmenu. Klik op de tab <emph>Tekstverloop</emph>. Activeer <emph>Toepassen</emph> en <emph>Met pagina-opmaakprofiel</emph> in het gebied Harde regeleinden. Selecteer een pagina-opmaakprofiel uit de keuzelijst."
|
||
|
||
#: pageorientation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4744407\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to an arbitrary paragraph style, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles</item>. Click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon. Right-click the name of the paragraph style you want to modify and choose <emph>Modify</emph>. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Beeld - Stijlen en opmaak</item> om de eigenschap \"pagina-einde met opmaakprofiel\" toe te passen op een ander paginaopmaakprofiel. Klik op het pictogram <emph>Alineaopmaakprofiel</emph>. Klik met de rechtermuisknop op de naam van het alineaopmaakprofiel dat u wilt veranderen en kies <emph>Wijzigen</emph>. Klik op de tab <emph>Tekstverloop</emph>. Activeer <emph>Toepassen</emph> en <emph>Met pagina-opmaakprofiel</emph> in het gebied Harde regeleinden. Selecteer een pagina-opmaakprofiel uit de keuzelijst."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Creating and Applying Page Styles"
|
||
msgstr "Pagina-opmaakprofielen maken en toepassen"
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id7071138\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;creating and applying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles;for pages</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>pagina-opmaakprofielen;maken en toepassen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>definiëren;pagina-opmaakprofielen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>opmaakprofielen;voor pagina's</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155182\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and Applying Page Styles\">Creating and Applying Page Styles</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Pagina-opmaakprofielen maken en toepassen\">Pagina-opmaakprofielen maken en toepassen</link> </variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149846\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the layout of a page, including the page orientation, background, margins, headers, footers, and text columns. To change the layout of an individual page in a document, you must create and apply a custom page style to the page."
|
||
msgstr "$[officename] gebruikt pagina-opmaakprofielen om de lay-out van een pagina te specificeren, inclusief de afdrukstand, achtergrond, marges, kopteksten, voetteksten en tekstkolommen van de pagina. Als u de lay-out van een individuele pagina in een document wilt wijzigen, moet u een aangepast pagina-opmaakprofiel maken en op de pagina toepassen."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3156109\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Define a New Page Style"
|
||
msgstr "Zo definieert u een nieuw pagina-opmaakprofiel:"
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153411\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Beeld - Stijlen en opmaak</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153133\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op het pictogram <emph>Pagina-opmaakprofielen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149641\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose <emph>New</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "In de lijst met pagina-opmaakprofielen klikt u met rechts op een item en kiest u <emph>Nieuw</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149614\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab, type a name in the <emph>Name</emph> box."
|
||
msgstr "Op de tab <emph>Beheren</emph> typt u een naam in het vak <emph>Naam</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145110\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "U kunt één van het volgende doen:"
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156252\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To apply the custom page style to a single page, select the default page style that is used in your document in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box."
|
||
msgstr "Om het eigen pagina-opmaakprofiel toe te passen op een enkele pagina, kiest u het standaard pagina-opmaakprofiel, dat in uw document wordt gebruikt, in het vakje <emph>Volgend profiel</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153376\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To apply the custom page style to more than one page, select its name in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box. To stop using the style, insert a manual page break and assign it a different page style."
|
||
msgstr "Om het eigen pagina-opmaakprofiel op meer dan een pagina toe te passen, selecteert u zijn naam in het vakje <emph>Volgend profiel</emph>. Om te stoppen met het gebruik van dit profiel, voegt u een handmatige nieuwe pagina in en kent u het een ander pagina-opmaakprofiel toe."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154252\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use the tabs in the dialog to set the layout options for the page style, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Gebruik de tabbladen in het dialoogvenster om de layout-opties voor het pagina-opmaakprofiel in te stellen, en klik dan op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154851\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Apply a Page Style"
|
||
msgstr "Zo past u een pagina-opmaakprofiel toe:"
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154873\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the page that you want to apply the page style to."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in de pagina waarop u het pagina-opmaakprofiel wilt toepassen."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155888\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Style</item> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Beeld - Stijlen en opmaak</item> en klik dan op het pictogram <item type=\"menuitem\">Pagina-opmaakprofielen</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148685\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Double-click a name in the list."
|
||
msgstr "Dubbelklik op een naam in de lijst."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3148701\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Apply a Page Style to a New Page"
|
||
msgstr "Zo past u een pagina-opmaakprofiel op een nieuwe pagina toe:"
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147122\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the document where you want a new page to start."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in het document op de plaats waar u een nieuwe pagina wilt laten beginnen."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150210\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Handmatig einde</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150235\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select <emph>Page break</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer <emph>Pagina-einde</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150939\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the page that follows the manual break."
|
||
msgstr "In het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaakprofiel</item> selecteert u het pagina-opmaakprofiel dat u wilt toepassen op de pagina die na het handmatige einde volgt."
|
||
|
||
#: pagestyles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150965\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: print_brochure.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Printing a Brochure"
|
||
msgstr "Een brochure afdrukken"
|
||
|
||
#: print_brochure.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id6743064\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>printing; individual brochures</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>booklet printing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>brochures; printing individual</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>afdrukken; individuele brochures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>boekje afdrukken</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>brochures; individueel afdrukken</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: print_brochure.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN105F6\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"print_brochure\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp\">Printing a Brochure</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"print_brochure\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp\">Een brochure afdrukken</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: print_brochure.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10614\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can print a Writer document as a brochure or a booklet. That is, Writer prints two pages on each side of the paper, so that when you fold the paper, you can read the document as a book."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt een Writer-document als een brochure of boekje afdrukken. Dit wil zeggen dat Writer twee pagina's op elke zijde van het papier afdrukt. Wanneer u het papier dan vouwt, kunt u het document als een boek lezen."
|
||
|
||
#: print_brochure.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106DE\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you create a document that you want to print as a brochure, use portrait orientation for the pages. Writer applies the brochure layout when you print the document."
|
||
msgstr "Wanneer u een document maakt dat u als brochure wilt afdrukken, gebruikt u de afdrukstand Staand voor de pagina's. Writer past de brochure-layout toe wanneer u het document afdrukt."
|
||
|
||
#: print_brochure.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1061A\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Print a Brochure"
|
||
msgstr "Zo drukt u een brochure af:"
|
||
|
||
#: print_brochure.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10621\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Bestand - Afdrukken</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: print_brochure.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106B6\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Print</emph> dialog, click <emph>Properties</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>Eigenschappen</emph> in het dialoogvenster <emph>Afdrukken</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: print_brochure.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1070E\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the properties dialog for your printer, set the paper orientation to landscape."
|
||
msgstr "In het eigenschappendialoogvenster van uw printer stelt u de afdrukstand Liggend in."
|
||
|
||
#: print_brochure.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id8947416\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If your printer prints duplex, and because brochures always print in landscape mode, you should use the \"duplex - short edge\" setting in your printer setup dialog."
|
||
msgstr "Als uw printer dubbelzijdig afdrukt, en omdat brochures altijd liggend worden afgedrukt, dient u de instelling 'dubbelzijdig - korte zijde' in uw dialoogvenster voor printerinstellingen te gebruiken."
|
||
|
||
#: print_brochure.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10628\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Return to <emph>Print</emph> dialog, and click the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page."
|
||
msgstr "Ga terug naar het dialoogvenster <emph>Afdrukken</emph> en klik op de tab <emph>Paginalay-out</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: print_brochure.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1062C\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select <emph>Brochure</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer <emph>Brochure</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: print_brochure.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10740\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "For a printer that automatically prints on both sides of a page, specify to include \"All pages\"."
|
||
msgstr "Specificeer, voor een printer die automatisch dubbelzijdig afdrukt, dat \"Alle pagina's\" worden afgedrukt."
|
||
|
||
#: print_brochure.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10630\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: print_brochure.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106EA\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If %PRODUCTNAME prints the pages in the wrong order, open the <emph>Options</emph> tab page, select <emph>Print in reverse page order</emph>, and then print the document again."
|
||
msgstr "Als %PRODUCTNAME de pagina's in de verkeerde volgorde afdrukt, open dan de tab <emph>Opties</emph>, selecteer <emph>Afdrukken in omgekeerde volgorde van pagina's</emph> en druk het document nogmaals af."
|
||
|
||
#: print_preview.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_preview.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Previewing a Page Before Printing"
|
||
msgstr "Een pagina vóór het afdrukken bekijken"
|
||
|
||
#: print_preview.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_preview.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155179\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>printing; previews</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>previews; print layouts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>print layout checks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>book view</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;previews</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>afdrukken;voorbeelden</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>voorbeelden,afdruklay-outs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afdruklay-out controleren</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>boekweergave</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pagina's;afdrukvoorbeelden</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: print_preview.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_preview.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155179\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"print_preview\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp\" name=\"Previewing a Page Before Printing\">Previewing a Page Before Printing</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"print_preview\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp\" name=\"Een pagina vóór het afdrukken bekijken\">Een pagina vóór het afdrukken bekijken</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: print_preview.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_preview.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149847\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>File</emph> - <emph>Print Preview</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Bestand</emph> - <emph>Afdrukvoorbeeld</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: print_preview.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_preview.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155055\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use the zoom icons on the <emph>Print Preview</emph> bar to reduce or enlarge the view of the page."
|
||
msgstr "Gebruik de pictogrammen op de werkbalk <emph>Afdrukvoorbeeld</emph> om in of uit te zoomen om de weergave van van de pagina te vergroten of te verkleinen."
|
||
|
||
#: print_preview.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_preview.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1067F\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To print your document scaled down, set the print options on the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Print</item> dialog."
|
||
msgstr "Stel de afdrukopties in op de tabpagina <emph>Paginalay-out</emph> van het dialoogvenster <item type=\"menuitem\">Bestand - Afdrukken</item> om uw document kleiner af te drukken."
|
||
|
||
#: print_preview.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_preview.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145093\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use the arrow keys or the arrow icons on the <emph>Print Preview</emph> bar to scroll through the document."
|
||
msgstr "Gebruik de pijltoetsen of de pijlpictogrammen op de werkbalk <emph>Afdrukvoorbeeld</emph> om door het document te scrollen."
|
||
|
||
#: print_preview.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_preview.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154265\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp\" name=\"File - Print Preview\">File - Print Preview</link>."
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp\" name=\"Bestand - Afdrukvoorbeeld\">Bestand - Afdrukvoorbeeld</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: print_small.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_small.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet"
|
||
msgstr "Meerdere pagina's op één blad afdrukken"
|
||
|
||
#: print_small.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_small.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149694\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>multi-page view of documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;printing multiple on one sheet</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>overviews;printing multi-page view</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing;multiple pages per sheet</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>reduced printing of multiple pages</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>meerdere pagina's weergeven van documenten</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afdrukken;meerdere pagina's per blad</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>overzichten;afdrukken</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afdrukken;meerdere pagina's per blad</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>verkleind afdrukken van meerdere pagina's</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: print_small.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_small.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149694\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"print_small\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp\" name=\"Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet\">Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"print_small\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp\" name=\"Meerdere pagina's op één blad afdrukken\">Meerdere pagina's op één blad afdrukken</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: print_small.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_small.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149829\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Print</item> dialog, you have the option to print multiple pages on one sheet."
|
||
msgstr "Op de tabpagina <emph>Paginalay-out</emph> van het dialoogvenster <item type=\"menuitem\">Bestand - Afdrukken</item> hebt u de optie om meerdere pagina's op één blad af te drukken."
|
||
|
||
#: print_small.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_small.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156098\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph> and click the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Bestand - Afdrukken</emph> en klik op de tab <emph>Paginalay-out</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: print_small.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_small.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155055\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "U kunt het volgende doen:"
|
||
|
||
#: print_small.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_small.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149603\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To print two pages side by side on the same sheet, select \"2\" in the <emph>Pages per sheet</emph> box."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer \"2\" in het vak <emph>Pagina's per blad</emph> om twee pagina's naast elkaar op hetzelfde blad af te drukken."
|
||
|
||
#: print_small.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_small.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153388\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To print multiple pages on the same sheet, select the number of pages per sheet and optionally set the order of pages. The small preview shows the arrangement of pages."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer het aantal pagina's per blad en stel optioneel de volgorde van de pagina's in om meerdere pagina's op één blad af te drukken. Het kleine voorbeeld geeft de schikking van de pagina's weer."
|
||
|
||
#: print_small.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_small.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154841\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Print</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>Afdrukken</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: print_small.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"print_small.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150004\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/main0210.xhp\" name=\"File - Print Preview\">File - Print Preview</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/main0210.xhp\" name=\"Bestand - Afdrukvoorbeeld\">Bestand - Afdrukvoorbeeld</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: printer_tray.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Selecting printer paper trays"
|
||
msgstr "Printerpapierladen selecteren"
|
||
|
||
#: printer_tray.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id6609088\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>selecting;paper trays</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paper tray selection</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>selecteren;papierladen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>papierlade;selecteren</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: printer_tray.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155909\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"printer_tray\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp\" name=\"Selecting printer paper trays\">Selecting Printer Paper Trays</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"printer_tray\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp\" name=\"Printerpapierladen selecteren\">Printerpapierladen selecteren</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: printer_tray.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155858\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use page styles to specify different paper sources for different pages in your document."
|
||
msgstr "Gebruik pagina-opmaakprofielen om verschillende papierladen voor verschillende pagina's in uw document te specificeren."
|
||
|
||
#: printer_tray.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149841\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Beeld - Stijlen en opmaak</emph>"
|
||
|
||
#: printer_tray.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156108\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op het pictogram <item type=\"menuitem\">Pagina-opmaakprofielen</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: printer_tray.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155066\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click the page style in the list that you want to specify the paper source for, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik met rechts in de lijst op het pagina-opmaakprofiel waarvoor u de papierlade wilt specificeren, en kies dan <emph>Wijzigen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: printer_tray.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153416\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paper tray</item> box, select the paper tray that you want to use."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de papierlade die u wilt gebruiken in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Papierlade</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: printer_tray.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153140\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: printer_tray.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149649\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Repeat steps 1-5 for each page style that you want to specify the paper for."
|
||
msgstr "Herhaal stap 1-5 voor elk pagina-opmaakprofiel waarvoor u het papier wilt specificeren."
|
||
|
||
#: printer_tray.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149616\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Apply the page style to the pages that you want."
|
||
msgstr "Pas het pagina-opmaakprofiel op de gewenste pagina's toe."
|
||
|
||
#: printer_tray.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154260\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and applying page styles\">Creating and applying page styles</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and applying page styles\">Pagina-opmaakprofielen maken en toepassen</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: printing_order.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printing_order.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Printing in Reverse Order"
|
||
msgstr "In omgekeerde volgorde afdrukken"
|
||
|
||
#: printing_order.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printing_order.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149688\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>ordering;printing in reverse order</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing; reverse order</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>volgorde;in omgekeerde volgorde afdrukken</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afdrukken; omgekeerde volgorde</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: printing_order.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printing_order.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149688\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"printing_order\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp\" name=\"Printing in Reverse Order\">Printing in Reverse Order</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"printing_order\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp\" name=\"In omgekeerde volgorde afdrukken\">In omgekeerde volgorde afdrukken</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: printing_order.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printing_order.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155854\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Bestand - Afdrukken</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: printing_order.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printing_order.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149836\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>General</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de tab <emph>Algemeen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: printing_order.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printing_order.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156106\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Print in reverse page order</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Afdrukken in omgekeerde volgorde van pagina's</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: printing_order.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printing_order.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153418\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Print</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>Afdrukken</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: printing_order.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"printing_order.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149616\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01130000.xhp\" name=\"Printing\">Printing</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01130000.xhp\" name=\"Printing\">Afdrukken</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer"
|
||
msgstr "Inhoud beveiligen in %PRODUCTNAME Writer"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3150620\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes;unprotecting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents;unprotecting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;protecting/unprotecting cells</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sections;protecting/unprotecting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>unprotecting tables of contents and indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>protecting;tables and sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cells;protecting/unprotecting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>document;protection from changes</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>indexen;beveiliging opheffen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inhoudsopgave;beveiliging opheffen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tabellen;cellen beveiligen/beveiligen opheffen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>secties;beveiligen/beveiligingen opheffen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>beveiliging opheffen inhoudsopgaven en indexen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>beveiligen; tabellen en secties</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cellen;beveiligen/beveiligingen opheffen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>document;beveiligen tegen wijzigingen</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id6007263\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"protection\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\" name=\"Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer\">Protecting Contents in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer</item></link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"protection\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\" name=\"Inhoud beveiligen in %PRODUCTNAME Writer\">Inhoud beveiligen in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer</item></link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1924802\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The following is an overview of the different ways of protecting contents in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer from being modified or deleted."
|
||
msgstr "Hier volgt een overzicht van de verschillende manieren om inhoud in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer te beveiligen tegen wijzigingen of verwijderen."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3150114\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Protecting Sections in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer"
|
||
msgstr "Secties beveiligen in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150592\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Any section of a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer text document can be protected against changes, and with an optional password."
|
||
msgstr "Elke sectie van een <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer tekstdocument kan worden beveiligd tegen wijzigingen en ook met een wachtwoord."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4545426\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"protwarn\">Protection is not intended to be an information security protection, it is a switch to prevent accidental changes.</variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"protwarn\">De bescherming is niet bedoeld als een bescherming van de veiligheid van de informatie, maar enkel een beveiliging tegen toevallige wijzigingen.</variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id1811201610293\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"turnon\">Turning on protection</variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"turnon\">Beveiliging inschakelen</variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1811201645676\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Information to protect must be in a section. To create or select a section:"
|
||
msgstr "De te beveiligen informatie moet in een sectie staan. U maakt of selecteert een sectie:"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id181120161920589\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If the section does not exist: Select the text, then choose menu <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Section...</item> ."
|
||
msgstr "Indien de sectie niet bestaat: selecteer de tekst, kies de menu<item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen - Sectie...</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id181120164739204\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If the section already exists: <variable id=\"gotosection\">Choose menu <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Sections...</item> and select the section in the list <emph>Section</emph>, or right-click on the section in the Navigator and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit...</item>.</variable>"
|
||
msgstr "Indien de sectie al bestaat:<variable id=\"gotosection\">Kies menu <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaak - Secties...</item> en selecteer de sectie in de lijst <emph>Sectie</emph> of klik met rechts op de sectie in de Navigator en kiesn<item type=\"menuitem\">Bewerken...</item>.</variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1811201645678\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To enable protection"
|
||
msgstr "Een beveiliging activeren"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id181120164720479\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want to protect the contents without a password, choose the <emph>Protect</emph> check box under the <emph>Write protection</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer, als u de inhoud wilt beveiligen zonder wachtwoord, het selectievakje <emph>Beveiligen</emph> onder <emph>Schrijfbeveiliging</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id181120164720412\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want the protection with a password, choose <emph>Protect</emph> and <emph>With password</emph> check boxes and click on the <emph>Password…</emph> button. Enter and confirm a password of at least five characters."
|
||
msgstr "Kies, als u de beveiliging wilt gebruiken met een wachtwoord, de selectievakjes <emph>Beveiligen</emph> en <emph>Met wachtwoord</emph>en klik op de knop <emph>Wachtwoord...</emph>. Voer het wachtwoord met tenminste vijf tekens in en bevestig het.."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id1811201610294\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Modification of protection"
|
||
msgstr "Wijziging van de beveiliging"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id18112016456780\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If the protection does not have a password and you would like to use one, choose the <emph>With password</emph> checkbox, click the <emph>Password</emph> button, and enter and confirm a password of at least five characters."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer, als de beveiliging geen wachtwoord heeft en u wilt er toch één geven, het selectievak <emph>Met wachtwoord</emph> en druk de knop <emph>Wachtwoord...</emph>, voer een wachtwoord met ten minste vijf tekens in en bevestig het."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id18112016234567\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If the protection has a password and you want to clear it, uncheck the <emph>With password</emph> box under <emph>Write protection</emph> and enter the correct password."
|
||
msgstr "Als de beveiliging een wachtwoord heeft en u wilt dit alleen verwijderen, verwijder het vinkje <emph>Met wachtwoord</emph> onder <emph>Schrijfbeveiliging</emph> en voer het correcte wachtwoord in."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id18112016234566\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If the section is protected with a password and you want to change it, click on the <emph>Password</emph> button in the <emph>Edit Sections</emph> window and enter the correct password twice."
|
||
msgstr "Wanneer de sectie beschermd is met een wachtwoord en u wenst het wachtwoord alleen te wijzigen, klik op de knop <emph>Wachtwoord</emph>in het venster <emph>Secties bewerken</emph>en voeg het wachtwoord tweemaal in."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id1811201610295\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"turnoff\">Turning off protection</variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"turnoff\">Beveiliging uitschakelen</variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id18112016345678\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If the protection does not have a password, uncheck the <emph>Protect</emph> box under <emph>Write protection</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Verwijder de selectie, als de beveiliging geen wachtwoord heeft, in het selectievak <emph>Beveiligen</emph> onder <emph>Schrijfbeveiliging</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id19112016123456\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If the protection has a password, uncheck the <emph>Protect</emph> box under <emph>Write protection</emph> and enter the correct password."
|
||
msgstr "Als de beveiliging een wachtwoord heeft, verwijder het vinkje <emph>Beveiligen</emph> onder <emph>Schrijfbeveiliging</emph> en voer het correcte wachtwoord in."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3146081\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Protecting Cells in a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer Table"
|
||
msgstr "Cellen beveiligen in een <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer-tabel"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154480\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can protect the contents of individual cells of tables or whole table in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer from changes."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt de inhoud van individuele cellen van tabellen of een hele tabel beveiligen tegen wijzigingen in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145643\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "For one or several cells, place the cursor in a cell or select needed several cells. Choose the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Protect Cells</item> in menu bar."
|
||
msgstr "Voor één of meerdere cellen plaatst u de cursor in een cel of selecteert u meerdere cellen. Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Tabel - Cellen beveiligen</item> op de menubalk."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1911201610283\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "For whole table, select the table, and choose the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Protect Cells</item> in menu bar."
|
||
msgstr "Voor de volledige tabel, selecteer de tabel en kies<item type=\"menuitem\">Tabel - Cellen beveiligen</item>op de menubalk."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155178\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"firstof\">If necessary, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item> </caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</item> and select <emph>Enable cursor</emph> under the <emph>Protected Areas</emph>.</variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"firstof\">Indien nodig, kies<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Voorkeuren</item> </caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Extra - Opties</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Opmaakhulp</item> en selecteer <emph>Cursor activeren</emph> onder <emph>Beschermde gebieden</emph>.</variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1711201619364829\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor in the cell or in the selected cells and choose the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Unprotect Cells</item> in menu bar."
|
||
msgstr "Plaats de cursor in de cel of de geselecteerde cellen en kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Tabel - Celbeveiliging opheffen</item> op de menubalk."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151189\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "For whole table, right-click on the table in the Navigator, and choose <emph>Table - Unprotect</emph> in the context menu or select the whole table and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Unprotect Cells</item> in menu bar."
|
||
msgstr "Klik, voor de hele tabel, met rechts op de tabel in de Navigator, en kies <emph>Tabel - Beveiliging opheffen</emph> in het contextmenu of selecteer de hele tabel en kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Tabel - Celbeveiliging opheffen</item> op de menubalk."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149259\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Contents Protection in Tables of Contents and Indexes"
|
||
msgstr "Beveiliging in inhoudsopgaven en indexen"
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153966\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Tables of contents and indexes created in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer, are automatically protected against accidental changes."
|
||
msgstr "Inhoudsopgaven en indexen die automatisch werden gemaakt in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer worden automatisch beveiligd tegen onvoorziene wijzigingen."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3159088\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click in the index or table of contents. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Index...</item> in the context menu. Choose <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph> on the <emph>Type</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Klik met rechts in de index of inhoudsopgave. Ga naar <item type=\"menuitem\">Index bewerken...</item> in het contextmenu. Selecteer <emph>Beveiligd tegen handmatig wijzigen</emph> op het tabblad <emph>Type</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id181120162840123\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click on the index or table of contents in the Navigator and choose <emph>Index - Read-only</emph> item."
|
||
msgstr "Klik met rechts op de index of inhoudsopgave in de Navigator en kies item <emph>Index - Alleen-lezen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152968\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click in the index or table of contents. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Index...</item> in the context menu. Uncheck <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph> on the <emph>Type</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Klik met rechts in de index of inhoudsopgave. Ga naar <item type=\"menuitem\">Index bewerken...</item> in het contextmenu. Verwijder het vinkje <emph>Beveiligd tegen handmatig wijzigen</emph> op het tabblad <emph>Type</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152774\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click in the index or table of contents in the Navigator and uncheck <emph>Index - Read-only</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik met rechts op index of inhoudsopgave in de Navigator en verwijder het vinkje bij <emph>Index - Alleen-lezen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id1811201623985\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Protection of the whole <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer document from changes."
|
||
msgstr "Het hele <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer document beveiligen tegen wijzigingen."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id31544811\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can protect the contents of <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer document from changes, with one of the following file formats: .doc, .docx, .odt, .ott."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt de inhoud van een <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer document tegen wijzigingen beveiligen, als het een document is met één van de volgende bestandsindelingen: .doc, .docx, .odt, .ott."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id18112016812973\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To enable the protection of the whole document, go to <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Compatibility</emph> and choose <emph>Protect form</emph>. To disable protection, uncheck it."
|
||
msgstr "Om de beveiliging van het gehele document te activeren, ga naar <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Voorkeuren</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Extra - Opties</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Compatibiliteit</emph> en kies <emph>Formulier beveiligen</emph>. Om de beveiliging op te heffen, verwijder het vinkje."
|
||
|
||
#: protection.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"protection.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7858516\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/protection.xhp\">Protecting Other Contents</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/protection.xhp\">Andere inhoud beveiligen</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting Cross-References"
|
||
msgstr "Kruisverwijzingen invoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3145087\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>references; inserting cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting and updating</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>OLE objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>draw objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating;cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;cross-references</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>verwijzingen; kruisverwijzingen invoegen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kruisverwijzingen; invoegen en bijwerken</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tabellen; kruisverwijzing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>afbeeldingen; kruisverwijzing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objecten; kruisverwijzing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>OLE-objecten;kruisverwijzing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekenobjecten;kruisverwijzing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bijwerken;kruisverwijzingen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>invoegen;kruisverwijzingen</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145087\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"references\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Cross-References\">Inserting Cross-References</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"references\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Cross-References\">Kruisverwijzingen invoegen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3159263\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Cross-references allow you to jump to specific text passages and objects in a single document. A cross-reference consists of a target and a reference that are inserted as <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"fields\">fields</link> in the document."
|
||
msgstr "Met kruisverwijzingen kunt u naar specifieke tekstpassages en objecten in één document springen. Een kruisverwijzing bestaat uit een doel en een verwijzing die als <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"fields\">velden</link> in het document worden ingevoegd."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155860\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Objects with captions and bookmarks can be used as targets."
|
||
msgstr "Objecten met bijschriften en bladwijzers kunnen als doelen gebruikt worden."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149833\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Cross-Referencing Text"
|
||
msgstr "Kruisverwijzing voor tekst"
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149846\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Before you can insert a cross-reference, you must first specify the targets in your text."
|
||
msgstr "Voordat u een kruisverwijzing kunt invoegen, moet u eerst de doelen in uw tekst specificeren."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3156105\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert a Target"
|
||
msgstr "Zo voegt u een doel in:"
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153408\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text that you want to use as a target for the cross-reference."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de tekst die u wilt gebruiken als doel voor de kruisverwijzing."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153125\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Kruisverwijzing</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149634\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list, select “Set Reference”."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer “Verwijzing instellen\" in de <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> lijst."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149614\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type a name for the target in the <emph>Name</emph> box. The selected text is displayed in the <emph>Value</emph> box."
|
||
msgstr "Typ een naam voor het doel in het vak <emph>Naam</emph>. De geselecteerde tekst wordt in het vak <emph>Waarde</emph> weergegeven."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145110\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>. The name of the target is added to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item> list."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <item type=\"menuitem\">Invoegen</item>. De naam van het doel wordt aan de lijst <item type=\"menuitem\">Selectie</item> toegevoegd."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156257\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Leave the dialog open and proceed to the next section."
|
||
msgstr "Laat het dialoogvenster open en ga door naar de volgende sectie."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153370\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Create a Cross-Reference to a Target"
|
||
msgstr "Zo maakt u een kruisverwijzing naar een doel:"
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7032074\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Position the cursor in the text where you want to insert a cross-reference."
|
||
msgstr "Plaats de cursor op die positie in de tekst waar u een kruisverwijzing wilt invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7796868\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph> to open the dialog, if it is not open already."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Kruisverwijzing</emph> om het dialoogvenster te openen, als het al niet geopend is."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153392\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select \"Insert Reference\"."
|
||
msgstr "In de lijst <emph>Type</emph> selecteert u 'Verwijzing invoegen'."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154256\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Selection</emph> list, select the target that you want to cross-reference."
|
||
msgstr "In de lijst <emph>Selectie</emph> selecteert u het doel van de kruisverwijzing."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154856\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, select the format for the cross-reference. The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">format</link> specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, \"Reference\" inserts the target text, and \"Page\" inserts the page number where the target is located. For footnotes the footnote number is inserted."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer in de lijst <emph>Verwijzing invoegen naar</emph> de opmaak voor de kruisverwijzing. De <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"opmaak\">opmaak</link> bepaalt het type informatie dat als de kruisverwijzing wordt weergegeven. \"Verwijzing\" voegt bijvoorbeeld de tekst van het doel in en \"Pagina\" voegt het paginanummer in van de pagina waar het doel staat. Voor voetnoten wordt het nummer van de voetnoot ingevoegd."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155895\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>Invoegen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148685\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Close</emph> when finished."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>Sluiten</emph> wanneer u klaar bent."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149980\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Cross-Referencing an Object"
|
||
msgstr "Kruisverwijzing voor een object"
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149992\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can cross-reference most objects in your document, such as graphics, drawing objects, OLE objects, and tables, so long as they have a caption. To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Caption\"><emph>Insert - Caption</emph></link>."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt een kruisverwijzing naar de meeste objecten in uw document maken, zoals afbeeldingen, tekenobjecten, OLE-objecten en tabellen, zolang deze maar een bijschrijft hebben. Selecteer het object en kies dan <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Invoegen - Bijschrift\"><emph>Invoegen - Bijschrift</emph></link> om een bijschrift aan een object toe te voegen."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147123\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the cross-reference."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in het document op de plaats waar u de kruisverwijzing wilt invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150212\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Kruisverwijzing</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150236\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select the caption category of the object."
|
||
msgstr "In de lijst <emph>Type</emph> selecteert u de bijschriftcategorie van het object."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150942\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Selection</emph> list, select the caption number of the object that you want to cross-reference."
|
||
msgstr "Kies in de lijst <emph>Selectie</emph> het bijschriftnummer van het object waarvoor u een kruisverwijzing wilt maken."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150968\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, select the format of the cross-reference. The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">format</link> specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, \"Reference\" inserts the caption category and caption text of the object."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer in de lijst <emph>Verwijzing invoegen naar</emph> de opmaak van de kruisverwijzing. De <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"opmaak\">opmaak</link> specificeert welk type informatie wordt weergegeven als de kruisverwijzing. \"Verwijzing\" voegt bijvoorbeeld de bijschriftcategorie en bijschrifttekst van het object in."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150535\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>Invoegen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151092\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Close</emph> when finished."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>Sluiten</emph> wanneer u klaar bent."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3151115\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Updating Cross-References"
|
||
msgstr "Kruisverwijzingen bijwerken"
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153594\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To manually update the cross-references in a document, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Fields</emph> from the menu or press F9."
|
||
msgstr "Voor het handmatig bijwerken van de kruisverwijzingen in een document, kies de menuoptie <emph>Extra > Bijwerken> Velden</emph> of druk op F9."
|
||
|
||
#: references.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7321390\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Field Names</emph> to switch between viewing the reference names and the reference contents."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Beeld - Veldnamen</emph> om te schakelen tussen de verwijzingsnamen en de verwijzingsinhoud."
|
||
|
||
#: references_modify.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references_modify.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Modifying Cross-References"
|
||
msgstr "Kruisverwijzingen wijzigen"
|
||
|
||
#: references_modify.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references_modify.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149291\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>references; modifying cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cross-references; modifying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching;cross-references</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>verwijzingen; kruisverwijzingen wijzigen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kruisverwijzingen; wijzigen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bewerken;kruisverwijzingen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>zoeken;kruisverwijzingen</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: references_modify.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references_modify.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149291\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"references_modify\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp\" name=\"Modifying Cross-References\">Modifying Cross-References</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"references_modify\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp\" name=\"Kruisverwijzingen wijzigen\">Kruisverwijzingen wijzigen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: references_modify.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references_modify.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153132\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in front of the cross-reference that you want to modify."
|
||
msgstr "Klik vóór de kruisverwijzing die u wilt wijzigen."
|
||
|
||
#: references_modify.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references_modify.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149632\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you cannot see the field shading of the cross-reference, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph> or press <emph>Ctrl+F8</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Als u de veldarcering van de kruisverwijzing niet kunt zien, kiest u <emph>Beeld - Veldarceringen</emph> of drukt u op <emph>Ctrl+F8</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: references_modify.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references_modify.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149611\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Bewerken - Velden</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: references_modify.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references_modify.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145101\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Set the options that you want, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Stel de gewenste opties in en klik dan op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: references_modify.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"references_modify.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154255\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use the arrow buttons in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Fields</item> dialog to browse through the cross-references in the current document."
|
||
msgstr "Gebruik de pijlknoppen in het dialoogvenster <item type=\"menuitem\">Velden bewerken</item> om door de kruisverwijzingen in het huidige document te bladeren."
|
||
|
||
#: registertrue.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"registertrue.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Printing Register-true"
|
||
msgstr "Afdrukken in register"
|
||
|
||
#: registertrue.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"registertrue.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id4825891\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>rows; register-true text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines of text; register-true</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;register-true</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs;register-true</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>register-true;pages and paragraphs</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>spacing;register-true text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;register-true text</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>rijen; tekst in register</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>regels tekst; in register</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pagina's;in register</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>alinea's;in register</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>in register;pagina's en alinea's</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afstand;tekst in register</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opmaak;tekst in register</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: registertrue.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"registertrue.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10652\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"registertrue\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp\">Printing Register-true</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"registertrue\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp\">Afdrukken in register</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: registertrue.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"registertrue.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1065E\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Set a Document to Register-True Printing"
|
||
msgstr "Afdrukken in register instellen voor een document"
|
||
|
||
#: registertrue.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"registertrue.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10665\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the whole document."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer het hele document."
|
||
|
||
#: registertrue.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"registertrue.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10669\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page - Page</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Opmaak - Pagina - Pagina</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: registertrue.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"registertrue.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10671\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Register-true</item> section, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Activate</item> checkbox and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Select de <item type=\"menuitem\">Activeren</item> checkbox in de sectie <item type=\"menuitem\">Registreren</item>en klik <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: registertrue.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"registertrue.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10678\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "All the paragraphs in the document will be printed register-true, unless otherwise specified."
|
||
msgstr "Alle alinea's in het document worden in register afgedrukt, tenzij anders aangegeven."
|
||
|
||
#: registertrue.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"registertrue.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1067B\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Exempt Paragraphs From Register-True Printing"
|
||
msgstr "Alinea's uitsluiten van afdrukken in register"
|
||
|
||
#: registertrue.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"registertrue.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10682\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "U kunt het volgende doen:"
|
||
|
||
#: registertrue.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"registertrue.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10685\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select all the paragraphs you want to exempt, then choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer alle alinea's die u wilt uitsluiten, en kies dan <emph>Opmaak - Alinea - Inspringingen en afstanden</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: registertrue.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"registertrue.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1068C\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Open the Styles window, click the Paragraph Style you want to exempt, right-click that style, choose <emph>Modify</emph>. In the dialog, click the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Open het venster Stijlen en opmaak, klik op het alinea-opmaakprofiel dat u wilt uitsluiten, klik er vervolgens met de rechtermuisknop op en kies <emph>Wijzigen</emph>. Klik op de tab <emph>Inspringingen en afstanden</emph> in het dialoogvenster."
|
||
|
||
#: registertrue.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"registertrue.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10698\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Register-true</emph> section, clear the <emph>Activate</emph> checkbox."
|
||
msgstr "Haal het vinkje weg in de checkbox <emph>Activeren</emph> in de sectie <emph>Registreren</emph>"
|
||
|
||
#: registertrue.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"registertrue.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106AA\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">Register-true</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">In register</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Removing Line Breaks"
|
||
msgstr "Regeleinden verwijderen"
|
||
|
||
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149687\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>hard returns in pasted text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>line breaks;removing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting; line breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copies;removing line breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraph marks;removing</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>handmatige regeleinden in geplakte tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>regeleinden;verwijderen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>verwijderen; regeleinden</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kopieën;regeleinden verwijderen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>alineamarkeringen;verwijderen</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155916\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"removing_line_breaks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp\">Removing Line Breaks</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"removing_line_breaks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp\">Regeleinden verwijderen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155858\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use the AutoCorrect feature to remove line breaks that occur within sentences. Unwanted line breaks can occur when you copy text from another source and paste it into a text document."
|
||
msgstr "Gebruik de functie AutoCorrectie om regeleinden in zinnen te verwijderen. Wanneer u tekst uit een andere bron kopieert en in een tekstdocument plakt, kunnen er ongewenste regeleinden in staan."
|
||
|
||
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153413\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "This AutoCorrect feature only works on text that is formatted with the \"Default\" paragraph style."
|
||
msgstr "Deze functie van AutoCorrectie werkt alleen op tekst die is opgemaakt met het alinea-opmaakprofiel \"Standaard\"."
|
||
|
||
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153138\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Extra - AutoCorrectie - Opties voor AutoCorrectie</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149645\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <emph>Options</emph> tab, ensure that <emph>Combine single line paragraphs if length greater than 50%</emph> is selected. To change the minimum percentage for the line length, double-click the option in the list, and then enter a new percentage."
|
||
msgstr "Zorg ervoor dat <emph>Eénregelige alinea's combineren vanaf 50%</emph> is geselecteerd op het tabblad <emph>Opties</emph>. Dubbelklik op de optie in de lijst en voer een nieuw percentage in om het minimumpercentage voor de regellengte te wijzigen."
|
||
|
||
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145093\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145118\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text containing the line breaks that you want to remove."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de tekst met de regeleinden die u wilt vervangen."
|
||
|
||
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156253\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Apply Style</item> box on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> bar, choose “Default”."
|
||
msgstr "Kies \"Standaard\" in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaakprofiel toepassen</item> op de werkbalk <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaak</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153388\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Opmaak - AutoCorrectie - Toepassen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: reset_format.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"reset_format.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Resetting Font Attributes"
|
||
msgstr "Lettertypekenmerken herstellen"
|
||
|
||
#: reset_format.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"reset_format.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149963\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>formats; resetting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>font attributes; resetting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fonts; resetting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>resetting; fonts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>direct formatting;exiting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;exiting direct formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>exiting;direct formatting</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>opmaak; herstellen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lettertypekenmerken; herstellen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lettertypen; herstellen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>herstellen; lettertypen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>directe opmaak;opheffen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opmaak;directe opmaak opheffen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opheffen van directe opmaak</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: reset_format.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"reset_format.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149963\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"reset_format\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp\" name=\"Resetting Font Attributes\">Resetting Font Attributes</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"reset_format\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp\" name=\"Lettertypekenmerken herstellen\">Lettertypekenmerken herstellen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: reset_format.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"reset_format.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154091\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can quickly exit manual formatting by pressing Ctrl+Shift+X. For example, if you have pressed Ctrl+B to apply the bold typeface to the text that you type, press Ctrl+Shift+X to return to the default character format of the paragraph."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt handmatige formattering snel verlaten door op Ctrl+Shift+X te drukken. Als u bijvoorbeeld op Ctrl+B hebt gedrukt om het letterbeeld Vet toe te passen op de tekst die u typt, drukt u op Ctrl+Shift+X om de standaard tekenopmaak van de alinea te herstellen."
|
||
|
||
#: reset_format.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"reset_format.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155854\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To reset all direct formatting of existing text, select that text, then choose the menu command <emph>Format - Clear Direct Formatting</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Wilt u alle directe opmaak van bestaande tekst herstellen, dan selecteert u die tekst en kiest u de menuopdracht <emph>Opmaak - Directe opmaak wissen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: resize_navigator.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Docking and Resizing Windows"
|
||
msgstr "Vastzetten en grootte wijzigen van vensters"
|
||
|
||
#: resize_navigator.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3145088\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>Navigator;docking and resizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Styles window;docking and resizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Gallery;docking and resizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>docking; Navigator window</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resizing;windows</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>Navigator;vastzetten en grootte wijzigen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Venster Stijlen en opmaak;vastzetten en grootte wijzigen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Galerij;vastzetten en grootte wijzigen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vastzetten; Navigator-venster</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>grootte wijzigen;vensters</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: resize_navigator.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145088\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"resize_navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp\" name=\"Docking and Resizing Windows\">Docking and Resizing Windows</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"resize_navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp\" name=\"Vastzetten en grootte wijzigen van vensters\">Vastzetten en grootte wijzigen van vensters</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: resize_navigator.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155916\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can dock, undock and resize most $[officename] program windows such as the Navigator or the Styles window."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt de meeste $[officename]-programmavensters, zoals de Navigator of het venster Stijlen en opmaak, vastzetten, ontkoppelen en schalen."
|
||
|
||
#: resize_navigator.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155861\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To dock or undock the Navigator or the Styles window, hold down the <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item> key and double-click on a gray area in the window. Alternatively, press <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Shift+F10</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Als u de Navigator of het venster Stijlen en opmaak wilt vastzetten of ontkoppelen, houdt u de <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item>-toets ingedrukt en dubbelklikt u op een grijs gebied in het venster. Alternatief, druk op <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Shift+F10</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: resize_navigator.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156096\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To resize the window, drag a corner or an edge of the window."
|
||
msgstr "Als u de groote van het venster wilt wijzigen, versleept u een hoek of een rand van het venster."
|
||
|
||
#: ruler.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"ruler.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Using Rulers"
|
||
msgstr "Linialen gebruiken"
|
||
|
||
#: ruler.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"ruler.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id8186284\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>rulers;using rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>horizontal rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indents; setting on rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page margins on rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>table cells;adjusting the width on rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>showing;rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hiding;rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>adjusting page margins and cell widths</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>linialen;linialen gebruiken</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>horizontale linialen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>verticale linialen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inspringingen; instellingen op linialen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pagingamarges op linialen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabelcellen;breedte instellen op linialen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>weergeven;linialen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>verbergen;linialen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>aanpassen van paginamarges en celbreedten</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: ruler.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"ruler.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1065F\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"ruler\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\">Using Rulers</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"ruler\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\">Linialen gebruiken</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: ruler.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"ruler.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1067D\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To show or hide rulers, choose <emph>View - Ruler</emph>. To show the vertical ruler, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"Writer - View\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</emph></link>, and then select <emph>Vertical ruler</emph> in the <emph>Ruler</emph> area."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Weergave - Liniaal</emph> om linialen weer te geven of te verbergen. Kies <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Voorkeuren</caseinline><defaultinline>Extra - Opties</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"Writer - Weergave\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Weergave</emph></link>, en selecteer dan <emph>Verticale liniaal</emph> in het gebied <emph>Liniaal</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: ruler.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"ruler.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149686\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Adjusting Page Margins"
|
||
msgstr "Paginamarges aanpassen"
|
||
|
||
#: ruler.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"ruler.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155175\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The margins of a page are indicated by the filled areas at the ends of the rulers."
|
||
msgstr "De marges van een pagina worden aangegeven door de gevulde gebieden aan het einde van de linialen."
|
||
|
||
#: ruler.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"ruler.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149038\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Changing Indents"
|
||
msgstr "Inspringingen wijzigen"
|
||
|
||
#: ruler.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"ruler.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153631\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Indents are adjusted with the three small triangles on the horizontal ruler."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt inspringingen aanpassen met de drie driehoekjes op de horizontale liniaal."
|
||
|
||
#: ruler.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"ruler.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152776\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the left or the right paragraph indent, select the paragraph(s) that you want change the indent for, drag the bottom left or the bottom right triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location."
|
||
msgstr "Wilt u de linker- of rechterinspringing van de alinea wijzigen, selecteer dan de alinea('s) waarvoor u dit wilt doen, en sleep het driehoekje links- of rechtsonder op de horizontale liniaal naar een nieuwe locatie."
|
||
|
||
#: ruler.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"ruler.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145769\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the first line indent of a selected paragraph, drag the top left triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location."
|
||
msgstr "Wilt u de inspringing van de eerste regel van een geselecteerde alinea wijzigen, sleep het driehoekje linksboven op de horizontale liniaal dan naar een nieuwe locatie."
|
||
|
||
#: ruler.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"ruler.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149164\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also double-click anywhere on the horizontal ruler, and adjust the indents in the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030000.xhp\" name=\"Paragraph\"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link> dialog."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt overal op de horizontale liniaal dubbelklikken en de inspringingen in het dialoogvenster <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030000.xhp\" name=\"Alinea\"><emph>Alinea</emph></link> aanpassen."
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Using Wildcards in Text Searches"
|
||
msgstr "Jokertekens gebruiken om te zoeken in tekst"
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3150099\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>wildcards, see regular expressions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching; with wildcards</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>regular expressions;searching</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>examples for regular expressions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>characters;finding all</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>invisible characters;finding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraph marks;searching</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>jokertekens, zie reguliere uitdrukkingen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>zoeken; met jokertekens</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>reguliere uitdrukkingen;zoeken</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>voorbeelden voor reguliere uitdrukkingen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekens;zoek alle</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>onzichtbare tekens;zoeken</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>alineamarkeringen;zoeken</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3150099\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"search_regexp\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp\">Using Wildcards in Text Searches</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"search_regexp\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp\">Jokertekens gebruiken om te zoeken in tekst</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id0509200916345516\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Wildcards or placeholders can be used to search for some unspecified or even invisible characters."
|
||
msgstr "Jokertekens of tijdelijke aanduidingen kunnen worden gebruikt om te zoeken naar enkele niet gespecificeerde of zelfs onzichtbare tekens."
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155182\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can use wildcards when you find and replace text in a document. For example, \"s.n\" finds \"sun\" and \"son\"."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt jokertekens gebruiken wanneer u in een document tekst zoekt en vervangt. 'z.n' vindt bijvoorbeeld 'zon' en 'zin'."
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155907\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit - Find & Replace</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Bewerken - Zoeken en vervangen</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2142399\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">More Options</item> to expand the dialog."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <item type=\"menuitem\">Meer opties</item> om het dialoogvenster uit te breiden."
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155861\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Regular expressions</item> check box."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Reguliere uitdrukkingen</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149843\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Find</item> box, type the search term and the wildcard(s) that you want to use in your search."
|
||
msgstr "In het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Zoeken</item> typt u de zoekterm en het/de jokerteken(s) die/dat u wilt gebruiken in uw zoekactie."
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156113\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Find Next</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Find All</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <item type=\"menuitem\">Volgend zoeken</item> of <item type=\"menuitem\">Alles zoeken</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153401\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Regular Expression Examples"
|
||
msgstr "Voorbeelden van reguliere uitdrukkingen"
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149641\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The wildcard for a single character is a period (.)."
|
||
msgstr "Het jokerteken voor één enkel teken is een punt (.)."
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153136\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The wildcard for zero or more occurrences of the previous character is an asterisk. For example: \"123*\" finds \"12\" \"123\", and \"1233\"."
|
||
msgstr "Het jokerteken voor het nul of meer keer voorkomen van het vorige teken is een asterisk. Bijvoorbeeld: 123* vindt 12, 123 en 1233."
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149609\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The wildcard combination to search for zero or more occurrences of any character is a period and asterisk (.*)."
|
||
msgstr "De jokertekencombinatie om te zoeken naar het nul of meer keer voorkomen van een teken is een punt en een asterisk (.*)."
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149854\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The wildcard for the end of a paragraph is a dollar sign ($). The wildcard character combination for the start of a paragraph is a caret and a period (^.)."
|
||
msgstr "Het jokerteken voor het einde van een alinea is een dollarteken ($). De jokertekencombinatie voor het begin van een alinea is een caret en een punt (^.)."
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id0509200916345545\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The wildcard for a tab character is \\t."
|
||
msgstr "Het jokerteken voor het teken van de tab is \\t."
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153414\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A search using a regular expression will work only within one paragraph. To search using a regular expression in more than one paragraph, do a separate search in each paragraph."
|
||
msgstr "Een zoekactie met behulp van een reguliere uitdrukking zal alleen werken in één alinea. Doe afzonderlijke zoekacties in elke alinea om te zoeken met behulp van reguliere uitdrukkingen in meer dan één alinea."
|
||
|
||
#: search_regexp.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149875\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02100001.xhp\" name=\"List of Wildcards\">List of Wildcards</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02100001.xhp\" name=\"Lijst met jokertekens\">Lijst met jokertekens</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: section_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Editing Sections"
|
||
msgstr "Secties bewerken"
|
||
|
||
#: section_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149816\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections; editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sections;deleting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>read-only sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>protecting;sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>converting;sections, into normal text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hiding;sections</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>secties; bewerken</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>secties;verwijderen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>verwijderen;secties</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bewerken;secties</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>alleen-lezen secties</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>beveiligen;secties</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converteren;secties, naar normale tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>verbergen;secties</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: section_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149816\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"section_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp\" name=\"Editing Sections\">Editing Sections</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"section_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp\" name=\"Secties bewerken\">Secties bewerken</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: section_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155858\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can protect, hide, and convert sections to normal text in your document."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt secties beveiligen, verbergen en in normale tekst omzetten in uw document."
|
||
|
||
#: section_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154224\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\"><emph>Format - Sections</emph></link>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Opmaak - Secties\"><emph>Opmaak - Secties</emph></link>."
|
||
|
||
#: section_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149848\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Section</item> list, click the section you want to modify. You can press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A to select all sections in the list, and you can Shift+click or <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+click to select some sections."
|
||
msgstr "In de lijst <item type=\"menuitem\">Sectie</item> kunt u op de door u gewenste sectie klikken om deze te wijzigen. Met het drukken op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Commando</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A selecteert u alle secties in de lijst en met Shift+klik of <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Commando</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+klik selecteert u enkele secties."
|
||
|
||
#: section_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153397\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "U kunt het volgende doen:"
|
||
|
||
#: section_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153120\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To convert a section into normal text, click <emph>Remove</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>Verwijderen</emph> om een sectie naar normale tekst te converteren."
|
||
|
||
#: section_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149631\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To make a section read-only, select the <emph>Protected</emph> check box in the <emph>Write Protection</emph> area."
|
||
msgstr "Om een sectie alleen-lezen te maken, selecteert u het keuzevakje <emph>Beveiligd</emph> in het gebied <emph>Schrijfbeveiliging</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: section_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149609\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To hide a section, select the <emph>Hide</emph> check box in the <emph>Hide</emph> area."
|
||
msgstr "U selecteert keuzevakje <emph>Verbergen</emph> in het gebied <emph>Verbergen</emph> om een sectie."
|
||
|
||
#: section_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156255\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\">Format - Sections</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Opmaak - Secties\">Opmaak - Secties</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: section_edit.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_edit.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id973540\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\">Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\">Inhoud beveiligen in %PRODUCTNAME Writer</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting Sections"
|
||
msgstr "Secties invoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149695\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections; inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>HTML documents;inserting linked sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating;linked sections, manually</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>links;inserting sections</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>secties; invoegen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>invoegen; secties</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>HTML-documenten;gekoppelde secties invoegen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bijwerken;gekoppelde secties, handmatig</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>koppelingen;secties invoegen</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149695\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"section_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Sections\">Inserting Sections</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"section_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Sections\">Secties invoegen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155917\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can insert new sections, or links to sections in other documents into the current document. If you insert a section as a link, the content of the link changes when you modify the source document."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt in het huidige document nieuwe secties invoegen, of koppelingen naar secties in andere documenten. Als u een sectie als koppeling invoegt, verandert de inhoud van de koppeling wanneer u het brondocument wijzigt."
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155863\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert a New Section"
|
||
msgstr "Zo voegt u een nieuwe sectie in:"
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149843\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert a new section, or select the text that you want to convert to a section."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in uw document op de plaats waar u een nieuwe sectie wilt invoegen, of selecteer de tekst die u naar een sectie wilt converteren."
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156103\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you select a text that occurs within a paragraph, the text is automatically converted into a new paragraph."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteert u een tekst die zich binnen een alinea bevindt, dan wordt de tekst automatisch naar een nieuwe alinea geconverteerd."
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149281\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Sectie</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153404\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Section</item> box, type a name for the section."
|
||
msgstr "In het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Nieuwe sectie</item> typt u een naam voor de sectie."
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153127\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Set the options for the section, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Stel de opties voor de sectie in en klik dan op <emph>Invoegen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149635\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert a Section as a Link"
|
||
msgstr "Zo voegt u een sectie als koppeling in:"
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149648\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Before you can insert a section as link, you must first create sections in the source document."
|
||
msgstr "Voordat u een sectie als koppeling kunt invoegen, moet u secties in het brondocument maken."
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149611\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you open a document that contains linked sections, $[officename] prompts you to update the contents of the sections. To manually update a link, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Wanneer u een document opent dat gekoppelde secties bevat, vraagt $[officename] of u de inhoud van de secties wilt bijwerken. Kies <emph>Extra - Bijwerken - Koppelingen</emph> om een koppeling handmatig bij te werken."
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149860\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also insert linked sections in HTML documents. When you view the page in a web browser, the content of the sections corresponds to the content of the sections at the time the HTML document was last saved."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt ook gekoppelde secties in HTML-documenten invoegen. Wanneer u de pagina in een webbrowser bekijkt, komt de inhoud van de secties overeen met de inhoud van de secties op het moment dat het HTML-document voor het laatst werd opgeslagen."
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145104\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert the linked section."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in uw document op de plaats waar u de gekoppelde sectie wilt invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156241\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Sectie</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153363\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Section</item> box, type a name for the section."
|
||
msgstr "In het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Nieuwe sectie</item> typt u een naam voor de sectie."
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153387\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item> area, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item> check box. <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Under Windows, you can also select the <item type=\"menuitem\">DDE</item> check box to automatically update the contents of the section when the section in the source document is changed. </caseinline></switchinline>"
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer, in het gebied <item type=\"menuitem\">Koppeling</item>, het keuzevak <item type=\"menuitem\">Koppeling</item>. <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Onder Windows kunt u ook het keuzevak <item type=\"menuitem\">DDE</item> kiezen, zodat de inhoud van de sectie automatisch bijgewerkt wordt wanneer de sectie in het brondocument gewijzigd wordt. </caseinline></switchinline>"
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154852\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <emph>Browse</emph> button next to the <emph>File name</emph> box."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de knop <emph>Bladeren</emph> naast het vak <emph>Bestandsnaam</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155882\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Locate the document containing the section that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Zoek het document met de sectie waarnaar u een koppeling wilt maken, en klik dan op <emph>Invoegen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149978\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Section</item> box, select the section that you want to insert."
|
||
msgstr "In het dialoogvenster <item type=\"menuitem\">Sectie</item> selecteert u de sectie die u wilt invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: section_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"section_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150003\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>Invoegen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: sections.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"sections.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Using Sections"
|
||
msgstr "Secties gebruiken"
|
||
|
||
#: sections.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"sections.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149832\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>multi-column text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; multi-column</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>columns; on text pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text columns</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sections; columns in/use of</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst in meerdere kolommen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekst; in meerdere kolommen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kolommen; op tekstpagina's</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekstkolommen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>secties; opmerkingen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>secties; in/gebruiken in kolommen</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: sections.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"sections.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149832\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"sections\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp\" name=\"Using Sections\">Using Sections</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"sections\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp\" name=\"Secties gebruiken\">Secties gebruiken</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: sections.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"sections.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153128\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Sections are named blocks of text, including graphics or objects, that you can use in a number of ways:"
|
||
msgstr "Secties zijn benoemde blokken tekst, inclusief afbeeldingen of objecten, die u op verschillende manieren kunt gebruiken. U kunt:"
|
||
|
||
#: sections.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"sections.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149284\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To prevent text from being edited."
|
||
msgstr "voorkomen dat tekst bewerkt wordt."
|
||
|
||
#: sections.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"sections.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149630\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To show or hide text."
|
||
msgstr "tekst weergeven of verbergen."
|
||
|
||
#: sections.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"sections.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149647\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To reuse text and graphics from other $[officename] documents."
|
||
msgstr "tekst en afbeeldingen uit andere $[officename]-documenten opnieuw gebruiken."
|
||
|
||
#: sections.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"sections.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149612\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To insert sections of text that uses a different column layout than the current page style."
|
||
msgstr "secties tekst invoegen met een andere kolom-layout dan de huidige paginastijl."
|
||
|
||
#: sections.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"sections.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149855\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A section contains at least one paragraph. When you select a text and create a section, a paragraph break is automatically inserted at the end of the text."
|
||
msgstr "Een sectie bevat ten minste één alinea. Wanneer u een tekst selecteert en een sectie maakt, wordt er automatisch een alinea-einde aan het einde van de tekst ingevoegd."
|
||
|
||
#: sections.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"sections.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149872\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can insert sections from a text document, or an entire text document as a section into another text document. You can also insert sections from a text document as links in another text document, or in the same document."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt secties uit een tekstdocument, of een volledig tekstdocument als sectie in een ander tekstdocument invoegen. U kunt secties uit een tekstdocument ook als koppelingen in een ander tekstdocument of in hetzelfde document invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: sections.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"sections.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153367\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To insert a new paragraph immediately before or after a section, click in front or behind the section, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter."
|
||
msgstr "Klik direct vóór of na een sectie en druk op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter om daar een nieuwe alinea in te voegen."
|
||
|
||
#: sections.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"sections.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154242\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Sections and Columns"
|
||
msgstr "Secties en kolommen"
|
||
|
||
#: sections.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"sections.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154255\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can insert sections into an existing section. For example, you can insert a section containing two columns into a section that contains one column."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt secties in een bestaande sectie invoegen. U kunt bijvoorbeeld een sectie met twee kolommen in een sectie met één kolom invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: sections.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"sections.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154845\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A section layout, for example on the number of columns, has priority over the page layout defined in a page style."
|
||
msgstr "Een sectie-layout, bijvoorbeeld het aantal kolommen, heeft prioriteit boven de pagina-layout die in een pagina-opmaakprofiel gedefinieerd is."
|
||
|
||
#: sections.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"sections.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155883\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: send2html.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"send2html.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Saving Text Documents in HTML Format"
|
||
msgstr "Tekstdocumenten in HTML-indeling opslaan"
|
||
|
||
#: send2html.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"send2html.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3145087\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>text documents; publishing in HTML</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>HTML documents; creating from text documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>homepage creation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>saving;in HTML format</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekstdocumenten; publiceren in HTML</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>HTML-documenten; maken van tekstdocumenten</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>homepage maken</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>opslaan;in HTML-indeling</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: send2html.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"send2html.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145087\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"send2html\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp\" name=\"Saving Text Documents in HTML Format\">Saving Text Documents in HTML Format</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"send2html\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp\" name=\"Tekstdocumenten in HTML-indeling opslaan\">Tekstdocumenten in HTML-indeling opslaan</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: send2html.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"send2html.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149825\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can save a $[officename] Writer document in HTML format, so that you can view it in a web browser. If you want, you can associate a page break with a specific heading paragraph style to generate a separate HTML page each time the style appears in the document. $[officename] Writer automatically creates a page containing hyperlinks to each of these pages."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt een $[officename] Writer-document in HTML-indeling opslagen, zodat u het in een webbrowser kunt bekijken. U kunt desgewenst een pagina-einde aan een specifiek opmaakprofiel voor kopalinea's koppelen, zodat er telkens wanneer het profiel in het document verschijnt, een afzonderlijke HTML-pagina gegenereerd wordt. $[officename] Writer maakt automatisch een pagina met hyperlinks naar elk van deze pagina's."
|
||
|
||
#: send2html.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"send2html.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155922\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you save a text document in HTML format, any graphics in the document are saved into the HTML document as embedded data streams. $[officename] tries to keep the original format of graphics, i.e. JPEG pictures or SVG images will be saved into HTML as such. All other graphic formats are saved as PNG."
|
||
msgstr "Wanneer u een tekstdocument in HTML opmaak opslaat, zullen alle afbeeldingen in het document opgeslagen worden als ingebedde gegevensstromen. $[officename] probeert het originele formaat van de afbeeldingen te bewaren, bijvoorbeeld JPEG of SVG afbeeldingen worden als zodanig opgeslagen in HTML. Alle andere grafische formaten worden opgeslagen als PNG."
|
||
|
||
#: send2html.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"send2html.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155868\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Apply one of the default $[officename] heading paragraph styles, for example, \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs where you want to generate a new HTML page."
|
||
msgstr "Pas een van de standaard $[officename]-opmaakprofielen voor kopalinea's toe, bijvoorbeeld 'Kop 1', op de alinea's waar u een nieuwe HTML-pagina wilt genereren."
|
||
|
||
#: send2html.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"send2html.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156100\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Send - Create HTML Document</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>File - Verzenden - HTML-document maken</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: send2html.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"send2html.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149281\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles</item> box, select the paragraph style that you want to use to generate a new HTML page."
|
||
msgstr "In het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaakprofielen</item> selecteert u het alinea-opmaakprofiel dat u wilt gebruiken om een nieuwe HTML-pagina te genereren."
|
||
|
||
#: send2html.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"send2html.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153407\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Enter a path and a name for the HTML document, and then click <emph>Save</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Voer een pad en een naam voor het HTML-document in en klik dan op <emph>Opslaan</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Applying Text Formatting While You Type"
|
||
msgstr "Tekstopmaak toepassen tijdens typen"
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149689\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; formatting bold while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting; bold, while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>keyboard;bold formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bold;formatting while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>shortcut keys;bold formatting</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; vet opmaken tijdens invoer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opmaken; vet, tijdens invoer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>toetsenbord;vet opmaken</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vet;opmaken tijdens invoer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sneltoetsen;vet opmaken</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149689\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"shortcut_writing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp\" name=\"Applying Text Formatting While You Type\">Applying Text Formatting While You Type</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"shortcut_writing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp\" name=\"Tekstopmaak toepassen tijdens typen\">Tekstopmaak toepassen tijdens typen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155909\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To apply bold formatting"
|
||
msgstr "Zo past u de opmaak voor vet toe:"
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155861\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text that you want to format."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de tekst die u wilt opmaken."
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149836\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B."
|
||
msgstr "Druk op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B."
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156112\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B, type the text that you want to format in bold, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B when you are finished."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt ook op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B drukken, de tekst typen die u vet wilt maken, en dan op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B drukken wanneer u klaar bent."
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3151909\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To apply italic formatting"
|
||
msgstr "Zo past u de opmaak voor cursief toe:"
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151861\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text that you want to format."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de tekst die u wilt opmaken."
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3141836\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I."
|
||
msgstr "Druk op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Commando</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I."
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151112\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I, type the text that you want to format in italic, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I when you are finished."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt ook drukken op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Commando</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I, typ de tekst die u in cursief wilt opmaken, en druk vervolgens op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Commando</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I als u klaar bent."
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3152909\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To underline text"
|
||
msgstr "Om tekst te onderstrepen"
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152861\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text that you want to underline."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de tekst die u wilt onderstrepen."
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3142836\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U."
|
||
msgstr "Druk op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Commando</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U."
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152112\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U, type the text that you want underlined, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U when you are finished."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt ook drukken op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Commando</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U, typ de tekst die u wilt onderstrepen, en druk vervolgens op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Commando</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U als u klaar bent."
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149648\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp\" name=\"Keyboard shortcut for text documents\">Keyboard shortcut for text documents</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp\" name=\"Sneltoets voor tekstdocumenten\">Sneltoets voor tekstdocumenten</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149611\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/main0400.xhp\" name=\"Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]\">Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/main0400.xhp\" name=\"Sneltoetsen in $[officename]\">Sneltoetsen in $[officename]</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Using Smart Tags"
|
||
msgstr "Actielabels gebruiken"
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155622\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>options;smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>disabling;smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>installing;smart tags</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>actielabels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>functie AutoCorrectie; actielabels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opties;actielabels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>uitzetten;actielabels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>installeren;actielabels</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3563951\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"smarttags\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp\">Using Smart Tags</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"smarttags\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp\">Actielabels gebruiken</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id368358\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Smart Tags provide additional information and functionality to specified words in a Writer document. The available features can be different for different Smart Tags extensions."
|
||
msgstr "Actielabels voegen extra informatie en functionaliteit toe aan gespecificeerde woorden in een Writer-document. Per actielabel-extensie kunnen de mogelijkheden verschillen."
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id9298379\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Installing Smart Tags"
|
||
msgstr "Actielabels installeren"
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1827448\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Smart Tags can be supplied as <link href=\"text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp\">extensions</link> to %PRODUCTNAME Writer."
|
||
msgstr "Actielabels kunnen worden toegeleverd als <link href=\"text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp\">extensies</link> op %PRODUCTNAME Writer."
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2508621\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To install a Smart Tag, do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Voer één van de volgende stappen uit om een actielabel te installeren:"
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3856013\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Save the *.oxt extension file to your harddrive, then double-click the *.oxt file in your file manager. Alternatively, in %PRODUCTNAME choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Extension Manager</item> to open the Extension Manager, click Add and browse to the file."
|
||
msgstr "Sla het bestand met *.oxt extensie op uw harde schijf op en dubbelklik er vervolgens op in uw bestandsbeheerprogramma. Een andere mogelijkheid is om in %PRODUCTNAME met <item type=\"menuitem\">Extra - Extensiebeheer</item> het dialoogvenster Extensiebeheer te openen, op Toevoegen te klikken en het bestand te selecteren."
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7814264\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click a Smart Tag *.oxt file link on a web page and open the link with the default application. This requires a properly configured Web browser."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op een koppeling naar een Smart Tag *.oxt-bestand op een webpagina om de koppeling te openen in de standaardapplicatie. Hiervoor is een correct geconfigureerde webbrowser nodig."
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id8142338\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Smart Tags Menu"
|
||
msgstr "Menu Actielabels"
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1917477\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Any text in a Writer document can be marked with a Smart Tag, by default a magenta colored underline. You can change the color in <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME - Application Colors</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Iedere tekst in een Writer document kan gemarkeerd worden met een Smart Tag, standaard een magenta kleurige onderstreping. U kunt de kleur wijzigen in <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Voorkeuren</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Extra - Opties</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME - Programmakleuren</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id192266\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you point to a Smart Tag, a tip help informs you to Ctrl-click to open the Smart Tags menu. If you don't use a mouse, position the cursor inside the marked text and open the context menu by Shift+F10."
|
||
msgstr "Als u de muiscursor boven een actielabel houdt, verschijnt er een helptip die aangeeft dat u kunt Ctrl-klikken om het menu Actielabels te openen. Als u geen muis gebruikt, plaats de cursor dan binnen de gemarkeerde tekst en open het contextmenu met Shift+F10."
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1998962\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the Smart Tags menu you see the available actions that are defined for this Smart Tag. Choose an option from the menu. The <item type=\"menuitem\">Smart Tags Options</item> command opens the <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">Smart Tags</link> page of Tools - Autocorrect Options."
|
||
msgstr "Het menu Actielabels toont u de beschikbare acties die voor dit actielabel zijn gedefinieerd. Kies een optie uit het menu. Het commando <item type=\"menuitem\">Actielabelopties</item>opent de pagina <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">Actielabels</link> van Extra - Opties voor AutoCorrectie."
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id2376476\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Enable and Disable Smart Tags"
|
||
msgstr "Zo schakelt u Actielabels in en uit"
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id349131\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you have installed at least one Smart Tags extension, you see the <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">Smart Tags</link> page in <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Autocorrect Options</item>. Use this dialog to enable or disable Smart Tags and to manage the installed tags."
|
||
msgstr "Als u tenminste één Actielabels-extensie hebt geïnstalleerd, ziet u de pagina <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">Actielabels</link> in <item type=\"menuitem\">Extra - Opties voor AutoCorrectie</item>. Gebruik dit dialoogvenster om actielabels in of uit te schakelen en om de geïnstalleerde labels te beheren."
|
||
|
||
#: smarttags.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"smarttags.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1216467\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Text that is recognized as a Smart Tag is not checked by the automatic spellcheck."
|
||
msgstr "Tekst die herkend wordt als een actielabel wordt niet gecontroleerd door de automatische spellingcontrole."
|
||
|
||
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Checking Spelling and Grammar"
|
||
msgstr "Spelling en grammatica controleren"
|
||
|
||
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149684\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>spellcheck; checking text documents manually</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>checking spelling;manually</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>grammar checker</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>spellingcontrole; tekstdocumenten handmatig controleren</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>controleren van spelling; handmatig</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>grammatica controleren</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149684\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"spellcheck_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Checking Spelling and Grammar\">Checking Spelling and Grammar</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"spellcheck_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Checking Spelling and Grammar\">Spelling en grammatica controleren</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149814\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can manually check the spelling and grammar of a text selection or the entire document."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt de spelling van een tekstselectie of het hele document handmatig controleren."
|
||
|
||
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id0525200902184476\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. For many languages three different dictionaries exist: a spellchecker, a hyphenation dictionary, and a thesaurus. Each dictionary covers one language only. Grammar checkers can be downloaded and installed as extensions. See the <link href=\"https://extensions.libreoffice.org/extension-center?getCategories=Dictionary\">extensions web page</link>."
|
||
msgstr "De toepasselijke woordenboeken moeten geïnstalleerd zijn om de spelling en de grammatica van een tekst te kunnen controleren. Voor veel talen bestaan drie verschillende woordenboeken: een spellingcontrole, een woordenboek voor afbrekingen en een thesaurus. Elk woordenboek is slechts geldig voor één taal. Controles voor grammatica kunnen worden gedownload en geïnstalleerd als extensies. Zie de <link href=\"https://extensions.libreoffice.org/extension-center?getCategories=Dictionary\">extensies webpagina</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149828\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The spellcheck starts at the current cursor position, or at the beginning of the text selection."
|
||
msgstr "De spellingcontrole begint bij de huidige cursorpositie, of aan het begin van de tekstselectie."
|
||
|
||
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155859\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the document, or select the text that you want to check."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in het document of selecteer de tekst die u wilt controleren."
|
||
|
||
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149836\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Spelling</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Extra - Spelling en grammatica</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156104\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When a possible spelling error is encountered, the <item type=\"menuitem\">Spellcheck</item> dialog opens and $[officename] offers some suggested corrections."
|
||
msgstr "Wanneer er een mogelijke spelfout wordt gevonden, wordt het dialoogvenster <item type=\"menuitem\">Spellingcontrole</item> geopend en worden door $[officename] enkele correcties voorgesteld."
|
||
|
||
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149861\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "U kunt één van het volgende doen:"
|
||
|
||
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145099\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To accept a correction, click the suggestion, and then click <emph>Correct</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de suggestie en vervolgens op <emph>Wijzigen</emph> om een correctie te accepteren."
|
||
|
||
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156241\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Edit the sentence in the upper text box, and then click <emph>Correct</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Wijzig de zin in het bovenste tekstvak en klik dan op <emph>Wijzigen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155886\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To add the unknown word to a user-defined dictionary, click <emph>Add to Dictionary</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>Toevoegen</emph> om het onbekende woord aan een gebruikergedefinieerde woordenlijst toe te voegen."
|
||
|
||
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147107\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06010000.xhp\" name=\"Spellcheck dialog\">Spelling and Grammar dialog</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06010000.xhp\" name=\"Spellcheck dialog\">Doaloogvenster Spelling en grammatica</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode"
|
||
msgstr "Opmaakprofielen toepassen in Gietermodus"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3145084\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>fill format mode</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying; styles, by fill format mode</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>brush for copying styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles; transferring</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>gietermodus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kopiëren; opmaakprofielen, met gietermodus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>penseel voor kopiëren opmaakprofielen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opmaakprofielen; overdragen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opmaak; kopiëren en plakken</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstopmaak; kopiëren en plakken</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145084\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"stylist_fillformat\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp\" name=\"Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode\">Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"stylist_fillformat\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp\" name=\"Opmaakprofielen toepassen in Gietermodus\">Opmaakprofielen toepassen in Gietermodus</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155855\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can quickly apply styles, such as paragraph and character styles, in your document by using the Fill Format Mode in the Styles window."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt opmaakprofielen, zoals alinea- en tekenopmaakprofielen, snel in uw document toepassen door de Gietermodus in het venster Stijlen en opmaak te gebruiken."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156114\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Beeld - Stijlen en opmaak</emph>"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153128\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to apply."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op het pictogram van de categorie met opmaakprofielen die u wilt toepassen."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145090\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the style, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Fill Format Mode</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3149644\" src=\"cmd/sc_fillstyle.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149644\">Icon</alt></image> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles</item> window."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op het opmaakprofiel en dan op het pictogram <emph>Gietermodus</emph> <image id=\"img_id3149644\" src=\"cmd/sc_fillstyle.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149644\">Pictogram</alt></image> in het venster <item type=\"menuitem\">Stijlen en opmaak</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153371\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Move the mouse pointer to where you want to apply the style in the document, and click. To apply the style to more than one item, drag to select the items, and then release."
|
||
msgstr "Zet de muisaanwijzer op de plaats waar u het opmaakprofiel in het document wilt toepassen en klik. U kunt het opmaakprofiel op meerdere items toepassen door te slepen om de items te selecteren en de knop dan los te laten."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154263\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press <item type=\"keycode\">Esc</item> when finished."
|
||
msgstr "Druk op <item type=\"keycode\">Esc</item> wanneer u klaar bent."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3159259\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles\">Styles</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles\">Opmaakprofielen</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Creating New Styles From Selections"
|
||
msgstr "Nieuwe opmaakprofielen maken van selecties"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155911\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>styles; creating from selections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>drag and drop;creating new styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying;styles, from selections</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>opmaakprofielen; maken uit selecties</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>slepen en neerzetten;nieuwe opmaakprofielen maken</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kopiëren;opmaakprofielen, uit selecties</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155911\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"stylist_fromselect\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp\" name=\"Creating New Styles From Selections\">Creating New Styles From Selections</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"stylist_fromselect\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp\" name=\"Creating New Styles From Selections\">Nieuwe opmaakprofielen maken van selecties</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149829\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Create a New Style From a Manually Formatted Selection"
|
||
msgstr "Zo maakt u een nieuw opmaakprofiel van een handmatig opgemaakte selectie:"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156097\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Beeld - Stijlen en opmaak</emph>"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153402\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to create."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op het pictogram van de categorie met opmaakprofielen die u wilt maken."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153119\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the document where you want to copy the style from, for example, in a paragraph that you applied manual formatting to."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in het document van waaruit u het opmaakprofiel wilt kopiëren, bijvoorbeeld in een alinea waarop u handmatige opmaak hebt toegepast."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153138\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Style from Selection</item> icon and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">New Style from Selection</item> from the submenu"
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de pijl naast het pictogram <item type=\"menuitem\">Nieuw opmaakprofiel uit selectie</item> en kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Nieuw opmaakprofiel uit selectie</item> uit het submenu"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156260\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type a name in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style Name</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Typ een naam in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Naam opmaakprofiel</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154411\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153373\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Create a New Style by Drag-And-Drop"
|
||
msgstr "Zo maakt u een nieuw opmaakprofiel via slepen en neerzetten:"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154233\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Beeld - Stijlen en opmaak</emph>"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154258\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to create."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op het pictogram van de categorie met opmaakprofielen die u wilt maken."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154851\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select at least one character, or object, in the style that you want to copy. For page and frame styles, select at least one character or object in the page or frame."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer ten minste één teken, of object, met het opmaakprofiel dat u wilt kopiëren. Selecteer voor pagina-opmaakprofielen en frame-opmaakprofielen ten minste één teken of object in de pagina of het frame."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154871\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Drag the character or object to the Styles window and release."
|
||
msgstr "Sleep het teken of object naar het venster Stijlen en opmaak en laat de muisknop los."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN107B2\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "For paragraph and character styles, you can drag-and-drop onto the respective icon in the Styles window. You do not need to open that style category in advance."
|
||
msgstr "Voor alinea- en tekenopmaakprofielen kunt u slepen en neerzetten op het toepasselijke pictogram in het venster Stijlen en opmaak. U hoeft die categorie met opmaakprofielen niet van tevoren te openen."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN107B5\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also drag-and-drop a frame into the Styles window to create a new frame style: Click the frame, wait a moment with the mouse button pressed down, but without moving the mouse, then drag to the Styles window and drop the frame onto the Frame Styles icon."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt een frame ook via slepen en neerzetten in het venster Stijlen en opmaak plaatsen om een nieuw frameopmaakprofiel te maken: klik op het frame, houd de muisknop ingedrukt en wacht even, maar beweeg de muis niet. Sleep vervolgens naar het venster Stijlen en opmaak en laat het frame los boven het pictogram Frameopmaakprofielen."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149988\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles\">Styles</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles\">Opmaakprofielen</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_update.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Updating Styles From Selections"
|
||
msgstr "Opmaakprofielen bijwerken vanuit selecties"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_update.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155915\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>Stylist, see Styles window</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles; updating from selections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>templates; updating from selections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Styles window; updating from selections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating; styles, from selections</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>Stylist, zie venster Stijlen en opmaak</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>opmaakprofielen; bijwerken vanuit selecties</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sjablonen; bijwerken vanuit selecties</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Venster Stijlen en opmaak; bijwerken vanuit selecties</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bijwerken; opmaakprofielen, uit selecties</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_update.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155915\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"stylist_update\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp\" name=\"Updating Styles From Selections\">Updating Styles From Selections</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"stylist_update\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp\" name=\"Opmaakprofielen bijwerken vanuit selecties\">Opmaakprofielen bijwerken vanuit selecties</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_update.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149838\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Beeld - Stijlen en opmaak</emph>"
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_update.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156107\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to update."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op het pictogram van de categorie met opmaakprofielen die u wilt bijwerken."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_update.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149283\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the document, click from where you want to copy the updated style. For example, click a paragraph to which you applied some manual formatting that you want to copy now."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in het document op de plaats waarvan u het bijgewerkte opmaakprofiel wilt kopiëren. Klik bijvoorbeeld in een alinea waarop u enige handmatige opmaak hebt toegepast die u nu wilt kopiëren."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_update.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153402\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the Styles window, click the style that you want to update."
|
||
msgstr "In het venster Stijlen en opmaak klikt u op het opmaakprofiel dat u wilt bijwerken."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_update.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153119\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and choose <emph>Update Style</emph> from the submenu."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de pijl naast het pictogram <emph>Nieuw opmaakprofiel uit selectie</emph> en kies <emph>Opmaakprofiel bijwerken</emph> uit het submenu."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_update.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id0310200910360780\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Only the manually formatted attributes of the text at the cursor position in the document will be added to the style that is selected in the Styles window. Any attributes that were applied as part of a style will not be added to the updated style."
|
||
msgstr "Alleen de handmatig opgemaakte attributen van de tekst op de cursorpositie in het document zal worden toegevoegd aan het opmaakprofiel dat is geselecteerd in het venster Stijlen en opmaak. Attributen die werden toegepast als een deel van een opmaakprofiel zullen niet worden toegevoegd aan het bijgewerkte opmaakprofiel."
|
||
|
||
#: stylist_update.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155498\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles\">Styles</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles\">Opmaakprofielen</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: subscript.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"subscript.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Making Text Superscript or Subscript"
|
||
msgstr "Tekst naar superscript of subscript omzetten"
|
||
|
||
#: subscript.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"subscript.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155174\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; subscript and superscript</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>superscript text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>subscript text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>characters;subscript and superscript</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; subscript en superscript</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>superscripttekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>subscripttekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekens;subscript en superscript</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: subscript.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"subscript.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155174\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"subscript\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp\" name=\"Making Text Superscript or Subscript\">Making Text Superscript or Subscript</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"subscript\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp\" name=\"Tekst naar superscript of subscript omzetten\">Tekst naar superscript of subscript omzetten</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: subscript.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"subscript.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155917\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text that you want to make superscript or subscript."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de tekst waarvan u superscript of subscript wilt maken."
|
||
|
||
#: subscript.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"subscript.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155865\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "U kunt het volgende doen:"
|
||
|
||
#: subscript.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"subscript.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149829\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character - Position</emph>, and then select <emph>Superscript</emph> or <emph>Subscript</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Opmaak - Teken - Positie</emph> en selecteer <emph>Superscript</emph> of <emph>Subscript</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: subscript.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"subscript.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156111\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+P to make the text superscript, and <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+B to make the text subscript."
|
||
msgstr "Druk op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Commando</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+P om tekst superscript te maken of <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Commando</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+B om tekst subscript te maken."
|
||
|
||
#: subscript.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"subscript.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153416\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05020500.xhp\" name=\"Format - Character - Position\">Format - Character - Position</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05020500.xhp\" name=\"Opmaak - Teken - Positie\">Opmaak - Teken - Positie</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: subscript.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"subscript.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154705\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040200.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace\">Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040200.xhp\" name=\"Extra - AutoCorrectie - Vervangen\">Extra - AutoCorrectie - Vervangen</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Merging and Splitting Cells"
|
||
msgstr "Cellen samenvoegen en splitsen"
|
||
|
||
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3147240\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>cells; merging/splitting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; merging cells</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cell merges</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>splitting cells;by menu command</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>merging;cells</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>cellen; samenvoegen/splitsen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellen; cellen samenvoegen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>samenvoegingen van cellen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cellen splitsen;met menuopdracht</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>samenvoegen;cellen</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id6618243\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"table_cellmerge\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp\" name=\"Merging and Splitting Cells\">Merging and Splitting Cells</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_cellmerge\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp\" name=\"Cellen samenvoegen en splitsen\">Cellen samenvoegen en splitsen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1211890\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can select adjacent cells, then merge them into a single cell. Conversely, you can take a large cell and divide it into individual cells."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt aangrenzende cellen selecteren en ze dan samenvoegen tot één cel. Andersom kunt u ook een grote cel weer in individuele cellen opsplitsen."
|
||
|
||
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3463850\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Merge Cells"
|
||
msgstr "Cellen samenvoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5708792\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the adjacent cells."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de aangrenzende cellen."
|
||
|
||
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6301461\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Merge Cells</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Tabel - Cellen samenvoegen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id9156468\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Split Cells"
|
||
msgstr "Cellen splitsen"
|
||
|
||
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3415936\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor in the cell to be split."
|
||
msgstr "Plaats de cursor in de cel die gesplitst moet worden."
|
||
|
||
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4044312\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Split Cells</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Tabel - Cellen splitsen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id634174\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A dialog allows you to split the cell into two or more cells, horizontally or vertically."
|
||
msgstr "Via een dialoogvenster kunt u de cel horizontaal of verticaal in twee of meer cellen splitsen."
|
||
|
||
#: table_cells.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cells.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard"
|
||
msgstr "Een rij of kolom toevoegen of verwijderen via het toetsenbord"
|
||
|
||
#: table_cells.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cells.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3156377\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>rows; inserting/deleting in tables by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>columns; inserting/deleting in tables by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; editing by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>keyboard;adding or deleting rows/columns</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>splitting cells;by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>merging;cells, by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;rows/columns, by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;rows/columns, by keyboard</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>rijen; in tabellen invoegen/verwijderen met het toetsenbord</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kolommen; in tabellen invoegen/verwijderen met het toetsenbord</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellen; bewerken met het toetsenbord</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>toetsenbord;rijen/kolommen toevoegen of verwijderen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cellen splitsen;met het toetsenbord</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>samenvoegen;cellen, met het toetsenbord</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>verwijderen;rijen/kolommen, met het toetsenbord</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>invoegen;rijen/kolommen, met het toetsenbord</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_cells.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cells.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3156377\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"table_cells\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp\" name=\"Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard\">Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_cells\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp\" name=\"Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard\">Een rij of kolom aan een tabel toevoegen of verwijderen via het toetsenbord</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_cells.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cells.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149487\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can add or delete rows or columns in tables as well as split or merge table cells using the keyboard."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt met behulp van het toetsenbord rijen of kolommen toevoegen aan of verwijderen uit tabellen, evenals tabelcellen splitsen of samenvoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: table_cells.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cells.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155906\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To insert a new row in a table, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then press the up or down arrow key. You can also move the cursor to the last cell in the table, and then press Tab."
|
||
msgstr "Plaats de cursor in een tabelcel en druk op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Ins en dan op de pijltoets omhoog of omlaag als u een nieuwe rij in een tabel wilt invoegen. U kunt de cursor ook naar de laatste cel in de tabel verplaatsen en dan op Tab drukken."
|
||
|
||
#: table_cells.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cells.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147412\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To insert a new column, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then press the left or right arrow key."
|
||
msgstr "Plaats de cursor in een tabelcel en druk op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Ins en druk dan op de pijltoets naar links of rechts als u een nieuwe kolom wilt invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: table_cells.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cells.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156096\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To split a table cell instead of adding a column, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you press the left or right arrow key."
|
||
msgstr "Druk op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Ins en houd <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> ingedrukt terwijl u op de pijltoets naar links of rechts drukt als u een tabelcel wilt splitsen in plaats van een kolom toe te voegen."
|
||
|
||
#: table_cells.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cells.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153408\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To delete a row, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, and then press the up or down arrow key."
|
||
msgstr "Plaats de cursor in een tabelcel en druk op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Optie</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Del en dan op de pijltoets omhoog of omlaag om een rij te verwijderen."
|
||
|
||
#: table_cells.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cells.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149626\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To delete a column, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, and then press the left or the right arrow key."
|
||
msgstr "Plaats de cursor in een tabelcel en druk op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Optie</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Del en dan op de pijltoets naar links of rechts om een kolom te verwijderen."
|
||
|
||
#: table_cells.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_cells.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149612\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To merge a table into an adjacent cell, place the cursor in the cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrow key."
|
||
msgstr "Plaats de cursor in de cel en druk op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, houd <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> ingedrukt en druk vervolgens op de pijltoets naar links of rechts om een tabelcel samen te voegen met een aangrenzende cel."
|
||
|
||
#: table_delete.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_delete.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table"
|
||
msgstr "Tabellen of de inhoud van een tabel verwijderen"
|
||
|
||
#: table_delete.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_delete.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149489\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>deleting; tables or table contents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; deleting</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>verwijderen; tabellen of tabelinhoud</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellen; verwijderen</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_delete.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_delete.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149489\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"table_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp\" name=\"Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table\">Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp\" name=\"Tabellen of de inhoud van een tabel verwijderen\">Tabellen of de inhoud van een tabel verwijderen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_delete.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_delete.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155918\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can delete a table from your document, or delete the contents of the table."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt een tabel uit uw document verwijderen of de inhoud van de tabel verwijderen."
|
||
|
||
#: table_delete.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_delete.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155863\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To delete a whole table, click in the table, and then choose <emph>Table - Delete - Table</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in de tabel en kies vervolgens <emph>Tabel - Verwijderen - Tabel</emph> om de hele tabel te verwijderen."
|
||
|
||
#: table_delete.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_delete.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153415\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To delete the contents of a table, click in the table, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A until all cells are selected, and then press Delete or Backspace."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in de tabel, druk op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A tot alle cellen geselecteerd zijn en druk dan op Delete of Backspace om de inhoud van een tabel te verwijderen."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting Tables"
|
||
msgstr "Tabellen invoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3156377\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; inserting text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; tables in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>DDE; inserting tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>OLE objects; inserting tables in</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cells;inserting from spreadsheets</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables in spreadsheets;inserting in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>spreadsheets;inserting tables from</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabellen; invoegen teksttabellen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>invoegen; tabellen in tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>DDE; tabellen invoegen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>OLE-objecten; tabellen invoegen in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cellen;invoegen uit werkbladen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellen in werkbladen;invoegen in tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>werkbladen;tabellen invoegen uit</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3156377\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"table_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Tables\">Inserting Tables</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp\" name=\"Tabellen invoegen\">Tabellen invoegen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149489\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "There are several ways to create a table in a text document. You can insert a table from a toolbar, through a menu command, or from a spreadsheet."
|
||
msgstr "Er zijn verschillende manieren om een tabel in een tekstdocument te maken. U kunt een tabel via een werkbalk, een menuopdracht of uit een werkblad invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155908\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert a Table From a Toolbar"
|
||
msgstr "Om een tabel uit een werkbalk in te voegen"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155861\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table."
|
||
msgstr "Plaats de cursor op de positie in uw document waar u de tabel wilt invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147416\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <emph>Standard</emph> or the <emph>Insert</emph> bar, click the arrow next to the <emph>Table</emph> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de pijl naast het pictogram voor <emph>Tabel</emph> op de <emph>Standaard</emph> of de <emph>Invoegen</emph>-balk."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153398\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the table grid, drag to select the numbers of rows and columns that you want, and then release."
|
||
msgstr "Sleep in het tabelraster om het gewenste aantal rijen en kolommen te selecteren, en laat de muisknop dan los."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153416\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To cancel, drag to the other side until <emph>Cancel</emph> appears in the preview area of the grid."
|
||
msgstr "Wilt u annuleren, dan sleept u naar de andere kant tot <emph>Annuleren</emph> in het voorbeeldgebied van het raster verschijnt."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153135\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert a Table With a Menu Command"
|
||
msgstr "Zo voegt u een tabel in met een menuopdracht:"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149642\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table."
|
||
msgstr "Plaats de cursor op de positie in uw document waar u de tabel wilt invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149609\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Insert - Table</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Tabel - Invoegen - Tabel</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149858\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Size</emph> area, enter the number of rows and columns."
|
||
msgstr "In het gebied <emph>Grootte</emph> voert u het aantal rijen en kolommen in."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145097\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the options that you want, click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de gewenste opties en klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149572\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert a Table From a Calc Spreadsheet"
|
||
msgstr "Een tabel uit een Calc-werkblad invoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149594\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert."
|
||
msgstr "Open het $[officename] Calc-werkblad met het celbereik dat u wilt invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156250\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de cellen in het werkblad door te slepen."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154395\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Copy</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Bewerken - Kopiëren</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154420\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In your text document, do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Voer een van de volgende handelingen uit in uw tekstdocument:"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153383\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>. The cell range is pasted as an OLE object. To edit the contents of the cells, double-click the object."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Bewerken - Plakken</emph>. Het celbereik wordt als een OLE-object geplakt. Om de inhoud van de cellen te bewerken, klikt u dubbel op het object."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154248\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>, and choose from the following options:"
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Bewerken - Plakken speciaal</emph> en doe het volgende:"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154844\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Options"
|
||
msgstr "Opties"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154867\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Is inserted as..."
|
||
msgstr "Wordt ingevoegd als..."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155893\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "$[officename] $[officeversion] Spreadsheet"
|
||
msgstr "$[officename] $[officeversion]-werkblad"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149986\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "OLE object - as with <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V or drag-and-drop"
|
||
msgstr "OLE object - met <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V of slepen en neerzetten"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148674\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "GDIMetaFile"
|
||
msgstr "GDIMetaFile"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148697\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Graphic"
|
||
msgstr "Afbeelding"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153027\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Bitmap"
|
||
msgstr "Bitmap"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148957\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Graphic"
|
||
msgstr "Afbeelding"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147104\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "HTML"
|
||
msgstr "HTML"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147126\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "HTML table"
|
||
msgstr "HTML-tabel"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150223\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Unformatted text"
|
||
msgstr "Tekst zonder opmaak"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150246\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Text only, tab stops as separators"
|
||
msgstr "Alleen tekst, met tabs als scheidingstekens"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145227\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Formatted text [RTF]"
|
||
msgstr "Tekst met opmaak [RTF]"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150938\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Text table"
|
||
msgstr "Teksttabel"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150965\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">DDE link (only under Windows) </caseinline></switchinline>"
|
||
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">DDE-koppeling (alleen onder Windows) </caseinline></switchinline>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154377\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Table structure and contents, without formatting. With updating </caseinline></switchinline>"
|
||
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Tabelstructuur en inhoud, zonder opmaak, met bijwerken.</caseinline></switchinline>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3151093\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Drag-and-Drop a Cell Range From a Calc Spreadsheet"
|
||
msgstr "Een celbereik uit een Calc-werkblad slepen en neerzetten"
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151116\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert."
|
||
msgstr "Open het $[officename] Calc-werkblad met het celbereik dat u wilt invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150515\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de cellen in het werkblad door te slepen."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150534\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click and hold the mouse button in the selected cells."
|
||
msgstr "Klik en houd de muisknop ingedrukt in de geselecteerde cellen."
|
||
|
||
#: table_insert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_insert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147527\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Drag the selected cells into the text document."
|
||
msgstr "Sleep de geselecteerde cellen naar het tekstdocument."
|
||
|
||
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Repeating a Table Header on a New Page"
|
||
msgstr "Een tabelkop op een nieuwe pagina herhalen"
|
||
|
||
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155870\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; heading repetition after page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>repeating; table headings after page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headings; repeating in tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>multi-page tables</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabellen; koppen herhalen na pagina-einden</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>herhalen; tabelkoppen na pagina-einden</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>koppen; herhalen in tabellen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tabellen over meerdere pagina's</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153406\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"table_repeat_multiple_headers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\" name=\"Repeating a Table Header on a New Page\">Repeating a Table Heading on a New Page</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_repeat_multiple_headers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\" name=\"Repeating a Table Header on a New Page\">Een tabelkop op een nieuwe pagina herhalen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149636\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can repeat a table heading on each new page that the table spans."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt een tabelkop herhalen op elke nieuwe pagina in de tabel."
|
||
|
||
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145098\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Insert - Table</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Tabel - Invoegen - Tabel</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156240\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Heading</item> and the <item type=\"menuitem\">Repeat heading</item> check boxes."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de keuzevakken <item type=\"menuitem\">Kop</item> en <item type=\"menuitem\">Kop herhalen</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153376\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the number of rows and columns for the table."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer het aantal rijen en kolommen voor de tabel."
|
||
|
||
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153393\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: table_select.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_select.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Selecting Tables, Rows, and Columns"
|
||
msgstr "Tabellen, rijen en kolommen selecteren"
|
||
|
||
#: table_select.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_select.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id7693411\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>selecting;tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables;selecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns;selecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rows;selecting</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>selecteren;tabellen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellen;selecteren</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kolommen;selecteren</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rijen;selecteren</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_select.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_select.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN105F0\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"table_select\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp\">Selecting Tables, Rows, and Columns</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_select\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp\">Tabellen, rijen en kolommen selecteren</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_select.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_select.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1060E\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can select a table in a text document with a keyboard or with a mouse."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt een tabel in een tekstdocument via het toetsenbord of de muis selecteren."
|
||
|
||
#: table_select.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_select.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10614\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To select a table with the keyboard, move the cursor into the table, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A until all the cells are selected."
|
||
msgstr "Plaats de cursor in de tabel en druk dan op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A tot alle cellen geselecteerd zijn om een tabel met het toetsenbord te selecteren."
|
||
|
||
#: table_select.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_select.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10633\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To select a table with the mouse, move the mouse pointer to a position just above and left of the table. The mouse pointer becomes a diagonal arrow. Click to select the table."
|
||
msgstr "U selecteert een tabel met de muis door de muisaanwijzer naar een positie net linksboven van de tabel te verplaatsen. De muisaanwijzer verandert in een diagonale pijl. Klik om de tabel te selecteren."
|
||
|
||
#: table_select.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_select.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10637\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To select a row or column with the mouse, point to a position just left of the row or above the column. The mouse pointer becomes an arrow. Click to select the row or column."
|
||
msgstr "U selecteert een rij of kolom met de muis door naar een positie net links van de rij of boven de kolom te wijzen. De muisaanwijzer verandert in een pijl. Klik om de rij of kolom te selecteren."
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table"
|
||
msgstr "De grootte van rijen en kolommen in een teksttabel wijzigen"
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3156108\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>cells; enlarging and reducing in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>table cells; enlarging/reducing in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard; resizing rows/columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resizing;rows and columns in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>enlarging columns,cells and table rows</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>reducing rows and columns in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; resizing/juxtaposing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>juxtaposing tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>heights of table rows</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>widths of table columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rows;resizing in tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns;resizing in tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>column widths in tables</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>cellen; vergroten en verkleinen in teksttabellen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabelcellen; vergroten/verkleinen in tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>toetsenbord; grootte van rijen/kolommen wijzigen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>grootte wijzigen;rijen en kolommen in teksttabellen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vergroten van kolommen, cellen en tabelrijen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>verkleinen van rijen en kolommen in teksttabellen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellen; grootte wijzigen/tegenover elkaar stellen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellen tegenover elkaar stellen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hoogte van tabelrijen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>breedte van tabelkolummen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rijen;grootte wijzigen in tabellen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kolommen;grootte wijzigen in tabellen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kolombreedte in tabellen</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3156108\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"table_sizing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp\" name=\"Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table\">Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_sizing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp\" name=\"De grootte van rijen en kolommen in een teksttabel wijzigen\">De grootte van rijen en kolommen in een teksttabel wijzigen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153140\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can resize the width of table cells and columns, as well as change the height of table rows."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt de breedte van tabelcellen en -kolommen wijzigen, evenals de hoogte van tabelrijen."
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149615\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149622\" src=\"cmd/sc_optimizetable.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149622\">Icon</alt></image>"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149622\" src=\"cmd/sc_optimizetable.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149622\">Pictogram</alt></image>"
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3146497\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also distribute rows and columns evenly using the icons on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Optimize Size</item> toolbar on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table</item> Bar."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt rijen en kolommen ook gelijkmatig verdelen met behulp van de pictogrammen op de werkbalk <item type=\"menuitem\">Grootte optimaliseren</item> op de werkbalkbalk <item type=\"menuitem\">Tabel</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145109\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Changing the Width of Columns and Cells"
|
||
msgstr "De breedte van kolommen en cellen wijzigen"
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149574\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Change the Width of a Column"
|
||
msgstr "Zo wijzigt u de breedte van een kolom:"
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149587\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "U kunt het volgende doen:"
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156246\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Rest the mouse pointer over the column dividing line until the pointer becomes a separator icon, and then drag the line to a new location."
|
||
msgstr "Laat de muis op de kolomsscheidingslijn staan totdat de cursor in een scheidingstekenpictogram verandert, en sleep de lijn dan naar een nieuwe locatie."
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145390\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Rest the mouse pointer over the column dividing line on the ruler until the pointer becomes a separator icon, and then drag the line to a new location."
|
||
msgstr "Laat de muis op de kolomsscheidingslijn op de liniaal staan totdat de cursor in een scheidingstekenpictogram verandert en sleep de lijn dan naar een nieuwe locatie."
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id0918200811260957\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and then click and drag a line to scale all cells right or above the line proportionally."
|
||
msgstr "Houd <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> ingedrukt en klik en sleep daarna een lijn om alle cellen rechts of boven de lijn proportioneel te schalen."
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145411\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor in a cell in the column, hold down the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, and then press the left or the right arrow key."
|
||
msgstr "Plaats de cursor in een cel in de kolom, houd de toets <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Optie </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> ingedrukt en druk dan op de pijltoets links of rechts."
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153364\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To increase the distance from the left edge of the page to the edge of the table, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, and then press the right arrow key."
|
||
msgstr "Houd <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Optie </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift ingedrukt en druk op de pijltoets rechts om de afstand tussen de linkerrand van de pagina en de rand van de tabel te vergroten."
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155891\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can specify the behavior for the arrow keys by choosing <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph>, and selecting the options that you want in the <emph>Keyboard handling</emph> area."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt het gedrag van de pijltjestoetsen specificeren door te kiezen <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Voorkeuren</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Extra - Opties</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Tabel</emph> en selecteer de opties die u wilt in het gebied <emph>Toetsenbordafhandeling</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149993\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Change the Width of a Cell"
|
||
msgstr "Zo wijzigt u de breedte van een cel:"
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148676\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option+Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt+Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrow key"
|
||
msgstr "Houd <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Optie+Commando </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt+Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> ingedrukt en druk dan op de pijltoets naar links of rechts"
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153014\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Changing the Height of a Row"
|
||
msgstr "De hoogte van een rij wijzigen"
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153035\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the height of a row, place the cursor in a cell in the row, hold down the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, and then press the up or the down arrow key."
|
||
msgstr "Plaats de cursor in een cel in de rij, houd de toets <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Optie </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> ingedrukt en druk op de pijltoets omhoog of omlaag om de hoogte van een rij te wijzigen."
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id8478041\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Resizing a Whole Table"
|
||
msgstr "De grootte van een hele tabel wijzigen"
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3358867\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the width and height of a table, do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "Als u de breedte en hoogte van een tabel wilt wijzigen, voert u een van de volgende handelingen uit:"
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5366679\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click inside the table. In the rulers, drag the border between the white and the gray area to resize the table."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in de tabel. Op de linialen versleept u de rand tussen het witte en grijze vlak om de grootte van de tabel te wijzigen."
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1279030\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click inside the table. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Properties</item> to open a dialog and set the properties to the numbers."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in de tabel. Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Tabel - Eigenschappen</item> om een dialoogvenster te openen en de eigenschappen voor de getallen in te stellen."
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5009308\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To wrap text to the sides of a table, and to arrange two tables next to another, you must insert the tables into a frame. Click inside the table, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A twice to select the whole table, then choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "U moet de tabellen in een frame zetten om tekst te laten doorlopen langs de zijkanten van een tabel en om twee tabellen naast elkaar te schikken. Klik in de tabel, druk tweemaal op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Commando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A om de gehele tabel te selecteren en kies dan <emph>Invoegen - Frame</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: table_sizing.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4190496\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Tables within HTML pages do not offer the full range of properties and commands as tables in OpenDocument format."
|
||
msgstr "Tabellen in HTML-pagina's bieden niet de volledige reeks eigenschappen en opdrachten als tabellen in OpenDocument-indeling."
|
||
|
||
#: tablemode.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"tablemode.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard"
|
||
msgstr "Tabelbreedten Aanpassen"
|
||
|
||
#: tablemode.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"tablemode.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155856\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>table mode selection</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>proportional distribution of tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>relative distribution of table cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; adapting the width by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; adapting the width by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard;modifying the behavior of rows/columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>behavior of rows/columns</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabelmodusselectie</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>proportionele verdeling van tabellen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>relatieve verdeling van tabelcellen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellen; de breedte aanpassen via toetsenbord</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cellen; de breedte aanpassen via toetsenbord</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>toetsenbord;het gedrag van rijen/kolommen wijzigen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>gedrag van rijen/kolommen</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: tablemode.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"tablemode.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155856\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"tablemode\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp\" name=\"Modifying the Behavior of Rows and Columns for Table\">Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"tablemode\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp\" name=\"Het gedrag van rijen en kolommen aanpassen voor tabel\">Rijen en kolommen via het toetsenbord aanpassen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: tablemode.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"tablemode.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149835\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you insert or delete cells, rows or columns in a table, the <item type=\"menuitem\">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options determine how the neighboring elements are affected. For example, you can only insert new rows and columns into a table with fixed row and column dimensions if space permits."
|
||
msgstr "Wanneer u cellen, rijen of kolommen invoegt in of verwijdert uit een tabel, bepalen de opties voor <item type=\"menuitem\">Gedrag van rijen/kolommen</item> wat voor effect dit op de aangrenzende elementen heeft Zo kunt u bijvoorbeeld in een tabel met vaste afmetingen voor rijen en kolommen, alleen rijen en kolommen toevoegen als daarvoor voldoende ruimte is."
|
||
|
||
#: tablemode.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"tablemode.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7344279\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Note that these properties are valid only for changes to the column width that are made using the keyboard. Using the mouse, you are free to make any column width changes."
|
||
msgstr "Deze eigenschappen gelden alleen voor wijzigingen die via het toetsenbord in de kolombreedte worden aangebracht. Met behulp van de muis kunt u de kolombreedte vrijelijk veranderen."
|
||
|
||
#: tablemode.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"tablemode.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156110\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To set the <item type=\"menuitem\">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options for tables in text documents, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>. There are three display modes for tables:"
|
||
msgstr "U stelt de <item type=\"menuitem\">Gedrag van rijen/kolommen</item> opties voor tabellen in tekst documenten in door het kiezen van <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Voorkeuren</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> Extra - Opties</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Tabel</item>. Er zijn drie verschillende manieren om tabellen voor te stellen:"
|
||
|
||
#: tablemode.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"tablemode.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149638\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<emph>Fixed</emph> - changes only affect the adjacent cell, and not the entire table. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cell becomes narrower, but the width of the table remains constant."
|
||
msgstr "<emph>Tabelmodus Vast/Proportioneel</emph> betekent dat alle aangrenzende cellen naar verhouding smaller worden. Met andere woorden, brede cellen zullen meer krimpen dan smalle. Ook in dit geval blijft de totale tabelbreedte constant."
|
||
|
||
#: tablemode.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"tablemode.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149613\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<emph>Fixed, proportional</emph> - changes affect the entire table, and wide cells shrink more than narrow cells. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cells become proportionally narrower, but the width of the table remains constant."
|
||
msgstr "<emph>Tabelmodus Variabel</emph> betekent dat de totale breedte van de tabel variabel is. Wanneer een individuele cel wordt verbreed, verschuift alles wat er rechts naast ligt, zodat de totale breedte van de tabel eveneens verandert."
|
||
|
||
#: tablemode.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"tablemode.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149864\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<emph>Variable</emph> - changes affect the table size. For example, when you widen a cell, the width of the table increases."
|
||
msgstr "<emph>Variabel</emph> - wijzigingen hebben effect op de tabelgrootte. Indien u bijvoorbeeld een cel groter maakt, wordt de gehele tabel groter."
|
||
|
||
#: template_create.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_create.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Creating a Document Template"
|
||
msgstr "Een documentsjabloon maken"
|
||
|
||
#: template_create.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_create.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149688\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>document templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>templates; creating document templates</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>documentsjablonen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sjablonen; documentsjablonen maken</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: template_create.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_create.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149688\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"template_create\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Document Template\">Creating a Document Template</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"template_create\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Document Template\">Een documentsjabloon maken</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: template_create.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_create.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149492\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can create a template to use as the basis for creating new text documents."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt een sjabloon maken om dit als basis voor nieuwe tekstdocumenten te gebruiken."
|
||
|
||
#: template_create.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_create.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155915\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Create a document and add the content and formatting styles that you want."
|
||
msgstr "Maak een document en voeg de gewenste inhoud en opmaakprofielen toe."
|
||
|
||
#: template_create.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_create.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147422\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Templates - Save As Template</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Bestand - Sjablonen - Opslaan als sjabloon</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: template_create.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_create.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149829\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Template</item> box, type a name for the new template."
|
||
msgstr "In het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Nieuwe sjabloon</item> typt u een naam voor de nieuwe sjabloon."
|
||
|
||
#: template_create.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_create.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156098\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select a template category in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Categories</item> list."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer een sjablooncategorie in de lijst <item type=\"menuitem\">Categorieën</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: template_create.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_create.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149281\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: template_create.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_create.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153404\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To create a document based on the template, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">File - New - Templates</item>, select the template, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Open</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Bestand - Nieuw - Sjablonen</item>, selecteer de sjabloon en klik dan op <item type=\"menuitem\">Openen</item> om een document op basis van de sjabloon te maken."
|
||
|
||
#: template_create.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_create.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149636\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01110300.xhp\" name=\"File - Templates - Save As Template\">File - Templates - Save As Template</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01110300.xhp\" name=\"File - Templates - Save As Template\">Bestand - Sjablonen - Opslaan als sjabloon</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: template_default.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_default.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Changing the Default Template"
|
||
msgstr "De standaardsjabloon wijzigen"
|
||
|
||
#: template_default.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_default.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155913\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>default templates;defining/resetting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defaults; templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>templates; default templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text documents;default templates</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>standaardsjablonen; definiëren</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>standaarden; sjablonen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sjablonen; standaardsjablonen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstdocumenten;standaardsjablonen</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: template_default.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_default.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155913\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"template_default\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Default Template\">Changing the Default Template</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"template_default\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp\" name=\"De standaardsjabloon wijzigen\">De standaardsjabloon wijzigen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: template_default.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_default.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145569\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The default template contains the default formatting information for new text documents. If you want, you can create a new template and use it as the default template."
|
||
msgstr "De standaardsjabloon bevat de standaardopmaakinformatie voor nieuwe tekstdocumenten. U kunt desgewenst een nieuwe sjabloon maken en deze als de standaardsjabloon gebruiken."
|
||
|
||
#: template_default.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_default.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id6414990\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Create a Default Template"
|
||
msgstr "Een standaardsjabloon maken"
|
||
|
||
#: template_default.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_default.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149838\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Create a document and the content and formatting styles that you want."
|
||
msgstr "Maak een document en de gewenste inhoud en opmaakprofielen."
|
||
|
||
#: template_default.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_default.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156101\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Templates - Save As Template</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Bestand - Sjablonen - Opslaan als sjabloon</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: template_default.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_default.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149283\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>New Template</emph> box, type a name for the new template."
|
||
msgstr "In het vak <emph>Nieuwe sjabloon</emph> typt u een naam voor de nieuwe sjabloon."
|
||
|
||
#: template_default.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_default.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153409\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the dialog that appears, double-click the \"My Templates\" folder, and then click <emph>Save</emph>. You will then be prompted for a name; write it and click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Dubbelklik, in het dialoogvenster dat verschijnt, op de map \"Mijn sjablonen\" en klik dan op <emph>Opslaan</emph>. U wordt gevraagd om een naam in te voeren; type deze en klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: template_default.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_default.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153140\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>File - New - Templates</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Bestand - Nieuw - Sjablonen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: template_default.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_default.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149952\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Double-click the \"My Templates\" folder."
|
||
msgstr "Dubbelklik op de \"Mijn sjablonen\" map."
|
||
|
||
#: template_default.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_default.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149970\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click on the template that you created, and click <emph>Set as Default</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de sjabloon die u gemaakt hebt, en kies <emph>Als standaardsjabloon instellen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: template_default.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"template_default.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149620\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Close the dialog."
|
||
msgstr "Sluit het dialoogvenster."
|
||
|
||
#: templates_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Templates and Styles"
|
||
msgstr "Sjablonen en opmaakprofielen"
|
||
|
||
#: templates_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3153396\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>formatting styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>organizing; templates (guide)</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>templates; organizing (guide)</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>opmaakprofielen; opmaakprofielen en sjablonen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>stijlen; opmaakprofielen en sjablonen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>beheren; sjablonen (gids)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sjablonen; beheren (gids)</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: templates_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153396\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"templates_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp\" name=\"Templates and Styles\">Templates and Styles</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"templates_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp\" name=\"Sjablonen en opmaakprofielen\">Sjablonen en opmaakprofielen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: templates_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149635\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A template is a document that contains specific formatting styles, graphics, tables, objects, and other information. A template is used as the basis for creating other documents. For example, you can define paragraph and character styles in a document, save the document as a template, and then use the template to create a new document with the same styles."
|
||
msgstr "Een sjabloon is een document dat specifieke opmaakprofielen, afbeeldingen, tabellen, objecten en andere informatie bevat. Een sjabloon wordt gebruikt als basis voor het maken van andere documenten. Zo kunt u bijvoorbeeld alinea- en tekenopmaakprofielen in een document definiëren, het document als sjabloon opslaan en de sjabloon vervolgens gebruiken om een nieuw document met dezelfde opmaakprofielen te maken."
|
||
|
||
#: templates_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149957\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Unless you specify otherwise, every new $[officename] text document is based on the default template."
|
||
msgstr "Elk nieuw $[officename]-tekstdocument is gebaseerd op het standaardsjabloon, tenzij u dit verandert."
|
||
|
||
#: templates_styles.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149974\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "$[officename] has a number of <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp\" name=\"predefined templates\">predefined templates</link> that you can use to create different types or text documents, such as business letters."
|
||
msgstr "$[officename] heeft een aantal <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp\" name=\"vooraf gedefinieerde sjablonen\">vooraf gedefinieerde sjablonen</link> die u kunt gebruiken om verschillende typen tekstdocumenten te maken, zoals zakenbrieven."
|
||
|
||
#: text_animation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_animation.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Animating Text"
|
||
msgstr "Tekst animeren"
|
||
|
||
#: text_animation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_animation.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3151182\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>text animation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>effects; text animation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>animations;text</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekstanimatie</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>effecten; tekstanimatie</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>animaties;tekst</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_animation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_animation.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3151182\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"text_animation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp\" name=\"Animating Text\">Animating Text</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_animation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp\" name=\"Animating Text\">Tekst animeren</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_animation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_animation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145080\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can only animate text that is contained in a drawing object, such as rectangles, lines, or text objects. For example, draw a rectangle, then double-click the rectangle and enter your text."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt alleen tekst animeren die in een tekenobject staat, zoals rechthoeken, lijnen of tekstobjecten. Teken bijvoorbeeld een rechthoek, dubbelklik erop, en voer uw tekst in."
|
||
|
||
#: text_animation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_animation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149811\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the drawing object containing the text that you want to animate."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer het tekenobject met de tekst die u wilt animeren."
|
||
|
||
#: text_animation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_animation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155178\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Object - Text Attributes</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Text Animation</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaak - Object - Tekstattributen</item> en klik dan op de tab <item type=\"menuitem\">Tekstanimatie</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_animation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_animation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149819\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Effect</item> box, select the animation that you want."
|
||
msgstr "In het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Effect</item> selecteert u de gewenste animatie."
|
||
|
||
#: text_animation.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_animation.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145786\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Set the properties of the effect, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Stel de eigenschappen voor het effect in en klik dan op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_capital.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_capital.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Changing the Case of Text"
|
||
msgstr "De letterkast van tekst wijzigen"
|
||
|
||
#: text_capital.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_capital.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155182\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>characters; uppercase or lowercase</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; uppercase or lowercase</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lowercase letters; text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>uppercase; formatting text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small letters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;cases of text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>initial capitals in titles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>small capitals (guide)</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekens; hoofdletters of kleine letters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst; hoofdletters of kleine letters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kleine letters; tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hoofdletters; tekst opmaken</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hoofdletters;omzetten in kleine letters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>omzetten;letterkast van tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>beginhoofdletters in titels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kleine kapitalen (gids)</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_capital.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_capital.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155182\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"text_capital\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Case of Text\">Changing the Case of Text</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_capital\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp\" name=\"De letterkast van tekst wijzigen\">De letterkast van tekst wijzigen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_capital.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_capital.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155916\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can change the case of text, format text with small capitals, or capitalize the first letter of each word in a selection."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt in een selectie de letterkast van de tekst wijzigen, tekst klein kapitaal maken of elk woord met een hoofdletter laten beginnen."
|
||
|
||
#: text_capital.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_capital.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10728\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you apply formatting to your text by <emph>Format - Character</emph>, the text stays the same, it is only displayed in another way. On the other hand, when you choose <emph>Format - Text</emph> or <emph>Format - Text - Change Case</emph>, the text is permanently changed."
|
||
msgstr "Wanneer u een opmaak op uw tekst toepast via <emph>Opmaak - Teken</emph>, blijft de tekst hetzelfde, maar wordt deze anders weergegeven. Kiest u daarentegen <emph>Opmaak - Tekst</emph> of <emph>Opmaak - Tekst - Hoofdlettergebruik</emph>, dan wordt de tekst permanent gewijzigd."
|
||
|
||
#: text_capital.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_capital.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155861\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Capitalize Text"
|
||
msgstr "Zo zet u tekst in hoofdletters:"
|
||
|
||
#: text_capital.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_capital.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147420\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text that you want to capitalize."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de tekst die u in hoofdletters wilt omzetten."
|
||
|
||
#: text_capital.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_capital.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149841\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "U kunt het volgende doen:"
|
||
|
||
#: text_capital.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_capital.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1120200910485778\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Text - Uppercase</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaak - Tekst - Hoofdletters</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_capital.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_capital.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1120200910485775\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select the type of capitalization in the Effects box. \"Capitals\" capitalizes all letters. \"Title\" capitalizes the first letter of each word. \"Small capitals\" capitalizes all letters, but in a reduced font size."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaak - Teken</item>, klik op de tab Teksteffecten, en selecteer het type hoofdletters in het vak Effecten. \"Hoofdletters\" maakt van alle letters hoofdletters. \"Titel\" maakt een hoofdletter van de eerste letter van elk woord. \"Kleine hoofdletters\" maakt hoofdletters van alle letters, maar in een kleinere lettergrootte."
|
||
|
||
#: text_capital.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_capital.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149644\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Change Text to Lowercase"
|
||
msgstr "Zo zet u tekst naar kleine letters om:"
|
||
|
||
#: text_capital.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_capital.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149964\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text that you want to change to lowercase."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de tekst die u in kleine letters wilt omzetten."
|
||
|
||
#: text_capital.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_capital.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149606\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Do one of the following:"
|
||
msgstr "U kunt het volgende doen:"
|
||
|
||
#: text_capital.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_capital.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id112020091049000\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Text - Lowercase</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaak - Tekst - Kleine letters</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_capital.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_capital.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1120200910490034\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select \"Lowercase\" in the Effects box."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaak - Teken</item>, klik op de tab Teksteffecten, en selecteer \"Kleine letters\" in het vak Effecten."
|
||
|
||
#: text_centervert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page"
|
||
msgstr "Een frame gebruiken om tekst op een pagina te centreren"
|
||
|
||
#: text_centervert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155177\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>text frames; centering on pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>centering;text frames on pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>title pages; centering text on</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekstframes; centreren op pagina's</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>centreren;tekstframes op pagina's</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>titelpagina's; tekst centreren op</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_centervert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155177\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"text_centervert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp\" name=\"Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page\">Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_centervert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp\" name=\"Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page\">Een frame gebruiken om tekst op een pagina te centreren</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_centervert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155920\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text that you want to center on the page."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de tekst die u op de pagina wilt centreren."
|
||
|
||
#: text_centervert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155868\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Frame</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_centervert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3152765\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Anchor</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">To page</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer <item type=\"menuitem\">Aan pagina</item> in het gebied <item type=\"menuitem\">Anker</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_centervert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149844\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Size</item> area, set the dimensions of the frame."
|
||
msgstr "In het gebied <item type=\"menuitem\">Grootte</item> stelt u de afmetingen van het frame in."
|
||
|
||
#: text_centervert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156114\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Position</item> area, select \"Center\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Horizontal</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Vertical</item> boxes."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer \"Midden\" in de vakken <item type=\"menuitem\">Horizontaal</item> en <item type=\"menuitem\">Verticaal</item> in het gebied <item type=\"menuitem\">Positie</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_centervert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153410\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_centervert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149615\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To hide the borders of the frame, select the frame, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Frame and Object - Properties</item>. Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Borders</item> tab, and then click in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Set No Border</item> box in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Line Arrangement</item> area."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer het frame en kies dan <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaak - Frame en OLE-object - Eigenschappen</item> om de randen van het frame te verbergen. Klik op het tabblad <item type=\"menuitem\">Randen</item> en klik dan in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Geen randen instellen</item> in het gebied <item type=\"menuitem\">Lijnschikking</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_centervert.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145098\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To resize the frame, drag the edges of the frame."
|
||
msgstr "Versleep de randen van het frame om de grootte ervan te wijzigen."
|
||
|
||
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Using the Direct Cursor"
|
||
msgstr "Tekst op een Willekeurige Plaats op een Pagina Invoeren"
|
||
|
||
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155178\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>entering text with direct cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>direct cursor; settings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>writing with direct cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cursor;direct cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>settings;direct cursor</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>invoeren van tekst met directcursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>directcursor; instellingen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>schrijven met directcursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cursor;directcursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>instellingen;directcursor</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155178\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"text_direct_cursor\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp\" name=\"Using the Direct Cursor\">Using the Direct Cursor</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_direct_cursor\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp\" name=\"De directcursor gebruiken\">De directcursor gebruiken</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155908\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The direct cursor allows you to enter text anywhere on a page."
|
||
msgstr "De directcursor is een handige manier om tekst op een willekeurige positie op een pagina in te voeren."
|
||
|
||
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155921\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To set the behavior of the direct cursor, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Voorkeuren</caseinline><defaultinline>Extra - Opties</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Opmaakhulp</emph> om het gedrag van de DirectCursor in te stellen."
|
||
|
||
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106A3\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools</item> bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Direct Cursor</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3149846\" src=\"cmd/sc_shadowcursor.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149846\">Icon</alt></image>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de werkbalk <item type=\"menuitem\">Extra</item> op het pictogram <item type=\"menuitem\">Directcursor</item> <image id=\"img_id3149846\" src=\"cmd/sc_shadowcursor.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149846\">Pictogram</alt></image>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106C5\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in a free space in the text document. The mouse pointer changes to reflect the alignment that will be applied to the text that you type:"
|
||
msgstr "Klik in een vrije ruimte in het tekstdocument. De muisaanwijzer verandert en geeft aan welke uitlijning op de getypte tekst zal worden toegepast:"
|
||
|
||
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106C8\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id5471987\" src=\"media/helpimg/dircursleft.png\" width=\"0.1457in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id5471987\">Icon</alt></image> Align left"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id5471987\" src=\"media/helpimg/dircursleft.png\" width=\"0.1457in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id5471987\">Pictogram</alt></image> Links uitlijnen"
|
||
|
||
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106E4\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id5730253\" src=\"media/helpimg/dircurscent.png\" width=\"0.2398in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id5730253\">Icon</alt></image> Centered"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id5730253\" src=\"media/helpimg/dircurscent.png\" width=\"0.2398in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id5730253\">Pictogram</alt></image> Gecentreerd"
|
||
|
||
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10700\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<image id=\"img_id6953622\" src=\"media/helpimg/dircursright.png\" width=\"0.1563in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id6953622\">Icon</alt></image> Align right"
|
||
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id6953622\" src=\"media/helpimg/dircursright.png\" width=\"0.1563in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id6953622\">Pictogram</alt></image> Rechts uitlijnen"
|
||
|
||
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1071D\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type your text. %PRODUCTNAME automatically inserts the required number of blank lines, and, if the options are enabled, tabs and spaces."
|
||
msgstr "Voer uw tekst in. %PRODUCTNAME voegt automatisch het benodigde aantal lege regels in, en, als deze opties ingeschakeld zijn, tabs en spaties."
|
||
|
||
#: text_emphasize.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Emphasizing Text"
|
||
msgstr "Tekst benadrukken"
|
||
|
||
#: text_emphasize.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149820\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; emphasizing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>emphasizing text</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; benadrukken</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>benadrukken van tekst</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_emphasize.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149820\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"text_emphasize\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp\" name=\"Emphasizing Text\">Emphasizing Text</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_emphasize\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp\" name=\"Tekst benadrukken\">Tekst benadrukken</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_emphasize.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155922\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Here are a few examples of how to emphasize text in a document:"
|
||
msgstr "Dit zijn enkele manieren waarop u tekst in een document kunt benadrukken:"
|
||
|
||
#: text_emphasize.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147412\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text and apply a different font style or effect, such as <emph>bold</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de tekst en pas er andere tekenstijlen of effecten op toe, zoals <emph>vet</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_emphasize.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149840\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click in a paragraph, choose <emph>Paragraph, </emph>set the options that you want, for example, the background color, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik met de rechtermuisknop in een alinea, kies <emph>Alinea</emph>, stel de gewenste opties in, zoals achtergrondkleur, en klik dan op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_emphasize.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150084\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Frame</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de tekst en kies dan <item type=\"menuitem\">Frame invoegen</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_emphasize.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id6924649\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use the Text tool on the Drawing toolbar."
|
||
msgstr "Gebruik het hulpmiddel Tekst op de werkbalk Tekening."
|
||
|
||
#: text_emphasize.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106E7\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use Fontwork. To open the Fontwork window, click the Fontwork Gallery icon on the Drawing bar."
|
||
msgstr "Gebruik Fontwork. Klik op het pictogram Fontwork-Galerij op de werkbalk Tekening om het venster Fontwork te openen."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames"
|
||
msgstr "Tekstframes invoegen, bewerken en koppelen"
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149487\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>text frames; inserting/editing/linking</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;text frames</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;text frames</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>resizing;text frames, by mouse</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>scaling; text frames, by mouse</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>links;text frames</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text flow; from frame to frame</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; linking</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing;hiding text frames from printing</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekstframes; invoegen/bewerken/koppelen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bewerken;tekstframes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>invoegen;tekstframes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>grootte wijzigen;tekstframes, met muis </bookmark_value><bookmark_value>schalen; tekstframes, met muis</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>koppelingen;tekstframes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstverloop; van frame naar frame</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames; koppelen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afdrukken;tekstframes verbergen voor afdrukken</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149487\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"text_frame\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp\" name=\"Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames\">Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_frame\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp\" name=\"Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames\">Tekstframes invoegen, bewerken en koppelen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149842\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "A text frame is a container for text and graphics that you can place anywhere on a page. You can also use a frame to apply a column layout to text."
|
||
msgstr "Een tekstframe is een container voor tekst en afbeeldingen die u overal op een pagina kunt neerzetten. U kunt ook een frame gebruiken om een kolom-layout op tekst toe te passen."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3156104\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert a Text Frame"
|
||
msgstr "Zo voegt u een tekstframe in:"
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149961\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text that you want to include in the frame."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de tekst die u in het frame wilt opnemen."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149602\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>, and click OK."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Frame</emph> en klik op OK."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145115\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Edit a Text Frame"
|
||
msgstr "Zo bewerkt u een tekstframe:"
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149578\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To edit the contents of a text frame, click in the frame, and make the changes that you want."
|
||
msgstr "Als u de inhoud van een tekstframe wilt bewerken, klikt u in het frame en maakt u de gewenste veranderingen."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156239\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To edit a frame, select the frame, right-click, and then choose a formatting option. You can also right-click the selected frame, and choose <emph>Frame</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Wilt u een frame bewerken, selecteer het frame dan, klik met de rechtermuisknop en kies een opmaakoptie. U kunt ook op het geselecteerde frame rechtsklikken en <emph>Frame</emph> kiezen."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156261\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To resize a text frame, click an edge of the frame, and drag one of the edges or corners of the frame. Hold down Shift while you drag to maintain the proportion of the frame."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op een rand van een frame en versleep een van de randen of hoeken van het frame om de grootte van het tekstframe aan te passen. Houd Shift ingedrukt terwijl u sleept om de verhoudingen van het frame te behouden."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153386\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Hide Text From Printing"
|
||
msgstr "Zo verbergt u tekst voor afdrukken:"
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154262\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Any Writer text frame can be set to a mode which allows viewing the text on screen, but hides the text from printing."
|
||
msgstr "Voor elk Writer-tekstframe kan een modus ingesteld worden die het mogelijk maakt de tekst op het scherm te bekijken, maar de tekst voor afdrukken verbergt."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154858\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text frame (you see the eight handles)."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer het tekstframe (u ziet acht grepen)."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155875\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties - Options</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Opmaak - Frame en OLE-object - Eigenschappen - Opties</emph>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155899\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, unmark the <emph>Print</emph> check box and click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "In het gebied <emph>Eigenschappen</emph> heft u de selectie van het vakje <emph>Afdrukken</emph> op en klikt u op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3148701\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Link Text Frames"
|
||
msgstr "Zo koppelt u tekstframes:"
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149986\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can link Writer text frames so that their contents automatically flow from one frame to another."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt Writer-tekstframes koppelen zodat hun inhoud automatisch van het ene naar het andere frame doorloopt."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153025\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the edge of a frame that you want to link. Selection handles appear on the edges of the frame."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de rand van een frame dat u wilt koppelen. Er verschijnen selectiegrepen aan de randen van het frame."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150223\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Frame</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link Frames</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3148968\" src=\"cmd/sc_chainframes.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148968\">Icon</alt></image>."
|
||
msgstr "Op de werkbalk <item type=\"menuitem\">Frame</item>, klikt u op het pictogram <item type=\"menuitem\">Frames koppelen</item> <image id=\"img_id3148968\" src=\"cmd/sc_chainframes.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148968\">Pictogram</alt></image>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150930\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the frame that you want to link to."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op het frame waaraan u wilt koppelen."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150947\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can only link frames if:"
|
||
msgstr "U kunt alleen frames koppelen als:"
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150969\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The target frame is empty."
|
||
msgstr "het doelframe leeg is."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154365\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The target frame is not linked to another frame."
|
||
msgstr "het doelframe niet aan een ander frame gekoppeld is."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154383\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The source and the target frames are in the same section. For example, you cannot link a header frame to a footer frame."
|
||
msgstr "de bron- en doelframes niet in dezelfde sectie staan. U kunt bijvoorbeeld een koptekstframe niet aan een voettekstframe koppelen."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145559\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The source frame does not have a next link."
|
||
msgstr "het bronframe geen opvolger heeft."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145577\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The target or the source frame are not contained in each other."
|
||
msgstr "het doel- of het bronframe elkaar niet omvatten."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3151083\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you select a linked frame, a line is displayed that connects the linked frames."
|
||
msgstr "Wanneer u een gekoppeld frame selecteert, wordt er een lijn weergegeven die de gekoppelde frames verbindt."
|
||
|
||
#: text_frame.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_frame.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5853144\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The AutoSize feature is available only for the last frame in a chain of linked frames."
|
||
msgstr "De optie Automatische hoogte is alleen beschikbaar voor het laatste frame in een reeks gekoppelde frames."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard"
|
||
msgstr "Navigeren en selecteren met het toetsenbord"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3159260\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; navigating and selecting with keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>navigating; in text, with keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>selecting;text, with keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>keyboard; navigating and selecting in text</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; navigeren en selecteren met toetsenbord</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>navigeren; in tekst met toetsenbord</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>selecteren;tekst, via toetsenbord</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>toetsenbord; navigeren en selecteren in tekst</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3159260\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"text_nav_keyb\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp\" name=\"Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard\">Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_nav_keyb\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp\" name=\"Navigeren en selecteren met het toetsenbord\">Navigeren en selecteren met het toetsenbord</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155179\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can navigate through a document and make selections with the keyboard."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt met het toetsenbord door een document navigeren en selecties maken."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1031200810571916\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To move the cursor, press the key or key combination given in the following table."
|
||
msgstr "Druk of de toets of toetscombinatie uit de volgende tabel om de cursor te verplaatsen."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1031200810571929\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To select the characters under the moving cursor, additionally hold down the Shift key when you move the cursor."
|
||
msgstr "Houd ook de Shift-toets ingedrukt als u de cursor verplaatst om ook de tekens onder de zich verplaatsende cursor te selecteren."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155918\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Key"
|
||
msgstr "Toets"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155870\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Function"
|
||
msgstr "Functie"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156220\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<emph>+</emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>Command key</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl key</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>"
|
||
msgstr "<emph>+</emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>Command-toets</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl-toets</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156113\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right, left arrow keys"
|
||
msgstr "Pijltoetsen naar links/rechts"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150105\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Moves the cursor one character to the left or to the right."
|
||
msgstr "Verplaatst de cursor één teken naar links/rechts."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153418\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Moves the cursor one word to the left or to the right."
|
||
msgstr "Verplaatst de cursor één woord naar links/rechts."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149629\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Up, down arrow keys"
|
||
msgstr "Pijltoetsen omhoog/omlaag"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149949\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Moves the cursor up or down one line."
|
||
msgstr "Verplaatst de cursor één regel naar boven/beneden."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149972\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "(<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>) Moves the current paragraph up or down."
|
||
msgstr "(<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>) Verplaatst de huidige alinea naar boven of beneden."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149624\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Home"
|
||
msgstr "Home"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149871\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current line."
|
||
msgstr "Verplaatst de cursor naar het begin van de huidige regel."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145108\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the document."
|
||
msgstr "Verplaatst de cursor naar het begin van het document."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149586\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Home"
|
||
msgstr "Home"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156237\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In a table"
|
||
msgstr "In een tabel"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156260\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents in the current cell."
|
||
msgstr "Verplaatst de cursor naar het begin van de inhoud in de huidige cel."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145409\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the first cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the beginning of the document."
|
||
msgstr "Verplaatst de cursor naar het begin van de inhoud van de huidige cel. Druk nogmaals om de cursor naar de eerste cel in de tabel te verplaatsen. Druk nogmaals om de cursor naar het begin van het document te verplaatsen."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154410\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "End"
|
||
msgstr "End"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153372\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the current line."
|
||
msgstr "Verplaatst de cursor naar het einde van de huidige regel."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154235\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the document"
|
||
msgstr "Verplaatst de cursor naar het einde van het document"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154262\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "End"
|
||
msgstr "End"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154850\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In a table"
|
||
msgstr "In een tabel"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154873\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Moves to the end of the contents in the current cell."
|
||
msgstr "Gaat naar het einde van de inhoud in de huidige cel."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155894\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the last cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the end of the document."
|
||
msgstr "Verplaatst de cursor naar het einde van de inhoud in de huidige cel. Druk nogmaals om de cursor naar de laatste cel in de tabel te verplaatsen. Druk nogmaals om de cursor naar het einde van het document te verplaatsen."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155944\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "PgUp"
|
||
msgstr "PgUp"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148678\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Scrolls up one page."
|
||
msgstr "Scrolt één pagina omhoog."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148701\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Moves the cursor to the header."
|
||
msgstr "Verplaatst de cursor naar de koptekst."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149998\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "PgDn"
|
||
msgstr "PgDn"
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153018\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Scroll down one page."
|
||
msgstr "Scrolt één pagina omlaag."
|
||
|
||
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148949\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Moves the cursor to the footer."
|
||
msgstr "Verplaatst de cursor naar de voettekst."
|
||
|
||
#: text_rotate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Rotating Text"
|
||
msgstr "Tekst draaien"
|
||
|
||
#: text_rotate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155911\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; rotating</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rotating;text</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; roteren</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>roteren;tekst</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_rotate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155911\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"text_rotate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp\" name=\"Rotating Text\">Rotating Text</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_rotate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp\" name=\"Rotating Text\">Tekst draaien</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: text_rotate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147410\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can only rotate text that is contained in a drawing object."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt alleen tekst draaien die in een tekenobject staat."
|
||
|
||
#: text_rotate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153130\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Toolbars- Drawing</item> to open the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drawing</item> toolbar."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Beeld - Werkbalken - Tekening</item> om de werkbalk <item type=\"menuitem\">Tekening</item> te openen."
|
||
|
||
#: text_rotate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149866\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the <link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Text\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Text</item></link> icon <image id=\"img_id3149600\" src=\"cmd/sc_texttoolbox.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149600\">Icon</alt></image>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer het pictogram <link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Text\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Tekst</item></link> <image id=\"img_id3149600\" src=\"cmd/sc_texttoolbox.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149600\">Pictogram</alt></image>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_rotate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149590\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Drag in your document to draw the text object, and then type your text."
|
||
msgstr "Sleep in uw document om het tekstobject te tekenen, en typ dan uw tekst."
|
||
|
||
#: text_rotate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154415\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click outside of the object, then click the text you entered. Click the <link href=\"text/shared/02/05090000.xhp\" name=\"Object Rotation Mode\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Rotate</item></link> icon <image id=\"img_id3145405\" src=\"cmd/sc_toggleobjectrotatemode.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145405\">Icon</alt></image> on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drawing Object Properties</item> toolbar."
|
||
msgstr "Klik buiten het object en klik dan op de tekst die u hebt ingevoerd. Klik op het pictogram <link href=\"text/shared/02/05090000.xhp\" name=\"Object Rotation Mode\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Draaien</item></link> <image id=\"img_id3145405\" src=\"cmd/sc_toggleobjectrotatemode.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145405\">Pictogram</alt></image> op de werkbalk <item type=\"menuitem\">Eigenschappen tekenobjecten</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: text_rotate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154252\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Drag one of the corner handles of the text object."
|
||
msgstr "Versleep een van de hoekpuntgrepen van het tekstobject."
|
||
|
||
#: text_rotate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154844\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also right-click the text object, choose <emph>Position and Size</emph>, click the <emph>Rotation</emph> tab, and then enter a rotation angle or a new position for the object."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt ook met de rechtermuisknop op het tekstobject klikken, <emph>Positie en grootte</emph> kiezen, op de tab <emph>Rotatie</emph> klikken en dan een rotatiehoek of een nieuwe positie voor het object invoeren."
|
||
|
||
#: text_rotate.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155888\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Show Draw Functions\">Show Draw Functions</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Show Draw Functions\">Tekenfuncties weergeven</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Inserting an Entire Text Document"
|
||
msgstr "Een volledig tekstdocument invoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155185\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections;inserting external content</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text documents;merging</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>links;inserting text documents as</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;text documents</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>secties;externe inhoud invoegen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstdocumenten;samenvoegen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>koppelingen;tekstdocumenten invoegen als</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>invoegen;tekstdocumenten</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155185\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"textdoc_inframe\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp\" name=\"Inserting an Entire Text Document\">Inserting an Entire Text Document</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"textdoc_inframe\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp\" name=\"Een volledig tekstdocument invoegen\">Een volledig tekstdocument invoegen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id1812799\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert a Text File"
|
||
msgstr "Een tekstbestand invoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155855\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file."
|
||
msgstr "Plaats de cursor op de positie in het document waar u het bestand wilt invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147412\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - File</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Bestand</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149839\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Locate the text document that you want to insert, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Zoek het tekstdocument dat u wilt invoegen, en klik dan op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148858\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The contents of the text document are embedded into the current document and are not updated if the source file is changed. If you want the contents to automatically update when you change the source document, insert the file as a link."
|
||
msgstr "De inhoud van het tekstdocument wordt in het huidige document ingesloten en wordt niet bijgewerkt als het bronbestand gewijzigd wordt. Als u wilt dat de inhoud automatisch bijgewerkt wordt wanneer u het brondocument wijzigt, voegt u het bestand als koppeling in."
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3156105\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert an Entire Text Document as a Link"
|
||
msgstr "Een volledig tekstdocument als koppeling invoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150096\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file."
|
||
msgstr "Plaats de cursor op de positie in het document waar u het bestand wilt invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153404\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Invoegen - Sectie</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153127\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Type a name in the <emph>New Section</emph> box, and then select the <emph>Link</emph> check box."
|
||
msgstr "Typ een naam in het vak <emph>Nieuwe sectie</emph> en kies dan het selectievakje <emph>Koppeling</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149642\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">File Name</item> box, type the name of the file that you want to insert, or click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Browse</item> button and locate the file."
|
||
msgstr "Typ in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Bestandsnaam</item> de naam van het bestand dat u wilt invoegen of klik op de bladerknop <item type=\"menuitem\">...</item> en zoek het bestand."
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149968\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If the target text document contains sections, you can select the section that you want to insert in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Sections</item> box."
|
||
msgstr "Als het doeldocument secties bevat, kunt u in het vak <item type=\"menuitem\">Secties</item> de sectie selecteren die u wilt invoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149619\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want, set the formatting options for the section."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt desgewenst de opmaakopties voor de sectie instellen."
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149862\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>Invoegen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145099\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "$[officename] automatically updates the contents of the inserted section whenever the source document is changed. To manually update the contents of the section, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Update All</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "$[officename] werkt de inhoud van de ingevoegde sectie automatisch bij telkens wanneer het brondocument gewijzigd wordt. Wilt u de inhoud van de sectie handmatig bijwerken, dan kiest u <emph>Extra - Bijwerken - Alles bijwerken</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Hyphenation"
|
||
msgstr "Woordafbreking"
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149695\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>hyphenation;manual/automatic</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>separation, see hyphenation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic hyphenation in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>manual hyphenation in text</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>woordafbreking;handmatig/automatisch</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>scheiding, zie woordafbreking</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatische woordafbreking in tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>handmatige woordafbreking in tekst</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149695\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"using_hyphen\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\" name=\"Hyphenation\">Hyphenation</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_hyphen\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\" name=\"Woordafbreking\">Woordafbreking</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155918\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "By default, $[officename] moves words that do not fit on a line to the next line. If you want, you can use automatic or manual hyphenation to avoid this behavior:"
|
||
msgstr "$[officename] verplaatst woorden die niet op een regel passen, standaard naar de volgende regel. U kunt desgewenst automatische of handmatige woordafbreking gebruiken om dit te vermijden:"
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155864\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Automatic Hyphenation"
|
||
msgstr "Automatische woordafbreking"
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147414\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Automatic hyphenation inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph. This option is only available for paragraph styles and individual paragraphs."
|
||
msgstr "Automatische woordafbreking voegt afbreekstreepjes in waar nodig in een alinea. Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar voor alinea-opmaakprofielen en individuele alinea's."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149832\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Automatically Hyphenate Text in a Paragraph"
|
||
msgstr "Zo kunt u tekst in een alinea automatisch afbreken:"
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3148850\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click in a paragraph, and choose <emph>Paragraph</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik met de rechtermuisknop in een alinea, en kies <emph>Alinea</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156104\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de tab <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Tekstverloop\"><emph>Tekstverloop</emph></link>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150101\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the Hyphenation area, select the Automatically check box."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer, in het gebied Woordafbreking, het keuzevak Automatisch."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153121\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149629\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Automatically Hyphenate Text in Multiple Paragraphs"
|
||
msgstr "Zo kunt u tekst in meerdere alinea's automatisch afbreken:"
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149644\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want to automatically hyphenate more than one paragraph, use a paragraph style."
|
||
msgstr "Als u meer dan een alinea automatisch wilt afbreken, gebruikt u een alinea-opmaakprofiel."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149956\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "For example, enable the automatic hyphenation option for the \"Default\" paragraph style, and then apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate."
|
||
msgstr "Schakel de optie voor automatische woordafbreking bijvoorbeeld in voor het alinea-opmaakprofiel Standaard, en pas het opmaakprofiel dan toe op de alinea's die u wilt afbreken."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149611\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph>, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Beeld - Stijlen en opmaak</emph> en klik dan op het pictogram <emph>Alinea-opmaakprofielen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149867\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click the paragraph style that you want to hyphenate, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik met de rechtermuisknop op het alinea-opmaakprofiel dat u wilt afbreken, en kies dan <emph>Wijzigen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145106\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the Text Flow tab."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de tab Tekstverloop."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149582\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <emph>Hyphenation</emph> area, select the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box."
|
||
msgstr "In het gebied <emph>Woordafbreking</emph> kiest u het selectievakje <emph>Automatisch</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156250\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145400\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate."
|
||
msgstr "Pas het opmaakprofiel toe op de alinea's waarin u woordafbreking wilt gebruiken."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145417\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Manual Hyphenation"
|
||
msgstr "Handmatige woordafbreking"
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154400\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can insert a hyphen where you want on a line, or let $[officename] search for the words to hyphenate, and then offer a suggested hyphenation."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt een afbreekstreepje op een regel invoegen waar u wilt, of $[officename] kan de woorden zoeken die afgebroken moeten worden, en vervolgens een woordafbreking voorstellen."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id6587651\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Manually Hyphenate Single Words"
|
||
msgstr "Zo kunt u woorden handmatig afbreken:"
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153363\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To quickly insert a hyphen, click in the word where you want to add the hyphen, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Hyphen(-)."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in het woord dat u wilt afbreken en druk op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+afbreekstreepje(-) om snel een afbreekstreepje in te voegen."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154244\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you insert a manual hyphen in a word, the word is only hyphenated at the manual hyphen. No additional automatic hyphenation is applied for this word. A word with a manual hyphen will be hyphenated without regard to the settings on the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab page."
|
||
msgstr "Als u handmatig een afbreekstreepje in een woord invoegt, wordt het woord alleen bij het handmatige afbreekstreepje afgebroken. Er wordt verder geen automatische woordafbreking op dit woord toegepast. Een woord met een handmatig afbreekstreepje negeert de instellingen op het tabblad <emph>Tekstverloop</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154847\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Manually Hyphenate Text in a Selection"
|
||
msgstr "Zo kunt u tekst in een selectie handmatig afbreken:"
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154869\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the text that you want to hyphenate."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de tekst die u wilt afbreken."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155886\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Hyphenation</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Extra - Taal - Woordafbreking</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_hyphen.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154361\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Tekstverloop\">Tekstverloop</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Adding Bullets"
|
||
msgstr "Opsommingstekens toevoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155186\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>bullet lists;turning on and off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs; bulleted</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bullets;adding and editing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;bullets</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>removing;bullets in text documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;bulleting symbols</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>lijsten met opsommingstekens;in-/uitschakelen</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>alinea's; opsommingtekens</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>opsommingstekens;toevoegen en bewerken</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>opmaken;opsommingstekens</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>verwijderen;opsommingstekens in tekstdocumenten</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>wijzigen;symbolen voor opsommingstekens</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155186\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Adding Bullets\">Adding Bullets</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Adding Bullets\">Opsommingstekens toevoegen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3291116\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Add Bullets"
|
||
msgstr "Opsommingstekens toevoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149829\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add bullets to."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de alinea('s) waaraan u opsommingstekens wilt toevoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149635\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Bullets On/Off</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3156108\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultbullet.png\" width=\"0.423cm\" height=\"0.423cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156108\">Icon</alt></image>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op het pictogram <item type=\"menuitem\">Opsommingstekens aan/uit</item> <image id=\"img_id3156108\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultbullet.png\" width=\"0.423cm\" height=\"0.423cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156108\">Pictogram</alt></image> op de werkbalk <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaak</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145403\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To remove bullets, select the bulleted paragraphs, and then click the <emph>Bullets On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de alinea's met opsommingstekens en klik dan op het pictogram <emph>Opsommingstekens aan/uit</emph> op de werkbalk <emph>Opmaak</emph> om de opsommingstekens te verwijderen."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154403\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Format Bullets"
|
||
msgstr "Opsommingstekens opmaken"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154416\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the formatting of a bulleted list, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaak - Nummering en opsommingstekens</item> om de opmaak van een lijst met opsommingstekens te wijzigen."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153390\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "For example, to change the bulleting symbol, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Select</item> button next to <item type=\"menuitem\">Character</item>, and then select a special character. You can also click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Image</item> tab, and then click a symbol style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item> area."
|
||
msgstr "Wilt u bijvoorbeeld het opsommingsteken zelf wijzigen, dan klikt u op de tabpagina <item type=\"menuitem\">Opties</item> en vervolgens op de bladerknop (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) naast <item type=\"menuitem\">Teken</item>. Selecteer dan een speciaal teken. U kunt ook op de tabpagina <item type=\"menuitem\">Afbeelding</item> klikken en dan op een symboolstijl in het gebied <item type=\"menuitem\">Selectie</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Adding Numbering"
|
||
msgstr "Nummering toevoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3147418\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering;paragraphs, on and off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs; numbering on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;numbering</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>nummering;alinea's, aan en uit</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>alinea's; nummering aan/uit</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opmaak;genummerde lijsten</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>invoegen;nummering</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3147418\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp\" name=\"Adding Numbering\">Adding Numbering</link> </variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp\" name=\"Nummering toevoegen\">Nummering toevoegen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id4188970\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Add Numbering to a List"
|
||
msgstr "Nummering aan een lijst toevoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153396\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add numbering to."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de alinea('s) waaraan u nummering wilt toevoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149968\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3153125\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultnumbering.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153125\">Icon</alt></image>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op het pictogram <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummering aan/uit</item> <image id=\"img_id3153125\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultnumbering.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153125\">Pictogram</alt></image> op de werkbalk <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaak</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149573\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the formatting and the hierarchy of a numbered list, click in the list, and then open the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> toolbar."
|
||
msgstr "Wilt u de opmaak en hiërarchie van een genummerde lijst wijzigen, dan klikt u in de lijst en opent u de werkbalk <emph>Nummering en opsommingstekens</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153365\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To remove numbering, select the numbered paragraphs, and then click the <emph>Numbering On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de genummerde alinea's en klik dan op het pictogram <emph>Nummering aan/uit</emph> op de werkbalk <emph>Opmaak</emph> om de nummering te verwijderen."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154233\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Format a Numbered List"
|
||
msgstr "Een genummerde lijst opmaken"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154246\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the formatting of a numbered list, click in the list, then choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Wilt u de opmaak van een genummerde lijst wijzigen, dan klikt u in de lijst en kiest u <emph>Opmaak - Nummering en opsommingstekens</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Numbering and Numbering Styles"
|
||
msgstr "Nummering en opmaakprofielen voor nummering"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3155174\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; manually/by styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>manual numbering in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraph styles;numbering</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>nummering; handmatig/door opmaakprofielen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>handmatige nummering in tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>alinea-opmaakprofielen;nummering</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3155174\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"using_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Numbering and Numbering Styles\">Numbering and Numbering Styles</link> </variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Nummering en opmaakprofielen voor nummering\">Nummering en opmaakprofielen voor nummering</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149818\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can apply numbering to a paragraph manually or with a paragraph style."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt nummering handmatig of met een alinea-opmaakprofiel op een alinea toepassen."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id6140629\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Apply Numbering Manually"
|
||
msgstr "Handmatige nummering toepassen"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155866\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To apply numbering manually, click in the paragraph, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in de alinea en dan op het pictogram <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummering aan/uit</item> op de werkbalk <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaak</item> om nummering handmatig toe te passen."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153405\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You cannot apply manual numbering to paragraphs that are listed under \"Special Styles\" in the Styles window."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt geen handmatige nummering toepassen op alinea's die onder 'Speciale stijlen' in het venster Stijlen en opmaak weergegeven worden."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10711\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "When you press Enter in a numbered or bulleted list, <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> automatically numbers the next paragraph. To remove the numbering or bullet from the new paragraph, press Enter again."
|
||
msgstr "Wanneer u op Enter drukt in een lijst met nummers of opsommingstekens, nummert <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> automatisch de volgende alinea. Druk nogmaals op Enter om de nummering of het opsommingsteken uit de nieuwe alinea te verwijderen."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1072B\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the hierarchical level of a bullet in a list, click in front of the paragraph, then press the Tab key."
|
||
msgstr "Wilt u het hiërarchische niveau van een opsommingsteken in een lijst wijzigen, dan klikt u voor de alinea en drukt u vervolgens op de Tab-toets."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1072F\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the bullets or numbering format for the current paragraph only, select a character or word in the paragraph, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a new format."
|
||
msgstr "Wilt u de indeling van nummering of opsommingstekens alleen voor de huidige alinea wijzigen, selecteer dan een teken of woord in de alinea, kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummering en opsommingstekens</item> en klik op een nieuwe indeling."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10733\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To change the bullet or numbering format for all paragraphs in the list, ensure that the cursor is in the list, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a new format."
|
||
msgstr "Wilt u de opsommingstekens of nummering voor alle alinea's in de lijst veranderen, zorg er dan voor dat de cursor in de lijst staat, kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummering en opsommingstekens</item>, en klik vervolgens op een nieuwe indeling."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10737\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To apply the same bullet or numbering format to all paragraphs in the list, select all paragraphs, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a format."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt dezelfde indeling voor opsommingstekens of nummering op alle alinea's in de lijst toepassen door alle alinea's te selecteren, <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummering en opsommingstekens</item> te kiezen, en dan op een indeling te klikken."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1073A\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can also use the commands on the <link href=\"text/swriter/main0206.xhp\" name=\"Numbering Object Bar\">Bullets and Numbering</link> toolbar to edit a numbered or bulleted list. To change the numbering or bullet format, click the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> icon."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt ook de opdrachten op de werkbalk <link href=\"text/swriter/main0206.xhp\" name=\"Nummeringsobjectbalk\">Nummering/opsommingstekens</link> gebruiken om een lijst met nummering of opsommingstekens te bewerken. Klik op het pictogram <emph>Nummering en opsommingstekens</emph> om de indeling van de nummering of opsommingstekens te veranderen."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3153123\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Apply Numbering With a Paragraph Style"
|
||
msgstr "Zo kunt u nummering met een alinea-opmaakprofiel toepassen:"
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153137\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Paragraph Styles give you greater control over numbering that you apply in a document. When you change the numbering format of the style, all paragraphs using the style are automatically updated."
|
||
msgstr "Met alinea-opmaakprofielen verkrijgt u een grotere controle over de nummering die u in een document toepast. Wanneer u de nummering van het opmaakprofiel wijzigt, worden alle alinea's waarin het profiel gebruikt wordt, automatisch bijgewerkt."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149646\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paragraph Styles</item> icon."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Beeld - Stijlen en opmaak</item> en klik dan op het pictogram <item type=\"menuitem\">Alinea-opmaakprofielen</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149599\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Right-click the paragraph style that you want to apply numbering to, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik met de rechtermuisknop op het alinea-opmaakprofiel waarop u nummering wilt toepassen, en kies dan <emph>Wijzigen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149850\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Outline & Numbering</item> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Klik het de tabblad <item type=\"menuitem\">Overzicht & nummering</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149874\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering Style</item> box, select the type of numbering that you want to use."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer het gewenste type nummering in het vakje <item type=\"menuitem\">Opmaakprofielen voor nummering</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145113\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_numbering.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149589\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to add numbering to."
|
||
msgstr "Pas het opmaakprofiel toe op de alinea's waaraan u nummering wilt toevoegen."
|
||
|
||
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Thesaurus"
|
||
msgstr "Synoniemenlijst"
|
||
|
||
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3145576\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>thesaurus; related words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>related words in thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>spelling in thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>dictionaries; thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lexicon, see thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>synonyms in thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching;synonyms</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>thesaurus; verwante woorden</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>verwante woorden in thesaurus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spelling in thesaurus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>woordenlijsten; thesaurus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lexicon, zie thesaurus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>synoniemen in thesaurus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>zoeken;synoniemen</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3145576\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"using_thesaurus\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\">Thesaurus</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_thesaurus\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\">Thesaurus</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149820\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can use the thesaurus to look up synonyms or related terms."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt de thesaurus gebruiken om synoniemen en verwante woorden op te zoeken."
|
||
|
||
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155920\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click in the word that you want to look up or replace."
|
||
msgstr "Klik in het woord dat u wilt opzoeken of vervangen."
|
||
|
||
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155867\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Thesaurus</emph>, or press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F7."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Extra - Taal - Thesaurus</emph> of druk op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F7."
|
||
|
||
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149848\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In the Alternatives list, click an entry to copy that related term to the \"Replace with\" text box."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op een item in de lijst Alternatieven om de gerelateerde term te kopiëren naar het tekstvak \"Vervangen door\"."
|
||
|
||
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153136\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Optionally double-click an entry to look up related terms for that entry. On your keyboard, you can also press the arrow up or down keys to select an entry. Then press Return to replace, or press the spacebar to look up."
|
||
msgstr "Optioneel: dubbelklik op een item om gerelateerde termen voor dat item op te zoeken. U kunt ook, op uw toetsenbord, op de pijlen naar boven of beneden drukken om een item te selecteren. Druk dan op Return om te vervangen, of op de spatiebalk om op te zoeken."
|
||
|
||
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149644\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>Replace</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>Vervangen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3156263\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Initially, the thesaurus uses the language of the selected word in the document, if a thesaurus library for that language is installed. The title bar of the Thesaurus dialog displays the language in use."
|
||
msgstr "Initieel gebruikt de thesaurus de taal van het geselecteerde woord in het document, indien een thesaurus-bibliotheek voor die taal is geïnstalleerd. De titelbalk van het dialoogvenster Thesaurus geeft de gebruikte taal weer."
|
||
|
||
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3145113\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To look up the word in a different language, click the Language button, and select one of the installed thesaurus languages. A thesaurus library may not be available for all installed languages. You can install languages with a thesaurus library from the <link href=\"https://extensions.libreoffice.org/\">Extensions</link> web page."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op de knop Taal en selecteer één van geïnstalleerde talen voor de thesaurus om het woord op te zoeken in een andere taal. Een thesaurus-bibliotheek kan niet beschikbaar zijn voor alle geïnstalleerde talen. U kunt talen installeren met een bibliotheek voor de thesaurus vanaf de webpagina <link href=\"https://extensions.libreoffice.org/\">Extensies</link>."
|
||
|
||
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3196263\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If a thesaurus library is installed for the language of a word, the context menu of the word shows a Synonyms submenu. Select any of the terms from the submenu to replace the word."
|
||
msgstr "Als een thesaurus-bibliotheek is geïnstalleerd voor de taal van een woord, geeft het contextmenu van het woord submenu Synoniem weer. Selecteer een willekeurige term uit het submenu om het woord te vervangen."
|
||
|
||
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154392\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06020000.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\">Thesaurus</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06020000.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\">Thesaurus</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Word Completion for Text Documents"
|
||
msgstr "Woordinvulling voor tekstdocumenten"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3148882\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>automatic word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>completion of words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>word completion;using/disabling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>disabling;word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>switching off;word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deactivating;word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>refusing word completions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rejecting word completions</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>automatische woordinvulling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>invulling van woorden</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>functie AutoCorrectie; woordinvulling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>woordinvulling;gebruiken/uitschakelen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>uitschakelen;van woordinvulling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>uitzetten van woordinvulling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deactiveren;woordinvulling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>weigeren van woordinvullingen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>verwerpen van woordinvullingen</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10751\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"word_completion\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Word Completion for Text Documents</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"word_completion\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Woordinvulling voor tekstdocumenten</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1076F\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "$[officename] collects words that you frequently use in the current session. When you later type the first three letters of a collected word, $[officename] automatically completes the word."
|
||
msgstr "$[officename] verzamelt woorden die u veelvuldig gebruikt in de huidige sessie. Als u later de eerste drie letters van een reeds verzameld woord intikt vult $[officename] het woord automatisch aan."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149346\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If there is more than one word in the AutoCorrect memory that matches the three letters that you type, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab to cycle through the available words. To cycle in the opposite direction, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Tab."
|
||
msgstr "Indien er meer dan één woord in het geheugen van AutoCorrectie overeenkomen met de drie letters die u typt, druk dan op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab om door de beschikbare woorden te gaan. Druk op <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Tab om dat in de tegenovergestelde richting te doen."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1078D\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Accept/Reject a Word Completion"
|
||
msgstr "Woordinvulling accepteren/verwerpen"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10794\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "By default, you accept the word completion by pressing the Enter key."
|
||
msgstr "U accepteert de woordinvulling standaard door op de Enter-toets te drukken."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1079B\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To reject the word completion, continue typing with any other key."
|
||
msgstr "Typ gewoon verder met een andere toets om de woordinvulling af te wijzen."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN1079E\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Switch off the Word Completion"
|
||
msgstr "Woordinvulling uitschakelen"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN107A5\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Extra - AutoCorrectie - Opties voor AutoCorrectie - Woordinvulling</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN107AD\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Clear <emph>Enable word completion</emph> ."
|
||
msgstr "Hef de selectie van <emph>Woorden afmaken</emph> op."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id7504806\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">Fine-Tuning the Word Completion</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">Woordaanvulling fijn afstellen</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Fine-Tuning the Word Completion for Text Documents"
|
||
msgstr "Woordaanvulling fijn afstellen voor tekstdocumenten"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3148882\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>settings;word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>word completion;settings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text documents;word completion settings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>weekdays; automatically completing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>months; automatically completing</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>instellingen;woordinvulling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>woordinvulling;instellingen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstdocumenten;woordinvulling instellingen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>weekdagen; automatisch aanvullen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>maanden; automatisch aanvullen</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id4745017\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"word_completion_adjust\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">Fine-Tuning the Word Completion for Text Documents</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"word_completion_adjust\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">Woordinvulling voor tekstdocumenten fijn afstellen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id4814294\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you like it that $[officename] automatically completes the words that you frequently use, you can make further adjustments to refine that behavior. If you want, you can also save the current list of collected words so that it can be used in the next session."
|
||
msgstr "Als u wilt dat $[officename] automatisch woorden aanvult die u veelvuldig gebruikt, kunt u meer aanpassingen maken om dat gedrag te verfijnen. Als u wilt, kunt u de huidige lijst van verzamelde woorden opslaan zodat die tijdens de volgende sessie opnieuw gebruikt wordt."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2593462\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To fine-tune the word completion choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools – AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item> and select any of the following options:"
|
||
msgstr "Kies <item type=\"menuitem\">Extra – Opties voor AutoCorrectie - Woordinvulling</item> om de woordinvulling fijn af te stellen en selecteer dan één van de volgende opties:"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN107C6\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Insert an Additional Space Character"
|
||
msgstr "Een extra spatie invoegen"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10B03\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select <emph>Append space</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer <emph>Spatie toevoegen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10B0E\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The space character is appended after you type the first character of the next word after the auto-completed word. The space character is suppressed if the next character is a delimiter, such as a full stop or a new line character."
|
||
msgstr "De spatie wordt toegevoegd nadat u het eerste teken van het volgende woord typt na het woord dat automatisch ingevuld is. De spatie wordt onderdrukt als het volgende teken een scheidingsteken is, zoals een punt of een teken voor een nieuwe regel."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN107CC\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Define the Accept Key"
|
||
msgstr "De toets Accepteren definiëren"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10B20\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose the key to accept the suggested word using the <emph>Accept with</emph> list box."
|
||
msgstr "Kies de toets om het voorgestelde woord te accepteren via de keuzelijst <emph>Accepteren met</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN107D2\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Select the Minimum Number of Characters"
|
||
msgstr "Het minimale aantal tekens selecteren"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10B36\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use the <emph>Min. word length</emph> box to set the minimum number of characters a word must have to be collected into the list."
|
||
msgstr "Gebruik het keuzevak <emph>Min. woordlengte</emph> om in te stellen hoeveel tekens een woord minimaal moet hebben voordat het in de lijst opgenomen wordt."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN107D8\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Select the Scope of Collected Words"
|
||
msgstr "Het bereik van verzamelde woorden selecteren"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10B4C\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Disable the option <emph>When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Schakel de optie <emph>Verwijder, bij het sluiten van een document, de daarin verzamelde woorden uit de lijst</emph> uit."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10B53\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Now the list is also valid for other documents that you open. When you close the last %PRODUCTNAME document, the word list is deleted."
|
||
msgstr "De lijst is nu ook beschikbaar voor andere documenten die u opent. Wanneer u het laatste %PRODUCTNAME-document sluit, wordt de woordenlijst verwijderd."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10B56\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you enable the checkbox, the list is only valid as long as the current document is open."
|
||
msgstr "Als u het keuzevak niet inschakelt, is de lijst alleen geldig zolang het huidige document geopend is."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id2634968\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want the word list to exist longer than the current %PRODUCTNAME session, save it as a document, as described in the following section."
|
||
msgstr "Wilt u de woordenlijst niet alleen in de huidige %PRODUCTNAME-sessie gebruiken, sla hem dan als een document op. In de volgende sectie wordt beschreven hoe u dit doet."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN107DE\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Use the Word List for Further Sessions"
|
||
msgstr "De woordenlijst voor toekomstige sessies gebruiken"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10B94\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If the automatic spellcheck option is enabled, only the words that are recognized by the spellcheck are collected."
|
||
msgstr "Als de optie voor automatische spellingcontrole is ingeschakeld, worden alleen de woorden verzameld die door de spellingcontrole worden herkend."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10BA1\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use the word list to always start with a defined set of technical terms for the word completion feature."
|
||
msgstr "Gebruik de woordenlijst om altijd met een bepaalde set technische termen voor woordinvulling te beginnen."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10BA7\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Open the text document that contains the terms that you want to use for word completion."
|
||
msgstr "Open het tekstdocument met de termen die u voor woordinvulling wilt gebruiken."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10BAB\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The word completion feature collects the words."
|
||
msgstr "De functie voor woordinvulling verzamelt de woorden."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN107ED\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select all or some of the words in the list."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer alle of enkele woorden in de lijst."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN107F4\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C to copy all selected words into the clipboard. Paste the clipboard into a new document and save it to get a reference list of collected words."
|
||
msgstr "Gebruik <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C om alle geselecteerde woorden naar het klembord te kopiëren. Plak het klembord in een nieuw document en sla dat op om een verwijzingslijst te krijgen van verzamelde woorden."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10BC6\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Later you can open the reference list and automatically collect the words, so that the word completion feature starts with a defined set of words."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt later de verwijzingenlijst openen en de woorden automatisch verzamelen, zodat de functie voor woordinvulling met een bepaalde set woorden begint."
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN10809\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\">Word Completion</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\">Woordinvulling</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id5458845\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Using Word Completion</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Woordaanvullen gebruiken</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: words_count.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"words_count.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Counting Words"
|
||
msgstr "Aantal woorden in tekst tellen"
|
||
|
||
#: words_count.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"words_count.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3149686\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>words; counting in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>number of words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>documents; number of words/characters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; number of words/characters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>characters; counting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>number of characters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>counting words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>word counts</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>woorden; tellen in tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>aantal woorden</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>documenten; aantal woorden/tekens</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst; aantal woorden/tekens</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekens; tellen</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>aantal tekens</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tellen van woorden</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>woorden tellen</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: words_count.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"words_count.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149686\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"words_count\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp\" name=\"Counting Words\">Counting Words</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"words_count\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp\" name=\"Woorden tellen\">Woorden tellen</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: words_count.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"words_count.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN105D1\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Word and character count is shown in the status bar, and is kept up to date as you edit."
|
||
msgstr "Het aantal woorden en tekens zijn te zien in de statusbalk en worden bijgewerkt als u het document bewerkt."
|
||
|
||
#: words_count.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"words_count.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106D1\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "If you want to count only some text of your document, select the text."
|
||
msgstr "Als u alleen bepaalde tekst in uw document wilt tellen, selecteert u de tekst."
|
||
|
||
#: words_count.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"words_count.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149821\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To display extended statistics such as count of characters without spaces, double click the word count in the status bar, or choose <emph>Tools - Word Count</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Voor uitgebreide statistieken, zoals aantal tekens zonder spaties weergeven, klikt u dubbel op het aantal woorden op de statusbalk of kies <emph>Extra - Woorden tellen</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: words_count.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"words_count.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id1116200901133957\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "How does %PRODUCTNAME count words?"
|
||
msgstr "Hoe telt %PRODUCTNAME woorden?"
|
||
|
||
#: words_count.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"words_count.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1116200901133998\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "In general, every string of characters between two spaces is a word. Dashes, tabs, line breaks, and paragraph breaks are word limits, too."
|
||
msgstr "In het algemeen is elke tekenreeks tussen twee spaties een woord. Streepjes, tabs, regeleinden en alinea-einden zijn ook grenzen voor woorden."
|
||
|
||
#: words_count.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"words_count.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id1116200901133985\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Words with always visible hyphens, as in plug-in, add-on, user/config, are counted as one word each."
|
||
msgstr "Woorden altijd zichtbare afbreekstreepjes, zoals in plug-in, add-on, gebruiker/config, worden elk als één woord geteld."
|
||
|
||
#: words_count.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"words_count.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id111620090113399\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The words can be a mix of letters, numbers, and special characters. So the following text counts as four words: abc123 1.23 \"$\" http://www.example.com."
|
||
msgstr "De woorden kunnen een mix zijn van letters, cijfers en speciale tekens. De volgende tekst telt dus als vier woorden: abc123 1,23 \"$\" http://www.voorbeeld.com. "
|
||
|
||
#: words_count.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"words_count.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id111620090113400\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To add a custom character to be considered as the word limit, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph> and add the character into the <emph>Additional separators</emph> field."
|
||
msgstr "Om een aangepast teken toe te voegen dat als de woordlimiet wordt beschouwd, kies <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Extra - Opties</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Algemeen</emph> en voeg het teken toe in het veld <emph>Aanvullende scheidingstekens</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: words_count.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"words_count.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_idN106E2\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To get some more statistics about the document, choose <emph>File - Properties - Statistics</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Bestand - Eigenschappen - Statistiek</emph> om meer statistische gegevens over het document te verkrijgen."
|
||
|
||
#: words_count.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"words_count.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3147418\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01100400.xhp\" name=\"File - Properties - Statistics\">File - Properties - Statistics</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01100400.xhp\" name=\"Bestand - Eigenschappen - Statistiek\">Bestand - Eigenschappen - Statistiek</link>"
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"tit\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Wrapping Text Around Objects"
|
||
msgstr "Tekstomloop rondom objecten"
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"bm_id3154486\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<bookmark_value>text wrap around objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>contour editor</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>contour wrap</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; formatting around objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting; contour wrap</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects; contour wrap</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>wrapping text;editing contours</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editors;contour editor</bookmark_value>"
|
||
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekstomloop om objecten</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>contouren-editor</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>contouromloop</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekst; opmaak rond objecten</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>opmaak; contouromloop</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objecten; contouromloop</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>omloop van tekst;contouren bewerken</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editors;contouren-editor</bookmark_value>"
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154486\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<variable id=\"wrap\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp\" name=\"Wrapping Text Around Objects\">Wrapping Text Around Objects</link></variable>"
|
||
msgstr "<variable id=\"wrap\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp\" name=\"Wrapping Text Around Objects\">Tekstomloop rondom objecten</link></variable>"
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id4792321\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Wrap Text Around an Object"
|
||
msgstr "Tekst langs een object laten omlopen"
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3149696\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the object."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer het object."
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155907\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"><emph>Wrap</emph></link> tab to choose the wrapping style that you want to apply."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Opmaak - Frame en OLE-0bject - Eigenschappen</emph> en klik dan op het tabblad <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"><emph>Omloop</emph></link> om de gewenste omloopstijl te kiezen."
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3155859\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "The current wrapping style is indicated by a bullet."
|
||
msgstr "De huidige omloopstijl wordt aangegeven door een vinkje."
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3149834\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Specify the Wrapping Properties"
|
||
msgstr "De eigenschappen voor de omloop specificeren"
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154079\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the object."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer het object."
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153396\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"><emph>Wrap</emph></link> tab."
|
||
msgstr "Kies <emph>Opmaak - Frame en OLE-object - Eigenschappen</emph> en klik dan op het tabblad <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"><emph>Omloop</emph></link>."
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153370\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Set the options that you want."
|
||
msgstr "Stel de gewenste opties in."
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3153386\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Klik op <emph>OK</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"hd_id3154247\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "To Change the Wrapping Contour of a Graphic"
|
||
msgstr "Zo wijzigt u de omloopcontour van een afbeelding:"
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154262\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "You can change the shape that the text wraps around."
|
||
msgstr "U kunt de vorm veranderen die de tekst voor omloop volgt."
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3154860\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Select the graphic, right-click, and then choose <emph>Wrap - Edit Contour</emph>."
|
||
msgstr "Selecteer de afbeelding, klik met de rechtermuisknop en kies vervolgens <emph>Omloop - Contour bewerken</emph>."
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150231\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Use the tools to draw a new contour, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Apply</item> icon (green check mark)."
|
||
msgstr "Gebruik de hulpmiddelen om een nieuwe contour te tekenen, en klik dan op het pictogram <item type=\"menuitem\">Toepassen</item> (groen vinkje)."
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150947\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "Close the <item type=\"menuitem\">Contour Editor</item> window."
|
||
msgstr "Sluit het venster <item type=\"menuitem\">Contouren-editor</item>."
|
||
|
||
#: wrap.xhp
|
||
msgctxt ""
|
||
"wrap.xhp\n"
|
||
"par_id3150520\n"
|
||
"help.text"
|
||
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Contour Editor\">Contour Editor</link>"
|
||
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Contouren-editor\">Contouren-editor</link>"
|